Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
1977
~aS CITY OF T'vNTON, TEXAS DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT RUNWAY LIGHTING AND VASI-IV CILINGE ORDER NO. 1 June 21, 1978 1. INTENT OF CHANGE ORDER The intent of this change order is to modify the proviticns of the contract entered into by the City of Denton and Glo Construction Company, Post Office Box 34198, Dallas, Texas, 75234, for the construction of Dento•s Municipal Airport Improvements, Phase II-B, Runwdy Lighting and VQSi IV, dated October 11, 1977. II. DESCRIPTION OF CHANCE This change in the airport lighting system includes installing the new 7.5 KW regulator and the power and automatic control at the northeast corner of the existing terminal building and constructing a seven foot by eight foot lean-to for housing the equipment. The change will also include constructing a concrete duct under the aircraft parking apron to connect the airport lighticg system to the new regulator. Accompanying this change order is revised Sheet No. 7A. III. EFFECT OF CHANG3 The effect of the changes outlined above shall be as foiluwac Item Unit No. Description uantit Unit Price Amount. 1 Cable Trench 172 LF 0,35 60.20 4 Cable in Trench 344 LF 0.29 99.76 5 Cab1n iw Duct 448 LF 0.33 147.84 6 Counterpoise Wire 448 LF 0.20 89.60 15B 1-Way Underground Duct 226 LF 12.50 2825.00 16H Power 6 Automatic Controls for 7.5 KW Regulator 1 L.S. 380.00 380.00 17B 7' x 8' Building (Installed by City) 1 L.S. 572.00 572.00 Total $41.-:.40 T P'T -77 NMI r° Original Contract Amount $33,239.50 Change Order No. 1 4174.40 REVISED CONTEACT AMOUNT $37,413.90 IV. AGREEMENT By the signatures below, of duly authorized agents of the Ctty of Denton and Glo Construction Company, do hereby agree to appwid this Change Order No. 1 to the original contract between themselves dated October 11. 1977. GLO CONSTRUCTION COMPANY CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS Contractor Y Owner By--~ / B '!7 y___~~ Date_ Date lN.l 1~1-0~• (AYtl~1~lw~~~. • !f~~ (~-~f-~-~2•~~II~'S.'~`~-i~~~ ~'i ~ 1 7 :',rir7 R' rrp, ~ x~}.µ";FFAr,-q+ •r:.,WW((~,l "v~""Rvy9eaFr~tr'R 4r 8 yy `"7 ~'fr y~ . " ..1 ,o d 4%j IIG dM 5,1'+ ~y & r 5, i~. tqe ♦ }^4': J 1 1" a tr r f''" 4 t"A 1 I+uv w:.%;y, ( i .x „trp r. py, :„r,b,f .r., ip' , :G , ro-:.,;~ .ix~ n!. ♦nt f. :~M.7." ri:i;.'a~ ~,y. r.,yJl o.'p ~E r,'. ~ s\i ri`„~i~' , ~ St r~'., is ' C r A F ~ ,:kl .t. 1 iP•ril ~ 8 n~ ~ ~ ~,:I w ~ ~ _ ~Q Pu ; p" I 6XI'NI40 VOW 2 SY6*fItM V 14EMAIN- ,k VOWER ~ CbNTROL I~NI'F-« ~ r ~JJ 198' CJ I9 . Iii' °J!' 39 ' I!a' ti -Q 394' rwMl L104Y %AR 9d' SE~ONCu6to. 9AR1 10' I a y «_r10' TYPICAL I ' ._+w...... a. w+_:.._r_e._....~.__.~_~...._.............._.._..._...._,n_. M'.+_._+_... ..n..r _..:_._.a_...~._~_a.~._.n-..,..._.w., r.. ~.M... \I x ~ O 1 , I[ i y10'TYPICA6 0 0 ~0~ I U V1- ~ l id1 1~~ 8 IST REl Y EX ~N4 )[t( 4 ~y ~INOIifACbICAL DOACEE~~..°, vol Y %Ok h { { { •i nl KAb~pM~. X41,1 1 { Y . . i . „OSYAIL IOR 111041F'ICA:f10N9 1 ~~3 fi.,,. $Logo DETAIL. PILAM 1 DETAIL. PLAN 'z 1 J P.U-NWAY`Dw..m ' j SEE DETAIL PLAM I SEE 014TAIL PI AN 2 EXISTING VAM-2 $Y6' &M'i0 REMA1Ai , 70 i 1 1 61 SS 63 51 II S9 {Y a 45 43 4 1 }07 r/ b6 n. y EXISTING OUCY DUCT ~I li 6XISYIN VIA 11 1 y SG 541 _ 51-1 SQ .4 __40 36 Elk _ I :777 31 J M%1140 U11p R+aB 11G II NSIL l NEW %t4% OAY%t) C ka s, ~ I' E%Mi11fr& UIIbiI1G 4bbY~ VA1+LtIA IT'0IkFkfAI , k 2001'' 240yn VA$I tIM4 P ~'j. IY y{ NEV, LI(i1MUWIND CANE ' EAraltMOUNVIAGRouuu4•I1CCAVA I ' 490y.ClAcull0 9011114 VAST YSyeM , '~3"~, ' ~ 24!~Y.C111CU1'f n NO~YN VAA1 S~b'f IEM , ` ~ ~ 1" GIIE W COUNYkRoe01'bF. AW UNDEA tA1Nrr 2p'~c"!, ' ' - NCw Ur#g4aa >Ab 600Yn 1~'of,1'IYPE A CABLE AU►IWAY L14i111~a 1 12OVx CIRCUIT + A8 SAit9 bTAAVwe u 1 r r r u REMOVE EXISTING ~ FL',1tT1 LIGIATSO WIND CONP,• 1' lXIbYIN1+ OUCY _ } Mw 4}Ut i EXttiT11 C ' IS'~ TON C►~. ~ ~ N4W 1.19A~{ LdC'f E~°' ' ' ill l 4t: ~ j ~ ~'a 4 r ~ 8 . , r 7 i ^s ~ t J ~ , + d "Y • ne 1 ~ ~ p > : { p p' , i sir iq atiff ~yy ~.'+ytY ! lP~ t 4 iI t A•! , :r' ~i 'r..,~• t'rt t 1~t ! ! Irrt'; Mil xr.,'' I 1 tx M1i , Tf , 1`~ t r 1 f. ¢ t.~ 5,.'.® i. 1~ ' „ ~d r n'k:, i rt r A ' ! n { t r Y „/a w'.. ;i Y I' F r'tl •!r r d M I}n r~ r , i, 1'(~ In ' !°(')k+/'x 1 ix ~,'4 1'btrHr,Wµ e~•, rl+r` ~M `x ''+.rt >'1 t Ik l"1f I 1 R i ~~L£VAON R~ 1.0 -^►+r.~y ~L ~,1 ` E.ir+ Gv dl``svsr~kiE4~Z,~ltr,~E ~I1 5E1tCE1rQUIPMEHf 't0 REMAINpti - ~ GENERAL NOTES", +-1x15T11lG KMOVE WV I. REMOVE EXISTING 114AS15 IOLF) L1GIITS AT 1400,1'4. ND Or -j RUNWAY AND p+'' ' I / / cleu>~AT9R,A ~ ~ Q OV1D ClOR9 REINSTALL AS'fEMPORARY TNRES40LD LIOFITINol AS 0441CA1E0 ON DRAWIM04 IN AAW ENCLOSURE INSTALL A NEW 715l(V `r DESNERGIZE 1'48 8X15Tl9G MORTN VASI SYS'iN. 210V. ,L012 REMOTE 3.%TEP REGULATOR 4' % WRCUIY gRl t, , , E141ST1N+) Rl 2. AFTER RUNWAY b%YtW510H IS COMPLETED 0 INSTALL NLW MEDIUM '14TEN511Y RUNWAY t'A~1~N1'.IL 8 %TALL E 1 CLASS IV CONTROL' INSTALL A1YbE 6•I IAgGCUTOUT LIG471M0 SY51Ski ANq VAST-4 SYST8M AS IMC,10ATP. , E14EPLO17t~ 3Y6Y5MS 1 ON7NE'~UTPUT W01OFTHE REGULAIOIR IN' L THEN REMOVE EXISTIM0 RUNWAY 11IRESKOLD AND TEMPOR t,Y T4RSSNOl,D LIU4TS, ~141 SERIES CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS. r't A$ANOON EXISTING CA%L£' IN PLACE, i ~ti..... ~ .=f S. VERIFY LOCAYIOMS OF ALL 5X1$1ING UNOPIRGROUND ~A%LSS AN* UYILITIF.9 PRIOR TC) COMIWTAUCTIOK, 4. ANO PARALLLELRT~O EDGE. OP RUNWAYAND YAXIWAY. T aci INSYALLcn 17' mom 5. COUN1'E{ PO19F. TO F!E GP,OUNgEO AFDti 9y',MA ELY EVERY OQO' A9 INDICATEt1014 THE Il0TO 1140 GIA0 Nn Wilil MO OHF~ECTbgaPOR A NLW1 G, CClUTF-RP61% 1VRN t;YR FOU90A1'IOUS A140 ' G. EX19TIU0 D OR CONCRAELOCATED SHALL TNEM**g V t:ZE IREMVE 9OVW, END O UIt14 t, N4 GRA01 -7#~~ REMOVE E) A! REE%TA%M5NED* i 2b0 V 200 ~ I r- 7. RU44UAY 64G'E UmI't4 NUM196R D TNRU t6 AIIn mUM1lm S 'rURU 55lWALL 4v1C A4%t0k/CLEAR LENS 1#111A THE CL%AR 4 A%-p T¢WARD 'iNC NAR 1NRE91{OLD IM REMAINING FAGS 1064'X8 11UMR%R'41) TNRU 89 61tiALLIIAV6 CLEAR LFNS. IM t XR, ° ' I S. 196 COATRAC1'OR'S;IALL NOT OPEN ANY MORE YREHCK IN A AY YNAN NE CAM COVER IN TNA'r DAY. NO TR'dNC4 S4ALL HE LEPY OPEN OVIKNIGIAV Kii1 DUAL 6, ANY NON,WORk DAY+ j PNO MC?Ric CON~~ EX*TINp VASI SYSTEM p G N CR174N f 4 9ERV1G~'r 1rAU1PMEtt"f ACTOR UOlr;y" 40. NEW 4 Ax P-MAH1 t~RCUrr I.,,~AXlR w ~ ~I II. } . IN with TYP1i3R BNCI.OSURk TO i _.i SkivV NiW 7.5 ft RESVLAtOR EX11TiM 6E CE METER 20,I1 N sf1 K FOR TERMINAL. BLCO 4k~rv4 C, FOR COHN%C0 '0 TILE EYISTlN6 MAIN bREA EIp9T1M0 fA ICS EW't{WE S~pp~~;, OXOAS ( 00111E LO 0910E 0? 4EM%tif4 0'r~'* y I 2i"ITIIW IN %%OM~~Jn TO NEVI 73W RE l41OR E%cSTIU3 12pA~~►ifiv,14,Sw. ~ :I~ 'tIERV1h1~ ~ij 1Rlr•dQw~ »~-r''~ 111S14N0 ARADI' ~Yqi.. VAT I ()F tLL( TRIG 1 tot/ r 1 t 4.._ ~ M4 SNA iI7 r MMIMiWMYM~MMMp~1iI.IM1iMMM+ M I M•^^" ' a . ~ e. ' i-r ♦t""'"t ,a,l.~, .pl p` .,aM}.~lra i l(t r ,dr i,. L~ ~,t 1 O 717 "'~1.,..'~,,,-.#~ r°`F•rU' M$Pi~~N 0.~ ';r„ 4ai r+. x9,6x'et~d'l'y"G'4'ay~„ 3cW4~, rir~{'dYA"idt~ i ~~~ktklli?~"'~'ViCStt+. o'N.ktl.~~l~Y. ,l~h~',.. ~•117A~ a ..r ~Z T w n v ( RELIANCE ¢a • 1 INSNNANCE CfiAVAxY CERTIFICA EOF rha.d~y«.,rA INSLIKANCE i UNITED PACIFIC 6 INSVRANCV COMPANY - Ilon~ OII.q-TAwr,y WOOL A~Aw 446 ON4"-PftAo4vV"A PA Cover k aru by rnti. in Each % Is Cu at Stocwk h des' taq N umEv. nfur• ance CorRpany, herein arNd tM Company. i This Certificate is rnaifr' to. ? THIS CERTIFIaS that the Company indicated above has issued, t City of Denton to the Insured named herein, policies of insurance which provide Municipal Building ooverage as indicated below. Such policies are subject to the pro. Denton, Texas vftior*Conditions and limitations contaired therein. This Certif. kate of Insurance does not in any way Am &W. extend, N!er or L vary the coverage of forded by the policy Of policies referred to herein. It is sir iply a synopsis or summary of the actual insurances contract. The Insuranh Con>pwny indicated above will maw a every effort togive written notice by regular marl to the abovC m,.mrrd Iwi er of this Certificate of a1v nsAlt4wl Craxfge in Or Ca"cellatron al these POI CieS, but esiUmeS Ito 11,1111111Y !Cr IailurC to do w of for any error. ---T - FA 1ARp5 POLICY EXPIRATION 8001LY INJURY LIABILITY LIMI15 PROPERTY DA'dAGE LtABgITY LIMITS NUMBER RAT EACH OCCunnENts EACH!KCUNR(rrtl ac GR(GAIC ,s-Olxrasions 2A117 39 23 11/21/77 rs 0,000 .bb pQ,06 %x% Operations 211117 .39 23 11Z21177 0,00 ts-includirq ted Operations ZA117 39 23 11 21 77 Aggregate LirlH 0 00 -1100 Wn s toal-As r dbNaw 117 39 23 li/2 L --1/77 00 ::L 1:1 lla PoliC 301 625 4 30 79 .000 ,00 vvage to, J,rovided wu!er: g] Cnrrjxcl,ertis ee, Scherlute Policy HAZARDS POLICY EXPIRATION 8001LYI"RYLfABILITYL1%TS PROPERTY DAV.AGEGABILITYIIITItS IVUAtgER DATE EACH PERSON EACH OCCURRENtl EACH CCCL,:Ft at E AG n(GArt U Owned Automobiles 17 39 23 T Hired Automobiles 17 39 23 ~11~ 0 04'DO x x x 9 Non Owned Automob le% ZA117 39 2 inn-nnn 'Ann Izon x x % This coverage is provided under: WS~msxehensive. Schedule Policy Workrix-n s Congensation - 1'1,7 39 27 Co•rpensation-Sulutory Limit E.L. Limit: 5 ' -1/17 Limit $24r3b. Al"LaW Form: Amount 'Name of I nsurfed and Address: Highland Industries, Inc. P.O. Box 950 1 tAl(SON nU1014EY• TURNER Lewisviller Texas 75067 fg"•^e'r~""'^e~+.►~i•~r. SM CWM SPXWGS, DALLAS. T"AS n?Ip . bSt•nd HARRY J. BROWNLEE i Location of Risk and Description of Operations: tract: Mayltili Road Lift Station Improvements t Description of Splril,c 00(rtract4) for which C,rbbcale is issued (Indicate Types of Agreements. Party or Parties, am Drtesl. / / _ '4. CY Aalhorire<I l ~s/ r • 6-14-2t. RPIlresenrative: axson•Mhoney•TUrnor, Inc. , CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS I' ' Specifications And Contract Documents for The Construction OF I 1 DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS PHASE II Prepared By SHIMEK, JACOBS & FINKLEA Consulting Engineers Dallas$ Texas ' August, 1977 Rt i~ t "Y . CITY OF DENTON9 7EXAS . ' ?MAYOR Elinor Hughes CITY COUNCIL Mary, C. Gay ~ O Jo* Mitchell Bill Nash Richard 0. Stewart CITY. MANAGER t Chris G. Hartung AIRPORT BOARD CHAIRMAN Wally Reed AIRPORT BOARD MEMBERS Q~an Crouch Nancy Hundiey Ed Moorehead Roland Vola D. Walston Gene Wright x 1 TABLE OF CONTtM ADDENDA NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR PROPOSAL AND BID SCHEDULE CERTIFICATION OF BIDDER REGARDING EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY WATE RATES WAGEs, Li+BORr EDO AND SAFETY REQUIREMENTS SECTION A Federal Aviation Administration Requirements e SECTION 8 Secretary of Labor Requirements SECTION C. Equal: Employment Opportunity Clause SECTION D Health and Safety Requirements SECTION E Air and Water Quality Standards ' STANDARD FORM OF AGREEMENT ' PERFORMANCE BOND PAYMENT BOND SPECIAL CONDITIONS GENERAL PROVISIONS ' SICTLON NO. SECTION DESCRIPTION 10 Definition of Terms 20 ftoposal Requirements and Conditions 30 ),vard and execution of Contract ' 40 Boopi of Work 50 Control of Work 60 C,.)ntrol of Materials ' 70 Legal Relations and Responsibility to Public 80 Prosecution and Progress 90 Measurement and Payment TECHRICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION ITEM DESCRIPTION P-151 Clearing and Grubbing P-152 Excavation and Embedment ' P-153 Watering P-154 Subbase Ckfurte P-155 Lime Treated Subgrade P-209 Crushed Aggregite Bate Course P-401 Bituminous Surface Course P-602 Bituminous Prime Coat P-610 Structural Portland Cement Course P-620 Runway and Taxiway Painting TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continu,2d) TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS SECTION ITEM DESCRIPTION 0-701 Pipe for Storm Sewers and Culverts D-751 Manholes, Catch Basins, InL_ts and Inspection Holes D-752 Concrete Culverts, Headwalls and Miscellaneous Drainage Structures T-901 Seeding T-903 Sprigging T-905 Topsoiling ' L-110 Airport Underground Electrical Duct T-611 Compaction Control Test L-107 Installation of Airport 8-Foot 12-Foot Wind Cones L-108 Installation of Underground Cable for Airports L-109(S) Installation of Airport Lighting Regulator and Terminal Building Equipment L-116 Installation of Medium Intensity Runway and Taxiway Lights with Stake Mounting L-117 Installation of Internally Lighted 'taxi Guidance Signs with Stake Mounting L-V Installation of visual Approach Slope indi- cators and Accessories 6i 7777, 77 CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS ' D:•.'NTON YuNiCIPAL AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS, PHASE II, ' N-S RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY EXTENS.TON, RUNWAY LIGHTING AND VAST-IV i ' ADDENDUM NO. 1 September 300 1977 The Plans and Specifications for construction of N-S Runway and Taxiway Extension, Runway Lighting and Vasi-IV are hereby modified as follows: ' I. NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS In the first sentence, delete the phrase, "will be received at the ' office of the City Manager," and substitute the phrase, "will be received at the office of the Purchasing Agent",. II. PLANS Reference is made to Sheet No. 1 of eleven sheets, SUMdARY OF QUANTITIES. ' Under Item No. 7 having a description, 1130-inch reinforcec concrete pipe", Add "Class 5". Also on Sheet No. 6 of eleven sheets, at the location of the 30-inch RCP, add "Class 5". ' III. The Contractor shall acknowledge receipt of this Addendum No. 1 to Phase. II on the outer envelope of his bid as well as in the appropriate space in his Proposal. i ' SHIMM$ JACOBS & FINKT.2A Consulting Engineers ' 1300 Adolphus Tower Dallas, Texas 75202 t . NOTICE TO CONTRACTORS Sealed bids addressed to the Honorable Mayor and City Council of btnton, Denton County, Texas will be ve'c i.ed at the office of the city Manager, City Hall, Denton, Texas until MOO A. M.► October 6, 1977 , and then publicly opened and read for the construction of Denton Municipal Airport, Airport Improvements-Phase II, FAA project No. 5-48-0067-05. Under Base Sid A, the City desires to receive bids for the paving and grading improvements required to extend to North-South Runway 850 feet and to construct the related taxiways. Included are 50,000 cubic yards of Unclassified Excavation, 6100 cubic yards of Crushed Stone Base, 2350 tons of Bituminous Sur- face Course, 22,150 square yards oP Liao Treated Subgrede, 16,800 square feet of Runway and Taxiway Painting and miscellaneous drainage and turfing improve- ments. Unxier Base.Bid B; the City also desires to receive bids for the construc- tion of a medium i,ltensity runway lighting r.V.to for the 5,000 foot runway, a 36-inch Rotating Beacon arul Swoon KAftr, a Lighted windcone and Segmented ' Circle and the relocation and oo,•-Jerslon of a VASI-2 to a VAST-4 on the north end of the runway. Proposals shall be accompanied by a cashiers or certified check upon a national or state bank in an amount not less than. five percent (50 of the total amount bid payable without recourse to the Citb; of Denton, Texas, cr a bid bond in the same amount from a reliable surety company, as a guarantee that the bidder will enter into a contract and execute Performance Bond within ten (10) Cays after notice of award of contract to his. The successful bidder must furnt3h Performance and Payment Bonds tipon the form provided in the waount nf 10 percent of the contract price from an approved surety company holding a permit from the Stute of Texas to act as surety, or other ' surety sir sureties acceptable to the owner. This proposed contract is under and subject to Executive order 11246 of September 241 1965, and to the Equa) Opportunitf Clause contained in the Proposal. ' The Bidder (Proposer) must supply all the in2ormation required by the Bid or Pro- posal Form.. The successful bidder will be requ:tred to submit a Certification of Non- Segregatec: Facilities prior to award of the contract, and to notify prospective subcontractors of the requirement for such a certification. Samples of the Certi- fication and the Notice to fubcontracrors appear in the Specifications. Women will be afforded equal opportunity in all areas of employment. How- ever, the employment u9 women shall not diminish the standards or requirements for the employment of minorities. A contractor having fifty or more employass sad his subcontractors having fifty or morb employeea who may be awarded a subcontract will be r&;uired to main- tain m, affirmative action program within 120 days of the r, encement of the contract. The City reserves the right to accept or reject any and all bids and to waive any informalities in connection with such bids except those requirement' related above. Plans, specifications and bidding d au,y b g be secured fron,ihe offica of Shimek, Jacobs 6 Finklea, Consulting Engineers, 1300 Adolphu:j Toweio Dallas, ' Texas, 752020 on deposit of $25.00 per set- which sun so deposited will be re- funded, provided the provisions of the specifications regarding the return of such documents are complied with. CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS / Chris G. Hartung Chris G. Hartung City Manager F r i t PROPOSAL t TO THE CITY OF DENTON, :i.XAS (OWNER) D'ENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT AIRPORT IMPROVEti°'NPS t PHASE It ' The undersigned, as bidder declares that the only person or parties interested in this proposal as principals are those named herein; that his proposal is made without collusion with a1y other person, firm or corporations e that he has carefully examined the form of contract, Notice to Contractors# specifications and the plans therein referred to, and has carefully examined the locations, conditions and classes of materials of the proposed works and agrees that he will provide all the necessary labor, machinery, tools, appara- tus and other items incidental to construction, and will do all the work and furnish all the materials called for in the contract and specifications in the manner prescribed herein. ' It is understood that the following quantities of work to be done at unit prices are approximate only, and are intended principally to serve as a quide in evaluating bids. It is further agreed that the quantities of work to be done at unit prices and material to be furnished may be increased or diminished as may be t considered necessary to c*mplete the work fully as planned and contemplated, and thaat all quantities of work VMther increased or decreased are to be per- formed at the unit prices set forth below except as provided for in the speoi- I ' fications. It is further agreed tt:at lump-sum prices may be increased to cover additional work not,shown on the plans or required by the specifications, in accordance with the provisions of the General Provisions. Similarly, they may be decreased to cover deletion of work so ordered. It is understood and agreed that the work is to be completed in full within the time designated in the Special Conditions of these specifications. ' Accompanying this proposal is a (Certified or Cashier's Check payable to the OWNER) (Bid Bond) in the arount of Five Percent (SeL,of Amount Bid Dollars(( ' The bid security accompanying this proposal 'shall be returned to the bidder, unless in case of the acceptance of tht proposal the bidder shall fail to extcute a contract and file a performance txmd within ten (10) days after its acceptance, in which case this bid security shall become the property of the OWNER, ani shall be considered as payment for damages due to delay and other inconveniencew suffered by the COVER on account of such failure of the bidder. The City reserves the right as the interetr of the OWNER may require, to accept or reject any and all bids and waive infoiiialities is connection with such bids, except the requirements that.At 0, quostion r6garding the President's Execu- tive order 11246 at September S4, 1965, to the E•tual Opportunity Clause and to Certification of Non-Segregated VioAlities has been compli.-v: with. PZBS-1 r BASE HID 0 e Item Estimated Price in No. Quantity Un'A Description and Price in words Figures Avount 1 50 Ea, For Medium Intensity Runway $ 9640 $ 4,800.00 Edge Lights, the sum of Ninety six ' Dollars and No Cents per Each. 2 16 Ea. For Medium Intensity Threshold $ 101.00 $ 1,E,16.00 Lights, the sum of One Handred one Dollars and - No Cents per Each. ' 3 12,000 LF For Cable Trench, the sum of $ .35 $ 4,200.00 No Dollars ' and Thirty Five Cents per Linear Foot. ' 4 13,300 LF For Cable in Trench, the sum of S .29 $ 3,857.00 ' No Dollars and Twenty-Nine Cents per Linear Foot, 5 250 LF For Cable in Duct, the sum of $ .33 $ 82.50 No Dollars ' and Thirty=Three Cents per Linear Foot. ' 6 12,300 LP For Counterpoise wire, the sum $ .20 $ 21460.00 of _ NA - Dollars and, T,,,ar,ry Cents per Linear Foot. P&BS-5 • 1`sm Estimated Price in 110. Quantity Unit Description and Price in Words Figures Amvnt_,___ a 6 Ea. For Taxiguidance Signs, the sur $ 160.00 $ 960.00 of ' One .Hundred S xty _ Dollars and No Cents per Each. 8 18 Ea. For Reconnecting Existing Taxiway $ 30.00 $ 540.00 Lights, the sum of. Thirty Dollars and No Cents per Each. t 9 1 Ea. For 7.5 KW Regulator, the sum of $2900.00 $ 20900.00 Two Thousand Nine Hundred Dollars ' and No Cents per Each. 10 64 Ea. For Duct 6 Cable 3arkers, the sum $ 16.00 $ 1,024.00 of Sixteen Dollars and No Cents per Each. 11 1 LS For Temporary Threshold Light- $ 350.00 $ 350.00 ing, the sum of Three Hundred Fifty Dollars and No Cents per Lump Sum. 12 1 LS For Segmented Circle, the sum $1850.00 $ 10850.00 of one Thousand Eight Hundred Fifty Dollars and NO Cents per Lump Vim. 3TIi-r,~, j„ 1 Unit Esti~aated price in No. Quantity Unit Description and Price in Nor-is Figures Affaunt 13 1 LS For Coniterting VASI-2 to VAS1-4 $6850.00 $ 6,850.00 including Cable in Trench, the sum of S!x Thousand Eiaht Hgn,lred Fifty Dollars antl_ N2„_ , ' Cents per Lump Sum. 1 14 1 LS For Lighted Wind Cone including $175D.00 $ 11750.00 Cable in Trench, the sum of one Tlu.usand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars and No Cents per L+xnp Sum. 1 TOTAL AMOUNT BID-BASE B:9 B, (Items 1 Through 14) $ 3Mt39.50 1 i 1 1 1 1 p6BS-7 e y rn E-- a In the event of th's award of a contract to th'e'undersigned,~the under- signed will furnish a performance band and a payment bond for the full emotwt of the contract, to secure proper compliance with the terms and provisions of the contract, to insure and guarantee the work until final completion and accep- tance and to guarantee payment of all lawful O.aims for labor performed aid materials furnished in the fulfillment of the contract. ' The work proposed to be done shall be accepted when fully completed and finished in accordance with the plans aryl specifications, to the satisfaction of the Engineer. ' The undersigned certifies that the bid prices contained in this proposal have been carefully checked and are submitted as correct and final. ' NOTE: Unit and lump-sum prices must be shown in words and figures for each item listed in this proposal, and in the event of dis- crepancy the words shall control. Receipt is hereby a0awirledgod of the following addenda to the contract ' documents: Addendum 303. l Dated, 9-30-77 Received Yes ' Addendum No. 2 Dated ~ Received Addendum No. 3 Dated Received Addendum No. < Dated Received Addendum No. 5 Dated Received e s ' t t P&BS CERM.TCATION OF BID DfA FMRDINO E1211A.L EWI DYNOT OPPOK UMM OENERAL ~Dg HAME Gl'o Construction Company ADDRESS Post Office Box 34198 Dallas, Texas 75234 1 MEMAL REVEMM SERVICE EMPIMER IDENTIFICATION NUHWR 75-1244607 ' NONSEMVNaE FACILMES NOTICV TO PROSPECTWE FEDERALLY ASS16VM C011STRIMION CONTRWWRS: (1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a federally assisted c.)netructlon contract ' exceeding $17,000 which is not exenvt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. INI (2) Contraotors receiving federally asaisted construction contract awards exceeding $10,000 whicb are not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity clause vill be required to provide for the forwarding of the following notice to prospective sub- contractor+ for supplies and construction contracts vbere the subcontracts exceed $10,000 and are not exmpt !roes the pro- visions of the equal opportunity clause. NOTE; The penalty ' for making statements in offers is prescribed L~ LS U.S.C, 1001. NOTICE TO FROSF'EC'iM SUBCONTRACTORS OF RMVDUN ' FOR CF2rIF!','ATION ON ' NONSOMIL A ED FACUMIES: (1) A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted ' prior to the award of a subcontract exceeding $10,000 which is not exempt Nora the provisions of the equal opportunity clause. (2) Contractor* receiving subcontract awards exceeding $10,000 which an not exempt from the provisions of the equal opportunity f clause vUl be required to provida for the forwarding of this notice to prospective subcontractors for su lies and constr-,rc- ' Lion contracts where the subcontracts exceedl10,000 and are not exempt teems the provisions of the equal opportunity clause, NOM The penalty for raking false statements in offers is prescribed in 18 UfB.C. 1001. POS- 9 1 CFR1'IFICATION OF MiS ITED FACILITIES: The federally assisted construction contractor certifies that he does not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establiehments, and that be does not yermit his employees to perform their services at any location, under his control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor certifies further that he vill not maintain or provide for his employees any segregated facilities at any of his establi0ments, and that he will not permit his employees to perform 0 eir services at any location, under his control, ~h ere segregated facilities are maintained. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that a breach of this certification ' is a violation of the equal opportunity eleuse its this contract. As used to this certification, the term "segregated facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and vaaLrooma, restaurants and other eating areas, timeclocks, looker rooms and other storage ' or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areae, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees which are segregated by explicit directive or are in fact segregated on the basis of race, color, religion, sex or national origin, because of habit, local custom(, or any other reason. The federally assisted construction contractor agrees that t (except where he bat obtained identical certifications fray proposed subcontractors for speoifio tine periods) he will obtain IAantleal certifications lr= proposed subcontractors prior to the award of subcontracts exceeding 10,040 which are not exempt fvon the provisions ' of-the equal opportunity clause, and that he will retain such certifi- cations in his files. ' NOTICE TO PROSPECTIVE C02iTRJ=R3 OF REQLMU2 = FOR CERTIFICATION OF NOMEMMaATED FACILITIES: ' A Certification of Nonsegregated Facilities must be submitted prior to the award of a contract or subcontract exceeding (10,000 which is not exempt from the provisions of the Equal Opyvrtunity G1aiFe. IIII' Certification -'The iufmmation above is truo arid complete to the best of aV knowledge and hollef. Martin President 7 and t o Signer (Please Typo 10-6-77 NOTES 7'hs penalty for making false statements in offers is prescribed in lB C1.B,C. 1001. puss-l0 r 1 The Bidder (Proposer) shall complete the following statenent by checking ' the appropriate boxes. n The Dieder (Proposer) has D% has not 1--3 participated in a pre- vious contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause prescribed by Executive orde. 10925, or Executive order 111141 or Executive order 11246. The Bidder (Proposer) has 1.Z has not ern 1___1 submitted all compliance ' reports in connection with any such contract due under the applicable filing require- ments} and that representations indicating submission of required compliance reports nigned by proposed subcontractors will be obtained prior to award of subcontracts. If the Bidder (Proposer) has participated in a previous contract subject to the Equal Opportunity Clause and has not submitted compliance reports due under ' applicable filing regt.irementa, the Bidder (Proposer) shall submit a compliance report on Standard Form 100, "Employee Information Report EEO-1" prior to the award of contract." ' Ole Construction Company ' Contractor By r (Title) r Post Office Box 34198 (Address) 1 Ctallas Texas 75234 City and Stat r 6eR1 and Authorisation (If a Corporation) 241-3411 ' (To l ephon el- r 1 r r The Bidder (Proposer) shall complete the "Certification of Bidder Regarding Equal Employment Opportunity" on Sheets PGBS-7 and P&BS-8, Y6R5- 11 42104 NOTIM ~ n e fall ilia i 1 s elm~~~~q~ lit r~Y`~ W fill 11 1 NOTI~ii 42305 1 1 . 2j 13 5 A5 aI i t ~9 1 ills, 1 ~ ~ ~ WAGE. LABOR, EM and SAIM REQMM6 BM$ nwrTON A (Federal Aviation Administration Requirements) A-1 A2rport Dcvelo ent Aid Program Pro ect- The werr.in this contract is inelttded in Airport Development Aid Project No. ' 5-46-0067-05 which to being undertaken and accomplished y the ~iSY of Wanton (Sponsor) ira accordance with the terms and conditions of a g nt agreement between the . cit Denton (Sponsor) an& the tr.,1ted 9tstes, under the irport and irway velopment Act of 1970 (4 i).8.C. 1701) and Part 152, of the federal Aviation Regulations ((14 CfR Part 152), pursuant to which the United States has agreed to pay a certain percentage of the eosts of the project, that are determined to be allowable projtct costs under that Act. The United States is not a party to this contract and t no reference in this contract to the FAA or any representative thereof or to any rights granted to the FAA or any repre- sentative thoreof, or the United Statea, by the contract, makes the United States a party to this contract. ' A-2 Consent t~ ,ss~ i t. The contractor shall obtain thR Trier Vr t' `~teT c:asent of the C t of Denton ' to any proposed assignment o Sponsor) Contract. ny tares or part of this A-3 Convict labor. No convict labor may be employed under this i rotatract. A-4 Veterans preferene In the emp)oyment of labor (except in 1 e.-ecutive) adminia.rative, and supervisory positions), preference shall be given to qualified individt;,als who have served in the military, service of the United States (as defined Relief Act of 1940) andthaveobeenrhonorably! Civil. discharged "rom that service, except that preference Wray be given only where that labor is available locally and is qualified to perform the work to which the employment relates. A-5 Wlthhold',in i 8 near from contractor. UThether or not payments 1 or, advencey tot e _ C y o Den nn (Sponsor) are 1 r ' 2 withheld or suspended by the FAA, the cit of Denton (Sponsor) may arithhold or cause"to be witFie 72r- ffc;W- io contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to pay laborers ' and mechanics employed by the contractor or any subcontractor on the wor). the full amount of wages required by this contract. A-6 Non Vment of wages. If the contractor or subcontractor fNi 'fo pay any 3.aborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work any of the wages requires by this contract the city of Denton (Sponsor) may, after written riot3ca £o tlie'con~ractozak"e such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of funds until the violations cease. A-7 FAA inspection and review. The contractor shall allow flay a'u~~ior~ecT~r`e`prSs`e`ntutive of the FAA to inspect and review any work or materials used in the performance of this contract. A-8 Subcontracts,. The contractor shall insert in each of iii-srsuubcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs A-11 A-3, A-41 A-5, A-6, and A-7 requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier subcontracts which thoy may enter into, together with a clAuse requiring this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made. A-9 Contract termination. A breach of paragraphs A-6, A-7, an A-B may 'Iie 'gr`ou`nds for termination of the contract. 1 I 2 SECTION S (Secretary of Labor Requirements) 13-1 Min::nun wages. ' (a) All mechanics and laborers employed or working upon the site of the work will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or ' rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR Part 3), the full amounts due at time ' of payment computed at wage rates not less than those contained in the wage determination decision(s) of the Secretary of Labor which is (are) attached hereto and made a part hereof, regard- less of any contr,,ctual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics; and the wage determination decision(s) shall be posted by the contractor at the site of the work in a prominent place where I it (they) can be easily seen by the workers. For the purpose ,,+f this paragraph, contributions made or costa reasonably anticipated under Section 1(b)(2) of the Davis-Bacon Act on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of subparagraph (4) below. Als,,j for the purpose of this paragraph, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period under plans, funds, or programs, but covering the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period (29 CPR 5.5(a)(1)(1)). (b) Any class of laborers or mechanic3, including apprentices and trainees, which is not listed in the wage ' determination(s) and which is to be employed under the contract, shall be classified or reclassified conformably to the wage determination (a), and a report of the action taken shall be sent by the (insert sponsor's name) city of Denton to the FAA for approval and transmil~tal toe`TcraEary`o'~- Labor. In the event that the interested parties cannot agree t on the proper classification or reclassification of a particular class of laborers and mechanics, including a by the pprentices and trainees, to be used, the question accompanied Secretary of Laborifor final determination referred (29 CPR 5.5(a)(1)(11)). (c) Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the ' contract for a class of laborers or mechanics inolud:-s a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly wage rate and the contractor is obligated to pay a cauh equivalent of such a fringe benefit, an hourly cash equivalent thereof shall be established. In the event the interested parties cannot. agree upon a cash' equivalent of the fringe benefit, the question accompanied by the recommendation of the FAA shall b,3 referred to the Secretary of Labor for determination (29 CPR 5,5(a)(1)(111)) 9 t M If the contractor does not make Or other third person, he may consider as part of payments the a trustee ' Any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costsreasonablys of Anticipated in providing benefits under a pla6 or program of a type expressly listed in the wage determination decision of the Secretary of Labor which is a part of this contract: Provided, however, the secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met. The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (l) (iv) } . B-2 Withholding: FAA from sponsor. Pursuant to the terms of the gran greements between ~ tfie` United States and (insert sponsor's name), City of Denton Development Aid Project-to,• - relating to Airport r of the Feder, l Aviation Regul`at ons _(iq' CFRrert 1 and 52) Part 152 may withhold or cause to be withheld from the (insert sponsor's name) Cit of Denton ~ the FAA y so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be Con'_66re3 necessary to pay laborers and mechanics, including apprentices and trainees, employed b ' contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount t of wages required by this contract. In the event of failure to pay any laborer or mechanics, including any apprentice or trainee, employed or working on the Rite of the work all or part of the ' wages required by this contract, the FAA may, after written notice to the (insert sponsor's name), City of Denton take such action as may be necessary to cau-ee the suspension of ' any further payment or advance of funds until such violations have ceased (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (2) } . 3`3 Payrolls and basic records. (a) Payrolls and basic records relating thereto will be maintained during the course of the work and preserved for a period of 3 years thereafter for all laborers e,td mechanics working at the site of the work. Such records will contain the name and address of each si2ch employee, his correct classification, rates of ay or costs anticipated of the types ldescriheras deinoSectionilub)ions of the Davis-bacon Act), daily and weekly number of hours (2} ' worked, deductions made and actual wages paid. Whenever Secretary of Labor has found, under 29 CFR 5.5 a)(1)(iv) tie (see subparagraph (d) of { (1) (iv) of any, laborer or mechanicainclude the amount~ofhanytcostsges reasonably anticipated in providing benefits fader a plan or program described in Section 1(b)(2)(B) of the contractor shall maintain recordswhichtshoDiathetbthen Act, commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan 4 ~is~ ' or progran has been communicated in writing to the laborers or rechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual costs incurred in providing such benefits (29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)). ' (b) The contractor will submit weekly a cupy of all payrolls to the (insert sponsor's name) city of Denton for availability to the FAA, as required`by paragrap 52, a . The copy shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the err.ployer or his agent indicating that the payrolls are correct and complete, that the wage rates contained therein are not less than those determined by the Secretary of Labor and that the classifications set forth for each laborer or mechanic conform with the work performed. A submission of a "Meekly Statement of Compliance" which is required under this contract and the Copeland regulations of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR Part 3) and the filing with the initial payroll or any srbsequent payroll of a copy of any findings by the Secretary of Labor, under 29 CPR 5.5 (a)(1)(iv) (see subparagraph (d) of paragraph B-I above), shall satisfy this requirement. The prime contractor shall be responsible for the submission of copies of payrclls of all subcontractors. The contractor will ' make the records required under the labor standards clauses of the contract available for inspection by authorized represent- atives of the FAA and the Department of Labor, and will permit ' such representatives to interview employees during working hours on the job. Contractors employing apprentices or trainees under approved programs shall include a notation on the first weekly certified payrolls submitted to the (insert sponsor's name) City of Denton for availability to the FAA, WaR"tiheMr empfoymenl-Ts pursuant to an approved program and shall identify the program (.19 CPR 5.5(a) (3) (ii;) . B-4 AMrentices and trainees. ' (a) Apprentices. Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they performed when they are employed and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department ' of Labor, Manpower Administration, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training, or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the bureau, or if a person is employed in his first 90 days ' of probationary employment as an apprentice in such an apprenticeship program, who is not individually registered in the program, but %iho has been certifiod by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training or a State Apprenticeship Agency ' (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice, The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeymen in any craft classification shall not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to his entire 5 r . r ' work force under the registered program. Any employee listed on a payroll at an apprentice wagr: rato, who is not a trainee as defined in subparagraph (b) of this paragraph ' or is not registered or otherwise employed a:; ut:ated above, shall be paid the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of wort: he actually performed. The contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish ' to the (insect sponsor's name) city of Denton written evidence of the registre-Uan o Tis program and apprentices as well as the appropriate ratios and wage rates ' (expressed in percentages of the journeymen hourly rates), for the area of construction prior to using any apprentices on the contract work. The wage rate paid apprentices shall be not less than the appropriate percentage of the journey- men's rate contained in the applicable wage determination (29 CFR 5.5 (a) (4) (1)) . ' (b) Trainees. Except as provided in 29 CFR 5.15 trainees will not be permitted to work at loss than the predetermined rate for the work performed unless they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a program which has received prior approval, evidenced by formal. certification, by the U.S. Department of Labor, Manpower ' Administ:ratio.,, Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training., The ratio of trainees to journeymen shall not be greater than permitted under the plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training. Every trainee must be paid at not less than the rate specified in the approved program for his level of progress. Any employee listed on the payroll at a trainee rate is not registered and participating ire a ' training plan approved by the Bureau of Apprenticeship pond Training shall be paid not less than the wage rate determined by the Secretary of Labor for the classification of wcrk he ' actually performed. The contractor or subcontractor will be required to furnish the (insert sponsor's name)c!ty of Denton written evidence of the certification of his program, die registration of the trainees, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in that program. In the event the Bureau of Apprenticeship and Training withdraws approval of a training program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to utilize ® trainees at iesf, than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved (29 CFR S. 5(a) (4) (ii) ) . ' (c) Equal employment opportunity. The utilization of apprentices, trainees and journeymen under this paragraph shall be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CE'R Part 30 (29 CFR 5.5(a) (4) (iii)). ' 6 I r (d) Application of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4). On contracts in excess of $2,000 the employment of all apprentices and trainees as defined in 29 CPR 5.2(c) shall be subject to the provisions of 29 CFR Part 5.5(a)(4) (see paragraph B-4(a), 1 (b) and (e) above). (e) Enforcement. ' (i) The FAA shall promulgate the necessary regula- tions or procedures, for federally assisted construction programs for which it does not contract directly, necessary to insure that contracts contain the provisions herein or such modifica- tions thereof which have been approved by the Department of Labor. No payment, advance, grant, loan or guarantee of funds ' shall be approved by the FAA after the beginning of construction unless there is on file with the FAA a certification by the contractor that he and his subcontractors have complied or that there is substantial dispute with respect to the required provisions (29 CPR 5.6 (a) (1)) . (ii) Enforcement activities, including the ' investigation of complaints of violations, to insure compliance with the requirements of these provisions shall be the primary duty of the FAA. The Department of Labor will coordinate its ' efforts with the FAA, as may be necessary to ensure consistent enforcement of the requirements of these provisions. Enforce- ment of these provisions shall be in accordarce with 29 CPR 5,6, ' B-5 Conpliance with Copeland Regulations. The contractor shall comply 'witli -t)io`dU- eTa- ifeyu-fi fens "Tl9 CFR Part 3) of the Secretary of Labor which are herein incorporated by reference (29 CPR 5.5(a)(5)). B-6 overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contraoting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he ' is employed on such work to work in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic received compensation at a rate not less than 1 1/2 times his basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of 8 hours in any calendar day or in excess of 40 hours in such workweek, as the: case may be (29 CFR 5.5(c) (1)) ' 8-7 Violations, liability for unpaid wades, liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of paragraph B-6 of this provision, the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable to any affected employee for his unpaid wages. in addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States for liquidated damages, 7 r . r c Such liquidated damages shall be computed, with respect to r each individual laborer or mechanic employed in violation of said paragraph B-6 of this provision, in the sum of $10 for each calendar day r)n which such employee was required or permitted to work in excess of 8 hours or in excess of the standard workweek of 41) hours without payment,of the overtime wages required by said paragraph B-6 of thia. provision (29 CFR 5. 5 (c) ) . ' B-8 Withholding fox unpaid wa eg s and liquidated damages, and priority of paymenE, _ (a) The FAA may withhold or cause to be withhold, from any monies payabli: on account of work performed by the contractor or subcontractor, such sums as may administratively be determined to be necessary to satisfy any liabilities of such contractor or subcontractor for unpaid wages and liquidated damages as provided in paragraph B-7 of this ' provision (29 CPR 5.5 (c) (3)) . (b) Yn the event of failure or refusal of the contractor or any subcontractor to comply with overtime pay requirements of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, if the funds withheld by the FAA for the violations are not sufficient to pay fully both the unpaid wages due laborers and mechanics ' and the liquidated damages due the United StLtes, the available funds shall be used first to compensate the laborers and mechanics for the wages to which they are entitled (or ' an equitable portion thereof whin the funds are not adequate for this purpose); and the balance, if any, shall be used for the payment of liquidated damager. (29 CPR 5.14(d)(2)). B-9 Working conditions. No contractor may require any laborer or mechanic employee the performance of the contract to work ' in surroundi-gs or under working conditions that are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety as determined under construction safety and health standards (29 CFR Part 1926) 37 F.R. 27503) issued by the Secretary of Labor. ' B-10 Subcontracts. The contractor will insert In each of his subconfEracFe-Tho oiauses contained in p:,ragraphs B-1 through B-11 of this provision, and also a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tior subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring thin _osertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made (29 CFR S.5(a)(6), 5.5(c)(4)). 8 1 n, r r B-11 Contract termination; debarment. A breach of paragrWpI%s B-1 through P110 of flifs provision may be grounds for termination of the contract. A breach of paragraphs r 1s-1 through B-5 and B-10 may also be grounds fir debarment nn provided in 29 CFR 5.6 of the regulations of the Secretary of La)-or (29 CFR 5.5(a)(7)). 1 r r 1 r r' r r r r r s r 9 SECTION C (Equal Employment Opportunity Clause) - During the performance of chid contract, the contractor agrees as follows: t C-1 The contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of race, color, religion, sex or national origin. The contractor will take affirma- tive action to ensure that applicant are employed, and that employees are treated during employment without regard to their race, color, sex or national origin. Such action shall include, b it not be limited to the following: Employment, upgrading, demotion, or transfer; recruitment or recruitment ' advertising; layoff or termination, ratos of pay or other forms of compensation; and selection for training, Including apprenticeship. The contractor agrees to post In con- ' spicuoue places, available to employees and applicants for employment, notices to be provided setting forth the provisions of this nondiscrimination clause. ' C-2 The contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the contractor, state' that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, color, relition, sex or national origin. I ' C-3 The contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a collective bargaining agree- ' meet or other contract or understanding, a notice to be provided, advising the said labor union or workers' representa- tives of the contractor's commitments under this section, and ' shall post c9Ples of the notice in conspicuove places available to employees and applicants for ernploymert. ' C.4 The contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and oll the rules, regulations and revelant orders of the Secretary of Libor. C-5 The contractor will furnish all Information and reports re- quired by Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the administer- ing agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigation to ascertain compliance with such rules, ' regulations, and others. 10 C-6 In the event of the contractor's noncompliance with the non- discrimination clauses of this contract or with any of the said rules, regulations, or orders, this contract may be . canceled, terminated, or suopended in whole or In part and thb contractor may be declared Ineligible for further government contracts or federally assisted construction contracts In accordance with procedures authurised in ' Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law. C-7 The contractor will include the portion of the sentence ' Imrrtediately preceding paragraph C -1 and the provisions of paragraphs C-1 through C-7 in every subcontractor purchase order unless exempted by rules, regulations, or e orders of thb Secretary of Labor Issued pursuant to Section 204 of Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, so that such provisions will be binding upon each subcontractor or vendor. The contractor will Uke such action with respect to any subcontract or purchase order ' as the administering agency may direct as a means of enforcing such provisiona, including sanctions for non- compliance; Provided, however, that in the event a contractor becomes involved In, or is threatened with, litigation with a subcontractor or vendor as a result of such direction by the administerin,q agency, the contractor may "'j''' ' request the United States to enter into such litigation to protect the interests of the United States. 0 ' 11 SECTION D (Health and Safety Requirements) ' D-1 It is a condition of this contract, and shall be made a condition of each subcontract entered into pursuant to this contract, that the contractor and any subcontractor shall not require any laborer or mechanic employed in performance of the contract to work in surroundings or under working a,nditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his health or safety, as determined under Construction Safety and Health Standards Title 29 Code of Federal Regulations, Part 1518 36 F.R. 7340 promulgated by the United Sates Secretary of Labor, ' in accordance with Section 107 of the Contract Kock Hours and Safety Standards Act, 83 STAT. 96. 1 12 ' SECTIO14 E (Air and Water Quality Standards) E-1 Any other provision herein to the crint:rary noL-- ' withstanding, the contractor in carrying out work under this contract, shall sit al t t hi, ~ij comply w1 t:11 all applicable state and federal air and water quality ' standards; with all pollution control laws; and with such rules, regulations, and dirt-lives as may he lawfully issued by a local, state: ui federal agency having within its jurisdiction the protection of the 1 environment in the area surrounding where work under this contract will be performed. In addition, the contractor shall comply with directives given by the Project Engineer in implomentatlon of the ietter stld intent of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-7 entitled r Airport Construction Controls to Prevent Air and ' Water Pollution. Copiea of this Advisory Circular can be obtained free of charge from Department of ~ Transportation, Distribution Unit, TAD-484.31 ' Washington, D. C. 20590. E-2 Contractors and subcontx.iotors agrees ' a. That any facility to 1.e used in the performance of the contract or tQ benefit from tt~a cootr4ct is not listed on the Environmental Protection ' Agency (EPA) List of Violating Paoilitism.. i B. To comply with all the requirements of Section 1 ' 114 of the Clean tir Act and Section 309 of the federal Water Pollution Control Act and all regulations issued thereunder, CIO That as a condition for award of a contract he will notify the :,warding official of the receipt of any corimunication from the EPA indicating ' that a facility to be utilized for performance of or benefit from the contract is under con- E oidoration to be listed on the EPA List, of Violating Facilities. d. To include or cause to be included in any contract or subcontract which exceeds $100000 the afore- mentioned criteria and requirements. 13 1 t. Mr ^r" r r M f 7 i 1 ftAN DARD ~ 00-A ` OF. AG12EE1VS T ' As Adopted By , TIM TEXAS SECTION OF THE AMERICAN SOCIETY Of CIVIL EN01 . NEERS October 7,1$7t Revised November 17, 198 Revised April 15,1932 Revised October 27, 1934 Revised October 19, 1945 Revised April 8o 1954 Revised April 21, 1960 Revised October 7, 1971 Approved as to Legal Form by Legal Counsel STATE OF TL\A5 - } COUNTY OF-Denton j THIS AGREEMENT, made and entered into this-lit'h__aay of__Datober A. U. 19 77 , by and between City of Dento►t of the County of laaneon and State of Texas, acting through thereunto doily authorized' 0 to do, Party of the First Paet,'hereinafter termed OWNER, and " w G10 Construction Company of the City af_._~ Daliaa , County ofJ>allas and State of Texas CONTRACTOR, f Party of the Seexnd Part, hereinafter termed WITNESSETFI; That for and in consideration of the payments and agreements herein. after mentioned, to be made and performed by the Party of the First Part (OWNER), and under the conditions expressed in the bond bearing even date herewith, tho said party of the Second Part (CONTRACTOR), hereby agrees with the said Party of the First Part (OWNER) to commence and complete the construction of certain improvements described as follows; Denton Municipal Airport-Airport improvements, ' phase 1.1-B-Airpori Lighting & Vast, 1V and all extra work in cvnnecHon therewith, under the terms &s stated In the denetnl Conditions of the Agreement and at his (or their) own proper cost and expense to furnish al; the materials, ' 'supplies, machinery, equipment, tools, superintendence, ]abort insurance, and other accessories and services necessary to cumplete the said construction, in accordance wit,,, the conditions and prices stated in the Proposal attached hereto, and in accordance with the Notice to Contractors, General and Special Conditions of Agreement, Plans and other drawings and printed or written explanatory matter thereof, and the Specifications and addenda therefor, as prepared by_._._ 6himek Tacoba & ginklea Conaulkr+~+Am ineers ' :1304 Adolphus ToWar~ Dallas, Texas 75202 herein entitled the ENGINEER, each of which has been identified by the CONTRACTOR and the ENGINEER, together with the CONTRACT'OR'S written Promsal, the General Conditiona of the A reemenl, and the Performance and Payment Ronda hereto attached; all of which are made a putt ~f and collectively evidence and co putt hertitute the entire contract. Sr.1 O w to "ke axe ,„t a r ~s;~~ Y„~~ ~j>, i~~~ +a i~,y 411 rN•~r pL 1~i1~ ~ i~ ~ f~i a Y Y.. '..N. 73" w~ ~l ~.i'~ The C igTRACTOti heteby Weea14-v commence wo-&wlthln ten (10) daYN-After the Bate . ' written' notice to do so ihall ha?4 Mee. given to hint, and to eubstanttally complete th calend e sane withln3 calendar doge after the date of the written notice to commence work, subject to such extensions of time as are provided by the General and Special Conditions. ' THE OWNER agrees to pay the CONTRACTOR in current funds the price or prl"s shown in the proposal, which forms a part of this contract, such payments to be subject to the General and Special Conditions of the contract. IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to these presents have executed this Agreement in the year and day first above written. City of-Denton, Texas alo Construction Company arty Pint Put (o Ek Par fljttS~p d Pa, (Co RACTOR) By: ~2 d~ -4.~ 2 By. ATPES P ATT s~ r, i 1 i 1 _ COMMONNESS sssssss a' . •.1 y .i 7777, 77 p_ i n ►o PUt~CB - FOR1Ll ' STATE OF TEXAS COUNTY OF_ Dallas KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: ThalL Glo Constmr-tion Ocrrpany the City of Dallas County of..-..- Dallas and State of -Texas as principal, and__ Awxican States Insurance Gcmpan authorised under the laws of the State of Texas to Fci as surety )n bonds for principals, are held _Denton (Owner), and firmly bound unto--___..._ _P~V_ of In the penal um ot_'lli-I LThme Thousand Twr.ifundvd Thuty N'! ts5l 1 39s5R_) for the psymert whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves, and their heirs, ' adrdrilstrators, executors, successors and assignb, jolntbr and severally, by these presetttet WHEltM the Principal has entered Intl a certain written contract with the Owner, dated toe-_ilth---day of Octo~~er lS 77 , to Dentcn Municipal Airport=Airport ~inlaoveme»ts, Phase IY-~-.Airport Lighting E: Vasi IV Mhleb Contract, to hereby referred to and made a part • hereof as fully and to the same extent a4 if copied at length herein. I ?to1t, 'tYEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF '11119 OBLIGATION IS 611CH, that if the said Princ[pal shall faith ally perform said Contract and shall in all respects duly and faithfully 1 observe and perform all and singular the covarante, conditions and agroements in and by said contract agreed and covenanted by the Principal to be observed and performed, and according to ' the true intent and meaning of said Contract and the Plans and Specifications hereto annexed, then this obllgation son it void; otherwise to remain in full force aM effect; PR(1' mb, HOWEVER, that this bund is executed pursuant to the proristons of Article 6160 of tho ;revised Civil Statutes of Texas as amended and all liabilities on this bond shell be deteMtlned in accordnace with the provisions of said Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein, Sureiv, for value received, stlpulatea and sgr yes that no change, extension of time, alteratlor or addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work performed thereunder, or the play, aptiflcatlons, or drawings accompanying the Fame, shall in anywise affect its oLligation on this A" 1171 . f° ' tit y, rt ^ P P :.r < vM ~,Y F .°*,rlt d ~tSylPo ' x t v e .F r~ -;;R r r,i i M, y x, jt'. r r~~~r y y r a. ~~.r r V 1, r bend, and it does hereby ipplve not* of sny slue 'eh;n~e, outenaion of time, alteration or addition 1 1 io the terms of the contract, or to the work to be performed 6%*under, I, IN WI'T'NESS WHEREOF, the "Id Mncipid and Surety have elyned and bested this in3tru anent thk 11th --day of_- October 13 -J7. 1 Glo Construction Ccmany American States_ Insurance Ccr~_ ly_ ~ Pr nelpel Snret~ tan.. Norrio . 'I'itle------President 7title.--_AtCorr~er In fact Addresa__ P, O. Sox 34195 Addro&g_Pi,-Q. P I9267i_ _ Dallas, Texas 75234 Dallas, Texas 752].9 J B That liame',and address-of the Resident Ai nt df Surety feu r :Redo?Ph Norris, Norris S CaMal,v, Igortl Ids a$t, Suite 22(), NlIgs, TX 7 231 z. i 1 ~ t 7'''nr a f PAYMENT BOND STATIA OF TEXAS COU;jTY OF_ Dallas } ' KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS: Thpt -Glo Constructior c«►,p~,~y the city of Dallas County of.__ Dallas _ _ _ and State of.__Texas a s principal, and_--- -Amrican itates Insun3nce authorized under the laws of the Stst+s of Texas to set as surety on bonds for principals, are held and firmly bound un Ci Of _ ntoh (Owner), In the penal sum No _ _._Dollars (#33=239.50 for thws'nayment whereof, the said Principal and Surety bind themselves and their heirs, adminis, trators, axecutota, successors and asslgna, Jointly and severally, by these presents: WHEREAS, the Principal has entered Into a certain written contr act with the. Owner, ' dated the _,__day of__. Y,tcx+ 191_.._, to Denteh Munfc!yTAI Aire t-Atrport Improvements, Phzse II-S-A:U,ort Gtgizing b Vasi IV ' which contract is hereby referred to and made a part hereof as fully and to the same extent as if copied at length herein. NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH, that if the said Principal shall pay all cl&imants supplying labor and material to him or a subcontraetor In the prosecution of the work provided for in said contract, then, this obligations shall be vold i otherwise to remain in full force ar.t effect; Pf,(VIMI), HOWEVER, that this bond is executed pursuant to the provisionsof Article 5160of the Revised Civil Statutes of Texas as ann,,nded and all liabilities on this bond shall be determined in accordance with the provisions of Bald Article to the same extent as if it were copied at length herein. Surety, for value received, copulates and Agm, that no change, extension of time, weration jr addition to the terms of the contract, or to the work Pe.-formed thereunder, or the plan-30 specifications or drwrtrings aooompanying the same, aball in anywise affect Its obligation on this r ; q ti tu. c.u,ti ~+n urs t r .v' j`Yn.. bond, and it does hereby arplve notke,of Rny sueb change, ektenaton of time, alteration or ►ddition ' to' file terms of the contract, or to the work to be perforated thereunder, IN ' WITNESS W) REAR?, the acid Principal and Surety have signed and sealed this instru- ment this 11th dap of October _ , 19 77 . Glo Construction Ca"iY _ American States Insurance Carqmny ' Pdndpal Surety ' aoi Orris Title President jjtl^Attorney In Fact ' Addres P. 0. Box 34198 Address- P. 0. Bcot 19267 ^4 Dallas, Texas 75234 Dallas, T.-oxas 75219 The name and address of the Reaidenf Agent of Surety Is: e i Rudolph Norris, Norris E CarQany,' I NotthPark East, Suite 220 Da?.las, Texas 75231.. a 1 r . ' GENERAL POWER OF ATTORNEY American States Insurance Company ' INDIANAPOLIS, INDIANA KP40W All MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that American States Insurance Company, a Corporation duly OT oiled and existing ' under 1he laws of the Stats of Indiana, and having its principal office in the City of Indianapolis, Indiana, hate made, constituted and apWnnted, and does by these presents make, constitute and appoint ' RWOLPH NORRIS STEYE RIClXNBACM STACI NORRIS AND CARLTON A MV (Jointly or Severally)_ of Dallas and State of Texas its Irun and lawful Attorney(s)-in-Fact, with full power and authority hereby conferred in its name, place and stead, to execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all bonds, recognizances, contracts of indemnity and other conditional or obligatory undertaking,,. provided, however: that the penal, sum o( any one euch_ instrumnt exeeµtgd hereurlder_ ' shell), not exceed FIVE MILLION AND NO 200 5,000,000.001 DOLLARS acrd to bind the Corporation thereby as fully and to the same extent as if such bonds were signed by the President, sealer, with the eury+nrvn seat of the Corporation and duly attested by its Secretary, heresy ra'ifying and confirmin all that the said Attorney(s) in Fact may do in the premises. This Power of Attorney is executed and may be revoked Dursuanf to and by authority granted by ' Section 7 07 of the By-taws of the American States Insurance Company, which reads as follows: "The Chairman of the Board, the President or any Vice-President shall have power, by and with the concurrence with the Secretary or any Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, to appoint Resident Vice. Fresidents, Resident Assistant Secretaries and Attorneys•Irt-Fact as the business of the Corporation may require or to authorize any one of ' such persons to execute, on behalf of the Corporation, any bonds, recognfunces, stipulations and undertakings, whether by way of surety .)r otherwise" IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Americas States Insurance Company has caused these presents to be signed by its Vice President, attested by its Assistant Secretary and its corporate seal to be hereto affixed this day of A1lgust _ ' A O. 19 77. AMERICAN STATES INSURANCE COMPANY ' (cfAt) TEST: Y By _ YI AL.M. T4_..__ .~-n1e Second nd VIc vice orendeml nl - - AT _ Assesranl Secretary ' STATE OF INDIANA I COUNTY OF MARION] SS: On this - -30th. . day of Augast- A. D., 19 77., before me personally came ' William M, Evans . _ _ _ 1o me knuwn, who twimp,, by me duly sworn, acknowledged the execution of the above instrument and did ' pve and say; that he is Vice Pies+der,t el Am«rican States Insurance Company; that he knows the seal of said Corporation; that the seal affoed to the said instrument rS '.ucti corporate seal; that it was so affixed by order of the Board of Directors of said Corporation; and that he signed his narne Ihorrtn by hke order, And said -bIl).].iaiaa M.. Evans _ further said that he Is acquainted with . Stanley L, Riegel and knows him if) be the Assistant Secretary of said Corporation; and that he executed fee above instrument, ommr I p, roll _._TifL13rlR--A, NXnar ay t Mj~ 1980 otary F Dlit _ . ' "All 11 INDIANA SS rxIUNTY OF MARION I, Stanley L. Riegel , the Assistant Secretary of AMERICAN STATES INSURANI,t COMPANY, du Iu;rkhj certify that the above air,] for-xtoing is a true and correct copy of a Power of Attorney, executed by sr,d AMERICAN riff T f', INSURANCE COMPANY, winch is still in full force and effect. this rrrtlfkalr may be signed and sealed by facsimile under and by the authority of the following resolution of the Rnard of lhrr rloi% of American Stales Insuraoce Company at a meeting duly called and held on the 15th day of December 19)) AF %01 VT D: That the use of a printed facsimile of the corporate seal of the company and of the signature Ia an Assistant Sir rMn'y on any certification of the correctness of a copy of an instrument executed by the President or a Vice Presrdenl pursuanl t-r '.nr.Uhn 7 01 a1 the Bylaws appointing and authorizing an Attorney.-in-Fact to sign to the name and on lehalf of the company rrrvty bond'., underwriting undertakings or other instruments described in said Section 1.01, with like effect as if such seat and 1104 5rknalu a hall been manually affixed and made, hereby is authorized and approved," In witness whereof, I have hereunto set my hand and affixed the seal of said Corporation, this nth (fay nl October - A. D., 19 77 _ 1"I /l r - A4 toxin 1 11',7 1121J; AII{tir Mr Sec t THIS CfR;W"TE Is* 1 . 1' 1.• . , ON ALTER THE COVERAGE AfFoqpfo 0Y T"t POLICIES ILISHI) OLow. 4 11 . 4!d dnURi 551}f Ara 'MV COMPAPI AFFORDING COVERAGES Dm c East 220 A tlIIT£L~ PACIFIC LJvXIW ICE CCI~AMf Da].Ins, Terms 75231 B L alo l oust mation Crnpany P. a, lbx 34198 Uallm, Texas 75234 E _ t r. , r l r r I ,r, j r.• 1,, !I, r.;F, h..,> 11;1 Inl, I lunHs of l 13bihf in Tien usan' " A I GI NI NAL LIAEILI'I Y 340 r lir^ r N~rnly } } lf~, A ~X1I1, I ffE'a~ ~ 50 f} 140 '7 Ilr 1,f,~ffiAi,,gf S 1 A R1 l' ~A ku.4 GA7581750 1/20/78 77..,,tt Elgl r4 V IN ~W!Y hldJ Irk 5, Ni kra r , w,uaA^„-L r r' r'rpI r uhftAO( S s L ~ t!ur,hn Fr,,,r,f Feci('I:Atr Irrt,rrtfr 1,I ME(rf ITq If(N'fNr QrM PN ?()IL I _ ' fra rN o-. IN Ilar 1 L.I_ AUTOMOBItf LIABILITY f - - 'N (1 N N' E [xi 250 A 500 ~xl GA7581750 ! L20/76 1 S rx, l~. ~ I 'i.r A..t ~t th EXCESS tiA6'r.I4Y h 11, IA !t tt _ ' IW RK PS-COMPENIA110 fq A and M329970 1/20/78 EMPLOYERS LIABILITY f. 100. OTHER Woman, ( i ~1Tt Job: ft ton Kx&lpal Airport-Airport L mve mnte, Ptiaso II-3- Airport Liettlxi S Masi TV i A~d.,~d~~itionalIwxeddc : Dmt~o~ri~Mu'l~ioi.}LIG.~V Aix~pczwrt City Of DmIton, Shin ) Jacobs & Finlclea Ca CItheIir aeTts am 1'I twloys`, Wi 11 tV fi rf thU I job l~ r f Ih r ;C 1. II1P IbUiri r r I-1 11 Y 1 a nF _r n, ttE` i.v' 1?(, lnll ! n ~-rn ti"• ~kf r - I. I r nail SUCK r1011~0 Si III Ilrrpo~e nn (i lga1~,; n.; f ~,~y p,r 1 Il,r,r I tfrn cpr~ i .'!4 ANG of IIFI nr`(VI N 1( Al E N,J(.IF Dayton pal Airport 14L19177 boa T r • i Jllh on: Ib 1~1 P~, QI N1.1 q1 •}iy 4 d AIM C CITY OF DENTON, TEXAS ' DENTON MUNICIPAL AIRPORT AIRPORT IMPROVEMENTS PHASE II SPECIAL CONDITIONS ' SC101 GENERAL e The provisions of this section of the specifications shall govern in the event of any conflict between them and the "General Oonditions of Agreement". ' SC.02 ENGINEER The word "Engineer" in these specifications Rhall be understood as referring to Shimek, Jacobs and Finklea, Consulting Engineers, 1300 Adolphus 'lower, Dallas, Texas, Engineer of the Owner, or such other representatives as may be authorized by said owner to act in any particular position. SC.03 LOCATION OF PROJECT This project is located at the north end of the Denton Municipal Air- port. A location map is included in the plans. ' SC.04 SCOPE OF WORK The work to be performsi under this contract consists of furnishing all materials, labor, supervision, egtipment, and all incidentals required, and performing all work necessary for the extension of the north and of the N-S Run- way 850 feet, extension of the parallel taxiway, medium intensity runway lighting system and ruiocation of the VASI on the north essd of the Denton Municipal Air- port, ' SC.05 FORMS, PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS Forms of Proposal, Contract and aonds, and Plans and Specifications way ' be obtained from the office of Shimek, Jacobs and Finklea, Consulting Engineers, 1300 Adolphus 'ibwer, Dallas, Texas, upor. deposit of Thirty Dollars (330.00) per not. ' The sum deposited will be refunded, provided the prospective bidder complies with one of tha following requirementat (a) If no proposal is submittedi All documents must be returned in good order to the above office not leter than forty-eight (4d) hours after the time and date of receiving proposals or ' (b) If pr- Dsal is submittedr All documents except proposal forms submitted as bid a,ist be returned in good order to the above office within fif- ' SC-1 ' teen (15; days after the time and date of receiving proposals- Provided the prospective bidder complies with neither of the two above requirements, the sum deposited shall become the property of the City of Denton, Texan. 1 SC.06 EXAMINATION OF SITE OF PROJECP Prospective bidders shall make a careful examinatio,i of the site of tho project, conditions to be encountered, improvements to be protecte:, and require- ments for keeping the airport operational during construction. SC.07 QUALIFICATION OF IOW BIDDER Before being awarded a contract, the low bidder shall F-11=it such evi- dence as the Engineer may require to establi,ih his financiak responsibility, ex- perience and possession of such equipment as may be needed to prosecute the work in an expeditious, safe and satisfactory manner. Should the low bidder fail to proiuce evidence satisfactory to the Engineer on any of the foregoing points, he may be disqualified and the work award- ed to the next low bidder so qualifying. SC.08 AWARD OF CONTRACT It is the intention of the owner to award a contract on the, basis of the lowest acceptable bid 95::mitcod by a qualified bidder, as determined by the Owner. The right is reserved, is the interest of the owner may require, to reject any ani ' all bids and to waive any informality in bids roceived. The City of Denton will notify the successful bidder, in writing, within Thirty (30)days after the date of receiving bids, of its acceptanta of his proposol. ' The contractor shall owplete the execution of the required A'..ds and contract within ton (10) days of such notice. ' SC.09 TIME ALLOTTED FOR COKMETION All items of work included under this contract shall be completed within one hundred-eighty(180) consecutive calendar days, which time shall commence on the ' tenth (10th) day after the issuance of the Work Order. The Work order shall consist of a written request by the Engineer for the Contractor to proceed with construction of the project. SC.10 X)DENDA Bidders desiring further information, or interpretation of the plans and sepcifications, must make request for such information to the Engineer prior to forty-eight (48) hours before the bid opening. Answers to all vich requests will be given in writing to all bidders in addenduma form and all addenda will be bound with anu made a part of the contract doc+vnents. No other explanation or interpre- tation will be considered official or binding. Should a bidder find discrepancies in, or should he be in doubt as to their meaning, he shall at once notify the Engi- neer in v der that a written addendum may be sent to All bidders. Any addenda issued prior to -,wenty-four. (24) hours of the opening of bids will be mailed or dolivered to each Contractor contemplatio- the submission of a proposal on this work. The proposal as suLAitted by the contractor will be so constructed as to include any ' addenda if such are issued by the Engineer prior to twenty-four (24) hours of the opening of bids. SC-2 r_ ' SC.11 LIQUIDATED b..%MAGES FOR DELAY BY CONTRACTOR The Contractor agree! that time is of the essence of this contract and ' that for each day of delay beyond the date agreed upon for the completion of all items of work herein specified and contracted for (after due allowance for such extension of time as is provided for in the General Conditions of Agreement), the Ow.ier may withhold permanently from the Contractor's total compensation the sum of one Hundred Dollars ($100.00) per day as stipulated damages for each day. SC.12 COPIES OF PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS FURNISHED Five (5) sets of plans and specifications shall be furnished to the ' Contractor, at no charge, for construction purposes. If plans have been reduced to one-half size, three (3) sets of those, together with two (2) sets reproduced on the original scale, shall constitute the five (5) sets of plans furnished to the Contractor. Additional copies may be obyained at cv:t of reproduction upon regiest. r SC.13 STATE AND CITY SALES TAXES ' The Contractor's attention is directed to Amendment No. 7 to Section 6a, Article 20.01, Chapter 20, Title 122A, Taxation-General of the Revised Civil Sta- tutes of Texas. r This amendment provides that all items used or consumed by a contractor, whether incorporated into the project or not, can be purchased free of State and City sales tax when the project is being performed for an exempt agency. Included ' are equipment rentals and other items which are connuwed by the Contractor but are not incorporated into the project. This contract is issued by an agency which quclifies for exemption pur- suant to the provisions of Article 20.04 (f) of the Texas Limited Sales, Excise and Use Tax Act. ' The ContxActor performing this contract may purchase, rent, or lease all materials, supplies, equipment used or consumed in the performance of this contract by issuing to his supplic-- an exemption certificate in lieu of the tax, said exemp- ti,.in certificate complying with State Comptroller's ruling i95-0.07. Any such exemltion certificate issued by the Contractor in lieu of the tax shall be subject to tLe provisions of the State Comptroller's ruling 095-0.09 as amended to be ef- fective October 2, 1968. SC.14 RFvZkZ4CE SPECIFICATIONS ' Where reference is made in these specifications to specifications compiled by othars, such reference is made for expediency and standardization from the material supplier's point of view, and such speoifications referred to are hereby ' made a part of thew specifications. SC.15 TRADE NAMES AND MATERIALS ' No material which has been used by the Contractor for any temporary pur- pose whatever Is to be incorporated in the permanent structure without written con- sent of the Engineer. SC-3 Where materials or equipment are specified by a trade or brand name, it is not the intention of the Owner to discriminate against an equal product of ' another manufacturer, but rather to set a definite standard of quality or performance, and to establish an equal basis for the evaluation of bids. Where the words "equi- valunt", "proper", or "equal to" ire used, they shall be understood to mean that the ' thing referred to shall be proper, thc! equivalent of, or equal to some other thing, in the opinion or judgment of the or:gineer. Unless otherwise specified all materials shall be the best of their respect via kinds and shall be in all cases fully equal to ' approved samples. Notwithstanding 'tat the words "or equal lo" or other such expres- sions may be used in the specificat:r,r:s in connection wl,h a material, manufactured article or process, the material, article or process specifically designated 111a11. be used, unless a substitute shall be approved in writing by the Engineer, and the ' Engineer shall have the right to requia.e the use of such specifically designated material, article or process. ' SC.16 PERMITS AND RIGhV-OF-WAY The Owner will provide rights-of-way for the purpose of construction without 1 cost to the Contractor by securing permits in areas of public dedicati{,n or by ob- taining easements across privately owned property. It shall ba the responsibility of the Contractor, prior to the initiation of construction on easements through pri- veto property, to Inform the property owner of his intent to begin construction. Before beginning construction in areav of public dedication, the Contractor shall in- form the agency having jurisdiction in the area forty-eight (48) hours rrior to initiation of the work. ' SG.17 PROPERTY LINES AND MONUMENTS The Contractor shall protect all property corner markers, and when any such markers or monuments are in danger of being disturbed they shall be properly refs-encr-d and if disturbed shall be reset at the expense of the Contractor. SC.18 EXISTING STRUCTURES Tt.% plans show the location of all known surface and subsurface structure:. However, the Owner assumes no responsibility for failure to show any or all of the. structures on the plans, or to show them in their exact location. It is mutually agreed that such failure shall not be considered sufficient basis for claims for aril- ' tional compensation for extra work or for increasing the pay quantities in any man ner whatsoever, unless the obstruction encountered is such as to necessitate changes in the lines or grades, or require the building of special work, provisions for which are not made in the plane and proposal, in which case the provisions in these spe7i- fications for extra work shall apply. SC.19 EXISTIN,3 UTILITIES AND SERVICE LINES t The Contractor shall be responsible for the protection of all existing utilities or service lines crossed or exposed by his construction operations. Where existing utilities or service lines are cut, broken or damaged, the Contractor shall replace the utilities or service lines with the same type ~f original construction, or better, at hie own cost and expense. Power poles which interfere with the pro- posed improvements shall be relocated by the power company. a ' SC-4 SC.20 PUBLIC UTILITIEie AM OTHER MPERTY TO BE CHANGE6 1 In case it is necessary to charge or move the property of any owner or of r r%ublic utility, such pro_).erty shall not be moved or Interfered with until autho- rs,xad by the utility company and approved by the Engineer. The right is reserved to the ownez of public utilities to enter upon the limits of the project for the pur- r~l pnRa of naking such chan,les or repatra of their property that may be made necessary by the performance of this c-ntract. I 1 SC121 kENC£S, DRAINAGE CHANNFS,S AND CROP DAMAGE Poundary fences or oths,r improvements removed permit this construction 61vtI1 1, replaced in thn same location and left in a corK;ition of grade and cross err ti after the virk of construction is completed. t cA,11 i'RWFCT MAINTMINCE I The Contractor r.hall maintain, and keep in goo,. repair, the improvements covered by these plans I specifications during the life of his contract. 1 SC.23 ~Nt1Y 1 During Construction. The L.,ntractor shall at all time. keep the job,sito as free from all material, debrle and rubbish as is practicable and WhAll remove same from any portion of the job site when it becomes objectionable or interferes with the progress of the project in the opinion of tho Lngir•ser or the Owner. Final. Upon completion of the work, the Contractor r l remove from the site all plant, materials, tools and equipment belo ging tti him 6iid 1--ave the sit* 1 with an appearance acceptable to the Engineer and the Own,,. The ( Iraator shall thoroughly clean all, equipment and materials installed by him and shall deliver o--r such .aterials A-,d egv!..anent in a bright, clean, polished and new-appearing )dit.ion. SC.24 GUARANTY AGAINST D .FECTM WORK The Contractor uhall indemnify the owner against any repairs which may be- come necessary to any part of the work performed under the contract, arising from defective workmanship or materials used therein, for a period of one (1) year from the late of final acceptance of the work. 1. SC.75 TESTIN:;j INSPECTION AND CoNTROI_ 1 Observation of the Contractoi0$s work tc, determine compliance with the pans and specifications will include cesttng of material installed on the project, virstirq of work performed and materials furnished shall be done by a commercial 1 laboratory employed by the Owner. The Contractor shall furnish, at his own expense, all necessary specimens for testing of the materials. If the Contractor fails to mr.et specified conditions by tht second test, further tests shall be at the expense of the Contractor.. ' SC-26 CCORDINATION WITH OTHERS 1 In the (,vent other contractors are doing work in the same area simul- ta,eously .lth this project, the Contractor shall coordinate his proposed construc- t ',)n with that of the other contractors. 1 SC-5 ' SC. 27 BARRICADES, LIGHTS AND WATCHMEN Within the limits of the work under this contract, the Contractor shall, &t. his own cost and expense, furnish and erect ouch barricades, fences, lights, ' and danger signals, shall provide such watchmen, end shall provide stich other pre- cautionary measures for the protection of persons or property and of thu work as are nt-cessary. Barricades shall he fainted in a color that will be visible at night. From sunset to sunrise, the Contractor shall furnish and maintain at least one light at each barri,_ade and sufficient numbers of barricades shall be erected to keep vehicles from being driven on or into any work under construction. The Contractor Shall furnish watchmen in sufficient numbers to protect the work. The Contractor will be held responsible for all damage to the work due to failure of barricades, signs, lights and watchmen to protect it and whenever evi- dence is found of such damage the Contractor shall immediately remove the damaged portion and replace it at his cost and expense. The Contractor's responsibility for the maintenance of barricade,, signs, and lights, and for providing watchman ' shall not cease until the project shall have bean accepted by the Owner. SC.28 DISPOSAL OF WASTE AND SURPLUS EXCAVA_TLON All trees, stumps, siashings, brush or other debris removed from the site as a preliminary to the construction shall be burned or removed frau the property. Any required disposal permits shall be thA sole responsibility of the Contractor. All excavated earth in excess of that required for backfilling shall be ~ stockpiled on the airport property for use in construc.ting improvements to the air- port. SC.29 WATER FOR CONSTRUCTION The Contractor shall make the necessary arrangements for securing and transporting all water required in the construction. ' SC.33 INSPECTION The word "Inspection", or other forms of the ward, as used in the Contract ' Documents for this project, shall he understood as meaning the Engineer will obeerva the constri.,ction on behalf of the owner. The Engineer will observe and check the construction in sufficient detail to satisfy himself that the work is proceeding in general accordance with the Contract Documents, but he will not be a guarantor of the Contractor's performance, SC131 LIGHTS AND POWER ' The Contractor shall provide, at his own expense, temporary lighting and power facilities required for the proper prosecution of the work. i SC.32 INSURANCE ' Before the Contractor commences work in connection with this contract, or before he Allows ar.y subcontractor to commence any work, he shall purchase compre- hensive general liability insuram:e with bodily injury limits of not .teas than $300,000 each occurrence and $300,000 in the aggregate, and property damage limits of not less than $50,000 each occurrencc+ and $50,000 in the aggregate, and thall in- clude as an additional insured in ouch policy the Owner, the Engineer, ark:i their agents ani employees so additional insureds. At the Contractor's option he may fur-11sh an SC-6 MVU► W 1 1 Owners and Contractor's Policy with the Owner as insured and the Engineer, their agonts and employees as additional insureds. 1 The Contractor shall furnish a certificate of insurance for the above coverage with a pro•pision that the Owner will be notified by the insurance company tun days (10) prior ;.o cancellation of the policy during the term of this contract. SC.33 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKING • Construction layout and staking for this project shall be performed in accordance with paragraph 50-06 of General Provisions, Section 50, CONTROL OF WORK. SC.34 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR The Contractor shall hive on the project at all times, as his agent, competent Superintendent capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans 1 and specifications and thoroughly experienced in the type of work being performed. The Superintendent shall have full authority to execute orders or directions and to promptly supply such materials, equipment, tools, labor and incidentals as may be 1 required. Such superintendence shall be furnished irrespective of the amount of work subcontracted. The Superintendent and the Contractor shall be responsible for all work 1 performed by the subcontractor at all times during construction. SC.35 CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE Prior to starting work, the Contractor shall submit a proposed schedule for the work included herein and shall submit any major revisions to this schedule ns the project progresses. This schedule shell provide for completion of the pro- ject within the time provided in the specifications. 1 e r i i 1 1 SC.-7 1 ' SPECIAL PROVISION AIR AND WATER IOI1v'L 1 COMIROL ' DESCRIPTION: This work shall consist of con'.rol measures as shown on the plans or ordered by the engineer during the life of the contract to co;:trol air and water rollution, through use of berms, dikes, dams, ' sediment basins, fiber mats, netting, gravel, mulches, grasses, slope drains, and other control devices or methods. ' The polhttion control pr.wisions contained herein shall be coordinated with the permanent control features specified elsewhere in the contract to the extent practical to assure economical, effective and continuous control throughout the construction and preconstruction period. MATERIATA ' a. Mulches may be hay. straw, fiber mate, netting, wood cellulose, corn or tobacco stalks, bark, corn cobs, wood chips, or other suitable materials acceptable to the engineer and shall be reasonably clean and free of noxious weeds and deleterious materials. b. Slope drains may be constructed of pips, giber mats, rubble, ' Portland Cement Concrete, bituminous concrete, plastic sheets, or other material acceptable to the engineer that will adequately control erosion* e. Brass shall be is quick growing species (such as rye grass, Italian ryt, grass, or cereal grasses) suitable to the area providing t. temporary cover which will not later compete with grassee sown or otherwise planted for later cover. d. Fertilizer and soil conditioners shall be a standard commerical t grade acceptable to the engineer. e. Others as specified by the engineer. ' Such work may involve the construction of temporary berms, dikes, dams, seAlUent basins, slope drains, and the use of temporary mulchcs,mats, ' seeding, or other control devices or methods as necessary to control water erosion and to apply methods, similar in nature, to control air paUution as practicable. Cut slopes shall be seeded and mulched as the excavation proceeds to the extent considered desirable and practicable. I I~ e 1 ' 2 The contractor will be required to incorporate all permanent erosion control features into the project at the earliest practicable time as outlined in his accepted schedule. Temporary pollution control measures ' will be used to correct conditions that develop during construe!-ion that were not foreseen during the design stage; that are needed prior to installation c° permanent pollution contro7,featuress or that are needed temporarily to control erosion that develcpes during normal ' construeti.on practices, but are not associated with permanent control features on the project. Where erosion is likely to be a problem, clearing and grubbing operations should be so scheduled and performed that grading operations and permanent erosion control features can be followed immediately thereafter if the project conditions permit; otherwise temporary erosion control treasures dray be required between successive construction,stages. Under no conditions shall the s~irface area of erodible earth material exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing, exceed 750,000 square feet without approval by the engineer. The engineer will limit tbt area of excavation, borrow and embankment ' operations in progress coniensurate with the contractor's capabilit and progress in keeping tht finished grading, mulching, seeding, and other such permanent pollution co.Arol measures current in accordance with the ' accepted F:hedule. Should seasonal limitations make such coordination unrealistic, temporary erosion control measures shall be taken immediately to the extent feasible and J,istified. Under no conditions shall the turowit of surface area•of erodible earth material exposed at one time by excavation, borrow or fill within the right-of-way exceed 750,000 squar'e:f'eet without prior approval W the engineer. The engineer may increase or decrease the amount of surface area of erodible earth materials to be exposed at one time by clearing and grubbing, excavation, borrow and fill operations as determined by his analysis of project conditions. The contractor will not be permitted frequent fording of live streams with construction equipments therefore, temporary bridges or, other structures shall be used whenever an appreciable number of stream crossings ■ are necessary. i All waterways will be Bleared by the contractor as soon as practicable of falsework, piling, debris, or other obstructions placed during construction operation& and not part of the finished work. 1 .S~ i 3 Water from aggregate weshing or other operations containing sediment shall be treated by filtration, a settlir:g beein or other means suff,;'nient to reduce the sediment content to not more than that of the stream into vhich it is discharge4. Pollutants, fuelo, lubricants, bitumr:ne raw sewage end other harmful materiale, will not to discharged into'uear rivers, streams, and Impoundments or into natural or mr.►nmade chamois les4ing thereto. Vash water or waste from concrete mixing or coring operations shall not be allowed to enter live stream, Under no conditions shall tires, oils, asphalt, paint, or coated matalo be pamitted 1n cc*w'oustible waste. piles. Under no conditions shall. burning be permitted within IM feet of a residential Cr built-up area. Burning will not be permitted unleLsiv the prevailing wind is away from a nearby town or built-tip area. i Burning will not be permitted during a local air inversion or other cliuaVe condition as would result in a pall of smoke over a nearby tom or built-up area. I Burning will not be permitted when the danger of brush or forest fires its made known by stato, local or Federal officials. i 'fie size amd number of fires shall be restricted to avoid the danger of brush or forest fires. Fires shall have reasonable surveillance d and countermeasures shall be available to g!wrd against such dangers. i Control of dust and other air pollutants Is the responsibility of the contractor. li to provisions applicable to dust, air borne materials as carried by the wind apply equally to the water erosion conditions stated. Um t collecting and dust precipitating equipment and raterials applicable are to be incorporated as needed. Dusting conditions will be controlled through temporary mulcb with or without seeding, crater application by sprinkler trucks, covering of haul vehicles, stabilizing agents in solutV.., dust pallatives, pene- tmtien asphalt on temporary roads, wood chips, plastic sheeting, but ssosss< r A mainly through the scheduling of work and the controls needed to minimize ex~*Aure to dusting conditions. The engineer may increase or decrease the restrictions during his analysis of the project conditions. ' In the event of c-.nflict between these requirements and pollution control laws, rules, or regulations of o:ner Federal or State or local ag,,neles, the more restrictive lava, rules, or regulations shall apply. Mb"PEiOD OF WAS + AND PAyt~: In the event that temporary erosion and pollution control measures are required due to the contractor's negligence, carelessness, or failure to install permanent controls as a part of the work as scheduled, and are ordered by the engineer, such work shall be performed by the contractor al- his own expense. Temporary erosion and pollution control work required i& ieh is not attributed to the contractor's negligence, carelessness or failure to install permanent controls, will be performed as ordered by the engineer. Where the work to be performed is not attributed to the contractor's negligence, carelessness or failure to install permanent controls and falls within the specifications for a work item that has a contract price, the units of work shall be paid for at the proper contract price. Should the work not be comparable to the project work under the applicable contract items, the contractor shall be orderei to perform the work on a force account basis, or by agreed unit prices. In case of repeated failures on the n,e co erosion, pollution, end/or siltrationthef°to rtreserv to control right to employ outside assistance or~to use his reserves the the necessary corrective measures. Such incurred directccosto provide p14 appropriate engineering and administrative costs will be charged to the contractor and appropriate deductions made from the contractor's progress estimate. Temporary pollution c(,ntrol may include construction work outside the defined work area where such work is necessary as a result of borrow pit operations, haul roads and equipmetit stm age sites. The control features installed by the contractor shall be acceptably maintained by the contractor, SANITARY FACILITIES: The contractor shall provide suitable sanitary facilities for use of his erployeee and inspection personn3l, Dech facilities, temporary or permanent, shall meet local sanitary soles, and may not contribute untreated sewage to any dry or flowing watercourse. There will be no separate payment for this item, osa ! 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 DIVISION I ! GENERAL PROVISIONS ! SECTION 10 . ! DEFINITION OF TERMS ' Whenever the following terms are used in these specifications, in the contract, in any documents or other instruments pertaining to construction cohere these specifications govern, the intent and meaning shall be ' interpreted as follows: 10-01 AASHTO. The American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials, the successor association to AASHO. ' 10-02 ACCESS ROAD. The right-of-way, the roadway and all improvements constructc3 thereon connecting the airport to a public highway. ! 10-03 Ap`AP. The Airport Development Aid Program, a grant-in-aid program, administered by the Federal Aviation,Administration.' ! 10-04 ADVERTISEMENT. A public announcement, as required by local law, Inviting bids for work to be performed and materials to be furnished. ! 10-05 AIR OPERATIONS AREA. For the purpose of these specifications, the ` term air operations area shall mean any area of the airport used or intended to be used for the lr,nding, tak.iff, or surface maneuvering of aircraft. An air operation area shall include such paved or unpaved areas that are used or intended to be used for the unobstructed movemet.t of aircraft in addition ! to its associated runway, taxiway, or apron. ' 10-06 AIRORT, Airport means an area of land or water which is used or intended to be used for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and facilities, if any, ! DIV I Page 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/2/74 DEFINITION OF TERMS A 10-07 ASTM. The American Society for Testing and Materfals. ' 10-08 AWARD, The acceptance, by the owner, of the successful bidder's proposal. 10-04 BIDDER. Any individual, partnership, firm, oe corporation, acting ' directlor through a duly authorized representative, who submits a proposal for the-work contemplated. 10-10 BgILdING AREA. An area on the airport to be used, considered, or intiraea d to be used for airport buildings or other airport facilities or ' rights-of-way together with all airport buildings and facilities located the rc:on. ' 10-11 CALENDAR DAY. Every day shown on the calendar. ' 10-12 CHANCE ORDER. A written order to the contractor covering changes in the plans, specifications, or proposal quantities and establishi,ig the basic of payment and contract time adjustment, if any, for the wnr}: affected by such changes. The work, covered by a change order, »hell be within the scope of the contract. ' 10-13 CONTRACT. The vritten agreement covering the work to be performed. The awarded contract shall include, but is not limited to: The Advertisement; The Contract Form; The Proposal; The Performance Bond; The Payment Bond; any 'required insurance certificates; The Specifications; The Plans; and any addenda issued to bidders, 10-14 CONTRACT ITEM (PAY ITEM) A specific unit of work for which a price in provided in the contract. ' 10-15 CONTRACT TiAE. The number of calendar days or working days, stated in the proposal, illowed for completion of the contract, including ' authorized timo extensions. If a calendar date of completion is stated in 1 Page 2 DIV I ' 10/24/74 AC 15015370-10 DEFINITION OF TERMS the proposal, in lieu of a number of calendar or w shall bit completed by that date. working days, the contract 10-16 CONTRACTOR, The individual primarily liable for the acceptable performance ~ofithe work contracted and for the payment of all legal debts pertaining to tho work who acts directly or through lawful agents or employees to complete the contract work. 10-17 DRAINAGE SYSTEM. The which surface or subsurface waters marof pipeas e. collected tandsconducted ufromethey airport area. 10-18 ENGINEER. ' The individual, partnership, film, or corporaiton duly authorized by the owner (sponsor) to be responsible for engineering supervision of the contract work and acting directly or through an t authorized representative. 10-19 EQUIPMENT, All machinery, together wifh the necessary supplies for ' upkeep and maintenance, and also all tools and apparatus necessary for Cie proper construction and acceptable completion of the work. r 10-20 EXTRA WORK. An item of work not provided for in the awarded contract as previously modified by change order or supplemental agreement, but which ' is found by the engineer to be necessary to complete the work within the intended scope of the contract as previously modified, 10-21 FAA. The Federal Aviation Administration of the U. S. Department of Transportation. When tided to designate a person, FAA shall mean the Administrator or his duly authorized representative. ' 10-22 FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS. The Federal. Specifications and Standards, ' and supplemental amendments, and indices thereto are prepared and issued by the General Services Administration of the Federal Government. They may ba obtained from the Specifications Activity, Printed Materials Supply Division, Building 197, Naval Weapons Plant, Washington, D. C. 20407. i 1 e DIV I Page 3 sz AC 150/5310-10 10114/14 DEFINITION OF TERMS e 10-23 INSPECTOR. An authorized representative of the engineer assigned to make all necessary inspections and/or tests of the work perfortied or being perfotmed, or of the materials furnished or being furnished by the contractor, 10-24 INTENTION OF TERMS. "f•'her:=ver, in these specifications or on the plane, tho words directed, required, permitted, ordered, "designated," "prescribed," or words of the like import permission, i shall be understood that the direction, requirement, pem designation, or prescription of the engineer is intended{ and similarly, the words "approved,ll I'acceptable," "satisfactory, or words of like import, shall mean approved by, or acceptable to, or satisfactory to the engineer, s%;bject in each case to the final determination of the owner,. Any reference to a specific requirement of a numbered paragraph of the contract specifications or a cited standard shall be interpreted to include ' all general requirements of the entire section, specification item, or cited standard that may be pertinent to such specific reference. ' 10-25 LABORATORY. The official testing laboratories of the owner or such other laboratories as may be designated by the engineer. ' 10-26 LIGHTING. A system of fixtures providing or controlling the light sources used on or near the airport or within the airport buildings. The field lighting includes all luminous signals, markers, floodlights, and illuminating devices used on or near the airport or to aid in the operation of aircraft landing at, taking off from, or taxiing on the airport surface. ' 10-21 MAJOR AND MINOR CONTRACT ITEMS. A major contract item shall be any item that is listed in the proprosnl, the total cost of which is equal to or ' greater than 10 percent r the total amount of the awarded contract. All other items shall be considered minor contract items. 10-28 MATERIALS. Any substance specified for use in the construction of the contract work. 1 DIV I Page 4 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 DEFINITION OF TERMS 10-29 NOTICE TO PROCEED. A written notice to the contractor to begin the actual contract Work on a previously agr(ied to date. If applicable, the Notice to Proceed shall state the date on which the contract time begins. 10-30 OWNER (SPONSOR). The term owner shall mean the party of the first part or the contracting agency signatory to the contract. For ADAP contracts, the term sponsor shall have the same meaning as the term owner. 1 10-31 PAVEMENT. The combined surface course, base course, and subbase course, if any, considered as a single unit. 10-32 PAYMENT BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guaranty that he will pay in full all. bills and accounts for materials and labor used in the construction of the work. ' 10.33 PERFORMANCE BOND. The approved form of security furnished by the contractor and his surety as a guaranty that the contractor will complete the work in accordance with the terms of the contract. 1 10-34 PLANS. The official drawings or exact reproductions, approved by the engineer, which show the location, character, dimensions and details of the airport and the work to be done and which are to be considered as a part of the contract, supplementary to the specifications. ' 10-35 PROJECT. The agreed scope of work for accomplishing specific airport development with respect to a particular airport. 10-36 PROPOSAL. The written offer of the bidder (when uubmitted on the approved proposal form) to perfora the contemplated work and furnish the ' necessary materials in accordancet with the provisions of the plans and sperificatiens. li, . ~iPOSAt. CUAFANTY. The security furnished with a proposal to II gunrcnr:ee that the bidder will enter into a contrast if his proposal in accepted by the owner. 1 DIV I Page S 111.111 n 71 1 M 74 t AC 150/3370-10 10/24/74 t DEFINITION OF TERMS 10-38 RUNWAY. The area on the airport prepared for the landing and takeoff of aircraft.- 10-39 SPECIFICATIONS. A part of the contract containing the written directions and requirements for completing the contract work. Standards for specifying materials or testing which are cited in the contract ' specifications by reference shall have the same force and effect as if included in the contract physically. ' 10-40 STRUCTURES. Airport fa.-ilities such as bridges; culvertsi catch basins; inleta; retaining walls] cribbing; atom and sanitary sewer lines; e water lines; underdrainE; electrical ducts, manholes, handholes, lighting fixtures and bases; transformers; flexible and rigid pavements; navigational aide; buildings; vaults; and, other manmade features of the airport that may be encountered in the work and not otherwise classified herein. 10-41 SUB MW . The soil which forms the pavement foundation. 10-42 SUPERINTENDENT. The contractor's executive representative who is present on the work during progress, authorized to receive and fulfill instruction& from the engineer, and who shall supervise and direct the construction. 10-43 SUP'PLBNENTAL AGREEMENT. A written agreement between the contractor and the owner covering: 1) work that would increase or decrease the total amount of the awarded contract, or any major contract item, by more than 25 percent, such increased or decreased work being within the scope of the originally awarded contract, or 2) work that is not within the scope of the originally awarded contract. ' 10-44 SURRTY. The corporation, partnership, or individual, other than the contractor executing payment or performance bonds which are furnished to the owner by As contractor. r Page b DIV I r r 10/24/74 AC 130/53?0•10 i DEFINITION OF TERMS 10-43 TAxrWAY. For the purpose of this doctnent, the term taxiway means the port ionof the air operations area of an airport that has been designated by competent airport authority for movement of aircraft to and a from the airport's runways or aircraft parking areas. r 10-46 WORK. The furnishing of all labor, materials, tools, equipment, and incidentals necessary or convenient to the contractor's performance of all duties and obligations imposed by the contract, plans, and specifications. r 10-47 WORKING DAY. A working day shall be any day other than a legal viol! ayr~turday, or Sunday on which the normal working forces of the ' contractor nay proceed with regular work for at least b hours toward completion of the contract. Unless work id suspended for causes beyond the contractor's control, Saturdays, Sundays and holidays on which the ' contractor's forces engage in regular work, requiring the presence of an inspector, will be considered an working days, .r r r r . r r r . r DIV I Pago 7 (Reserve Page g) 1 ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' SECTION 20 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS 20-01 ADVERTISEMENT (Notice to Bidders). An official notice to contractors stating the time and place for the cubmission of sealed proposals on designated projects or proposed work. 'late notice shall contain a doscription of the proposed work, instructions to the bidder regarding proposal forms, proposal guaranty, plane, specifications, and the reservation of the right of the owner to reject any or all bids. I 1 20.02 RESMED, i 1 DIV 1 Page 9 r r AC 1501S370-10 10/24/14 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS r 20-03 CONTE~S QF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner shall fun,fah bidders with ' propose! orwsa All papers bound with or attached to the proposal forms are necessary paste and trust not be detached. The plans, specificationa, and other documents designated in the proposal form ithall bo considered a part of the proposal whether attached or note r r t r 20-04 ISSUANCE OF PROPOSAL FORMS. The owner reserves the righlc to refuse r to issue a proposal fotm to a prospective bidder should such bidder be in default for any of the following reasons: (a) Failure to c,xnply with any prequalifiustion regulations of the owners if such regulations are cited, or-otherwise included, in the proposal ss a requirement for bidding. (b) Failure to pay, or satisfactorily settles all, bills due for labor and materials on former contracts in force (with the owner) at the time the o ,.r issues the proposal to a prospective bidder, (c) Contractor default under previous contracts with the owner. r Page 10 DIY t r 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10 ' PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS (d) Unsatisfactory work on previous contracts with the owner. 20-05 INTERPRETATION OF ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES. An estimate of quantities of work to be done and materials to be furnished under these specifications is given in the proposal, It is the result of careful calculations and is believed to be correct. It is given only as a basiti for comparison of proposals and the award of the contract. The owner does not expresely or by implication agree that the actual quantities involved will correspond exactly therewithi nor shall the bidder plead misunderstanding or deception because of such estimates of quantities, or of the character, location, or oLLer conditions pertaining to the work. Payment to the contractor will be made only for the actual quantities of work performed or materiels furnished in accordance with the plane and specifications. It is understood that the quantities may be increase3 or decreased as hereinafter provided in the subsection titled ALTERATION OF WORK AND QUANTITIES of Section 40 without in any way invalidating the unit bid prices. 20-06 EXAMINATION OF PLANS. SPECIFICATIONS, AND SITE. The bidder is expected to carefully examine the site of the proposed work, the proposal, plane, specifications, and contract forme. He shall satisfy himself as to the character, quality, and quantities of work to be perforom d, materials to be furnished, and at to the requirements of the proposed contract. The submmiusion of a proposal shall be prima facie evidence that the bidder has made such examination and is satisfied as to the conditions to be encountered in performing the work and as to the requirements of t'ie proposed contract, plans, and specifications. Boring loge and othsir records of subsurface investigations and tests are available for inspection of bidders. It is understood and agreed that such subsurface information, whether included in the plans, specifications, or othmrwise made available to tke bidder, was obtained and is intended for the owner's design and estimating purposes only. Such information has been made available for the convenience of all bidders. It is further understood and agreed that each bidder is Solely responsible for all assumptions, deductions, or conclusions which he may make or obtain from his examination of the boring logs and other records of subsurface investigations and tests that are furnished by the owner. ' 20-07 PREPARATION OF PROPOSAh. The bidder shall submit his proposal on the forms furnished by the owner. All blank spares in the proposal forms must be correctly filled in where indicated for each and every item for which a I DIV I Page 11 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/14 ' PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS quantity is given. The bidder shall state the price (written in ink or typed) both in words and numerals for which he proposes to do each pay item furnished in the proposal. In case of conflict between words and numerals, ' the words, unless obviously ir,rorrect, sh311 govern. The bidder shall sign his proposal correctly and in ink. If the proposal is ' made by an individual, his name and post office address roust be shown. If made Ly a partnership, the name and post office address of each member of the partnership must be shown. If made by a corporation, the person signing 1 the proposal shall give the name of the State under the lava of which the corporation was chartered and the name, titles, and business address of the president, secretary, and the treasurer. Anyone signing a proposal As an agent shall file evidence of his authority to do so and that the signature is binding upon the firm or corporation. 20-08 IRht%,AAR PROPOSALS. Proposals shall be considered irregular for the ' followirq reasons: (e) If the proposal is on a form other than that furnished by the owner, or if the owner's form is altered, or if any part of the proposal form Is detached. (b) If there are unauthorized additions, conditional or alternate pay items, or irregLiarities of any kind which make the proposal incomplete, indefinite, or otherwise ambiguous. (c) If the proposal does not contain a unit price for each pay item listed in the proposal, except in the case of authorized alternate pay items, for which the bidder is not required to furnish a unit price. e (d) If the proposal contains unit prices that are obviously unbalanced. (e) If the proposal is not accompanied by the proposal guaranty specified by the owner. ' For ADAP contracts, proposals shall be considered irregular for any of the reasons stated and, in addition, if the proposal is "nonresponsive" with respect to the requirements as specified in the proposal form. ' Page 12 DIV I r r 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 1 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS The owner reserves the right to reject any irregular proposal and the right to waive technicalities if such waiver is in the beat interest of the owner and confotmu to local laws and ordinances pertaining to the letting of conseructirn rnntracts. 20-04 PROPW AL CUARAMY, Each separate proposal shall be accompanied by a certified check, or other specified acceptable collateral, in the amount specified in the propa;al form. Such check, or collateral, shall be made e payable to the owner. 20-10 DELIVERY OF PRON)SAL. Each proposal submitted shall be placed in a sealed envelope plainly marked with the project number, location of airport, and name and business address of the bidder on the outside. When sent by mail, prefeiahly registered, the sealed proposal, marked as indicated above, should be enclosed in an additional envelope. No proposal will be considored unless received at the place specified in the advertisement .before the time specified for opening all bids. Proposals received after the bid opening time shall be returned to the bidder unopened. I 20-11 WITHDRAWAL OR REVIS MY OF PROPOSALS. A bidder may with3 aw or revise (by withdrawal of one proposal and submission of another) a proposal ' providod that the bidder's request for withdrawal is received by the o.rner in writing or by telegram before the trine specified for opening kids. Revised proposals must be received at the place specified in the advertisement before the time specified for opening all bids. 20-12 PUBLIC OPFNING OF PROPOSALS, Proposals shat 're opened, and read, publicly at the time and place specified in the advertisement. Bidders, their authorized agents, and other interested persnos are invited to attend. O DIV I Page 13 fJ,~l~ r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 1 PROPOSAL REQUIREMENTS AND CONDITIONS ' Proposals that have been withdrawn (by written or telegraphic received after the time specified for opening bids shall be returnedttoothe bidder unopened. ' 20-13 DISQUALIFICATION 01' BIDDERS. A bidder shall be considered disqualified for any of the fo1 ing reasons: or corporationSubmitundting same orediproposal from fferent nme.thR same partnership, firm, 1 (b) Evidence of collusion among bidders. Bidders collusion shall be die us partici atin i until any such Participatingibidderbhasebeen reinstatedrb Y the ow whe owthe ownerh qualified bidder. ner as a conside r specifiediIntthebsubsection red to be FO reason section, FORMS of this 1 1 o . r r 0 Page 14 DIV I FMM 1 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-16 1 - SECTION 30 AWARD AND FXE COTION OF CONTRACT 1 30-01 CONSYDERATION OF PROPOSALS. After the proposals are publicly opened and read, they will be compared on the basis of the summation of the 1 products obtained by multiplying the estimated quantities shown in the proposal by the unit bid prices. If a bidder's proposal contains a discrepancy between unit bid prices written in words and unit bid prices written.in numbers, the unit price written in words shall govern. 1 Until the award of a contrnct is made, the owner reserves the right to reject a Lidder's proposal for any of the following reasons: ' (a) If the proposal is irregular as specified in the subsection titled IRREGULAR PROPOSALS of Section 20. (b) If the bidder is disqualified for any of the reasons specified in the subsection titled DISQUALIFICATION OF BIDDERS of Section 20. In addition, until the award of a contract is made, the owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals; valve technicalities, if such wetver is in the beat interest of the owner and is in conformance with app" ",g 1 State and local laws or regulations pertaining to the letting of construction contracts; advertise for new proposals; or proceed work otherwise. All such actions shalt proante the owner's best 1 30-02 AWARD OF CONTRACT. The award of a contract, if it is to ho awarded, shall be made within 30 calendar days of the date specified for publicly ' opening proposals, unless otherwise specified herein. Award of the contract shall be made by the owner to the lowest, qualified 1 bidder whose proposal conforms to the cited requirements of the owner. 1 1 DIV I Page 15 1 AC 150/5310-IC 10/24/14 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRACT 30-03 CANCELLATION OF AWARD. The owner reserves the right to cancel the award without liability to the bidder, except return of proposal guaranty, at any time before a contract has been fully executed by all parties and is approved by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled APPROVAL OF CONTRACT of this section. ' 30-04 RETURN OF PROPOSAL GUARANTY. All proposal guaranties, except those of the two lowest bidders, will be returned immediately after the owner has made a comparison of bide as hereinbeforo specified in the subsection titled CONSIDERATION OF PROPOSALS of this section. Proposal guaranties of the two lowest bidders will be retained by the owner until such time as an award. $a made, at which time, the unsuccessful bidder's proposal gut. 'inty will of returned. The successful bidder's proposal guaranty will be returned as soon as the owner receives the contract bonds as specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section. 30-05 REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS. At the time of the execution of the contract, the successful bidder shall furnish the owner a surety bond or ' bonds which have been fully..executed by the bidder and his surety guaranteeing the performance of the work and the payment of all.legal debts that may be incurred by reason of the contractor's performance of the work. ' The surety and the form of the bond or bonds shall be acceptable to the owner. Unless otherwise specified in this subsection, the surety bond or bonds shall be in a sum equal to the full amount of the contract. t i ' 30-06 EXECUTION OF CONTRACT. The successful bidder shall sign (exe cote) the necessary agreements for entering into the contract and return such ' signed contract to the owner, along with the fully executed surety bond or bonds specified in the subsection titled REQUIREW.NfS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section, within 15 calendar days from the date mailed or otherwise delivered to the successful bidder. If the contract is matted, special ' handling is recommended. Page 16 Div I 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 AWARD AND EXECUTION OF CONTRKT I 30-07 APPROVAL OF CONTRACT. Upon receipt of the contract and contract bond or bonds that have been executed by the successful bidder, the owner shall complete tha execution of the contract in accordance with local laws or 1 ordinances, and return the fully executed contract to the contractor. Delivery of the fully executed contract to the contractor shall constitute the owner'3 approval to be bound by the successful bidder's proposal and the 1 terms of the contract. 1 30-08 FAILURE TO EXECUTE CONTRACT. Failure of the successful bidder to execute the contract and furnish an acceptable surety bond or bands within the 15 calendar day period specified in the subsection titled REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT BONDS of this section shall be just cause for cancellation of 1 the award and forfeiture of the proposal guaranty, not as a penalty, but as liquidation of damages to the owner. i 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 r 1 DIV I Page 17 (Reserve page 18) 1 10/24/704 AC 150/5370-10 1 SECTION 40 ' SCOPE OF WORK 1 40-01 INTENT OF CONTRACT. The intent of the contra,i is to provide for construction and completion, in every devAil, of the work described. It is further intended that the contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, ' equipment, tools, transportation, and supplies required to complete the work in accordance with the plans, specifications, and terms of the contract. 40-02 ALTERATION OF WORK 94D QUANTITIES. The owner reserves and shall have the right to make such alterations in the work as may be necessary or desirable to complete the work originally intended in an acceptable manner. ' Unless otherwise specified herein, the engineer shall be and is hereby authorized to make such alterations in the work as may increase or decrease the originally awarded contract quantities, provided that the aggregate of 1 such alterations does not change the total contract cost or the total cost of any major contract item by more than 25 percent (total cost being based on the unit prices and estimated quantities in the awarded contract). Alterations which do not exceed the 25 percent limitation shall not invalidate the contract nor release the surety, and the contractor agrees to accept pa7ment for such alterations as if the altered work had been a part of the original contract. These alterations which are for work within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by "Change Orders" issued by the engineer. Change orders for altered work shall include extensions of contract time where, in the engineer's opinion,- such extensions are commensurate with the amount and difficulty of added work. Should the aggregate amount of altered work exceed the 25 percent limitation hareinbefore specified, such erress altered work shall be covered by ' supplemental agreement. If the owner and the contractor are unable to agree on a unit adjustment for any contract item that requires a supplemental agreement, the owner reserves the right to terminate the contract with ' respect to the item and make other arrangements for its completion. DIV I Page 1. 1 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' SCOPE OF WORK ' 40-03 OMITTED ITEMS. The engineer may, in the owner's beat interest, omit from the work any contract item, except major contract items. Major contract items may be omitted by a supplemental agreement. Such omission of ' contract items shall not invalidate any other contract provision or requirement, Should a contract item be omitted or otherwise ordered to bJ nonperformed, thr contractor shall be paid for jil work performed toward completion of such item prior to the date of the order to omit such item. Payment for work performed shall be in accordance with th. subsection titled PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEM) of Section 90. ' 40-04 ER1`RA WORK. Should acceptable completion of the contract require the contractor to perform an item of work for which no basis of payment has been provided in the original contract or previously issued change orders or supplemental agreements, the samA shall be called Extra Work. Extra work that to within the general scope of the contract shall be covered by written change order. Change orders for such extra work shall contain agreed unit prices for performing the change order vork in accordancA with the ' requirements specified in the order, and shall contain any adjustment to the contrast time that, in the engineers opinion, is necessary tar completion of such extra work. When determined by the engineer to be !;.i the owner's beat interest, he may order the contractor to proceed with extra work by force account as pzovide6 In the subsection titled PAYMENC FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOLVT WORK of Section 90. Extra work that is necessary for acceptable completion of the project, but is not within the general scope of the work covered by the original contract shall be covered by a Supplemental Agreement as hereinbefore defined in the subsection titled SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMENT of Section 10. Any claim for payment of extra work that it not covered by writton agreement (change order or supplemental agreement) shall be rejected by the owner. Page 20 DIV 1 1 ' 10/24/74 A; 150/5370-10 SCOPE OF WORK 1 40-05 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC. It is the explicit intention of the contract that the safety of aircraft, as well as the contractor's equipment and personnel, is the most important consideration. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in th9 air operations areas of the airport with respect to his own operations and the operations of sll his subcontractors as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80. It is further ' understood and agreed that the contractor shall provide for the uninterrupted operation of visual and electronic signals (including power supplies thereto) used in the guidance of aircraft while operating to, from, ' and upon the airport a9 specified in the subsection titled CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR UTILITY SERVICE AND FACILITIES OF OTHERS in Section 70. ' With respect to his own operations and the operatio " of all his subcontractors, the contractor shall provide marking, lighting, and other acceptable means of identifyings personnel; equipment; vehicles; storage areas; and any work area or condition that may be I%aZ&Id4US to the operation of aircraft, fire-rescue equipment, or maintenance vehicles at the airport. when the contract requires the maintenance of vehicular traffic on an, ' existing road, street, or highway during the contractor's performance of work that is otherwise provided for in the contract, plans, and specifications, the contractor shall keep such road, street, or highway open to all traffic and shall provide such maintenance as may be required to ' accommodate traffic. The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain barricades, wA- •ng signs, flagmens and other traffic control devices in reasonable conforsity with the manual of Uniform Traffic Control Devices for e Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government Printing Office), unless otherwise specified herein. The contractor shall also construct and maintain in a safe condition any teceorary connections ' necessary for ingress to and egress from abutting property or intersecting roads, streets or highways. Unless otherwise specified herein, the contractor will not be required to furnish snow removal for such existing road, street, or highway. 1 The contractor shall make his own estimate of all labor, matisrials, equipment, and incidentals necessary for providing the maintenance of ' aircraft and vehicular traffic as specified in this subsection. The cost of maintaining the aircraft and vehicular traffic specified in this ' subsection shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included in thR various contract items. DIV I Page 21 1 ' AC 15015370-10 !10/24/74 ' SCOPE OF WORK ' 40-06 REMOVAL OF EXISTING STRUCTURES. All existing structures encountered within the established lines, grades, or grading sections shall be removed by the contractor, unless such existing structures are otherwise specified t to be relocated, adjusted up or down, salvaged, abandoned in place, reused in,the work or to remain in place. The cost of removing such existing structures shall not be measured or paid for directly, but shall be included ' in the various contract items. Should the contractor encounter an existing structure (above or below ground) in the work for which the disposition is not indicated on the plans, ' the engineer sha;i be notified prior to disturbing such structure. The disposition of existing structures so encountered shell be immediately determined by the engineer in accordance with the provisions of the ' contract. Except as provided in the subsection ritled FIGHTS IN AND USE OF MATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK of thi.s section, it iv intended that all existing ' materials or structures that may be encountered (within the lines, grades, or grading sections established for completion of the work) shall be utilized in the work as otherwise provided for in the contract and shall ' remain the property of the owner when sa utf.lized in the work. 40-07 RIGHTS IN AND USE OF AATERIALS FOUND IN THE WORK. Should the contractor encounter any material such as (but not restricted to) sand, stone, gravel, slag, or concrete slabs within the established lines, grades', or grading sections, the use of which is intended by the terms of the contract to be either embankment or waste, he may at his option either, (a) Use such material in another contract item, providing such use is approved by the engineer and is in conformance with the contract specifications applicable to such use; or, ' (b) Remove such material from the site, upon written approval of the engineer; or, 0 Page 22 DIV 1 i ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 SCOPE OF WORK ' (c) Use such material for his own temporary const action on site; or, (d) Use such material as intended by the terms of the contract. Should the contractor wish to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), he shall request the engineer's approval in advance of such use. ' Should the engineer approve the contractor's request to exercise option (a), (b), or (c), the contractor shall be paid for the excavation or removal of such material at the applicable contract price, The contractor shall ' replace, at his own expense, such removed or excavated material with an agreed equal volume of material that is acceptable for use in constructing embankment, backfills, or otherwise to the extent that such replacement material is needed to complete the contract work. The contractor shall not be charged for his use of such material so used in the work or removed from the site. I ' Should the engineer approve the contractor's exercise of option (a), the contractor shall be paid, at the applicable contract price, for furnishing end installing such material in accordance with requtretients of the contract ' _tem in which the material is used. i It in understood and agreed that the contractor shall make no claim fir ' deliiys by reason of his exercise of option (a), (b), or (c). The contractor shall not excavate, remove, or otherwise disturb any material, structure, or part of a structure which is located outside the ' lines, grades, or grading sections established for the work, except where such excavation or removal is provided for in the contract, plans, or specifications. 40-09 FINAL CLEANING UP. Upon co*:rietion of the work and before acceptance and final payment will be made, the contractor shall remove from the site all machinery, equipment, s-arplus and discarded materials, rubbish, temporary structures, and stumps or portions of trees. He shall cut all brush and woods within the limits indicated and shall leave the Site in a neat and presentable condition. Material cleared from the site and deposited on adjacent property will not be considered as having been disposed of satisfactorily, unless the contractor has obtained the written permission of s+.ich property owner. ' DIV I Page 23 (Reserve Page 2bj AC 15015370-10 ' 10/24/74 ' SECTION 50 CONTROL OF WORK 1 50-01 AUTHORITY OF THE ENGINEER. The engineer shall decide any and all questions which :nay arise as to the quality and acceptability of materials furnished, work performed, and as to the manner of performance and rate of progress of the work. He shall decide all questions which may arise as to the interpretation of the specifications frtplans relating to to works the fulfillment of the contract on the part of different contractors on the project. The engineer shall determine the under theocontract performed and materials urnished and quality iare to be paid for kinds f 50-02 CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS. All work and all materials furnished shall be in reasonabi~l close conformity with the lines, grading sections, cross sections, dimensions, material requirements, and testing requirements that are specified (including specified tolerances) in the contract, plans, or specifications. the the engineer finds the materials furnished, conformity performed* ans and with d cher pl . finished product not within - o specifications hi-.t thnt the portion of the work affected will., in his opinion, result in a finished product having a level of safety, economy, 1 durability, and workmanship acceptable to the owner, he will advise the owner of his determination that the affected work be accepted and remain in place. In this event, the engineer will document his determination and ' recommend to the owner a basis of acceptance which will provide for an adjustment is the contract price for the affected portion of the work. The engineer's determination and recommended contract price adjustments will he based on g(y.)d engineering judgement and such tests or retests of the affected t:ork as are, in his opinion, needed. Changes in the contract price shall be covered by contract modifications (change order or supplemental e agreement) as applic.tihle. If the engineer finds the materials furnished, work performed, or the finished product are not in reasonably close conformity with the plane and apecifications and have resulted in an unacceptable finished product, the affected work or materials shall be removed and replaced or otherwise corrected by and at the expense of the contractor in necordance with the t engineer's written ordees. ' Page 25 DIV i AC 15015370-10 10/24/14 CONTROL OF WORK For the purpose of tnis subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" shall not be construed as waiving the contractor's responsibility to complato the work in accordance with the contract, pinns, and specifications. Tire tern shall not be construed as waiving the engineet's right to insist on strict compliance with the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications during the contractor's prosecution of the work, when, in the enginAer's opinion, such compliance is essential to provide an acceptable finisl.d portion of the work. For the purpose of this subsection, the term "reasonably close conformity" Is also intended to provide the engineer with the authority to use good engineering judgement in his determinations as to acceptance of work that is ►tot in strict conformity but will provide a finished product equal to or better than that intended by the requirements of the contract, plans and ' specifications. 50-03 COORDINATION OF_CONTRACT, PLANS, AND SPECIFICATIONS. The contract, ' plans, specifications, an-1 all references standards cited are essential parts of the contract requirements. A requirement occurring in one is as binding as though occurring in all. They are intended to be complementary ' and to describe and provide for a complete work. In case of discrepanev, calculated dimensions will govern over scaled dimensional contract technical specifications shall govern over contract general provisions, plans, cited ' standards for materials or resting, and cited FAA advisory circulars; contract general provisions shall govern, over plans, cited standards for materials or testing, and cited FAA advisory circulars; plans shall govern over cited standards for materials or testing and cited FAA advisory circulars. The contractor shall not take advantage of any apparent error or omission on ' the plans or specificationsi. In the event the contractor discovers any apparent error or discrepancy, he shall immediately call upon the engineer for his interpretation and decision, and such decision shall be final. ' Page 26 MV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 CONTROL OF WORK 50-04 COOPERATION OF CONTRACTOR. The contractor will be supplied with two copies each of the plans and specifications, He shall have available on the work at all times one copy each of the plans and specifications. Additional t copies of plans and specifications may be obtained by the contractor far the cost of reproduction. The contractor shall give constant attentior. to the work to facilitate the progress thereof, and he shall cooperate with the engineer and his inspectors and with other contractors in every way possible. The engineer shall allocate the work and designate the sequence of construction in case ' of controversy between contractors. The contractor shall have a competent superintendent on the work at all times who is fully authorized as his agent on the work. The superintendent shall be capable of reading and thoroughly understanding the plans and specifications and shall receive and fulfill instructions from the engineer or his authorized representative. 50-05 COOPERATION BETWEEN CONTRACTORS. The owner reserves the right to contract for and perform other or additional work on or near the work covered by this contra,~t. ' When separate contracts are, let within the limits of any one project, each contractor shall conduct his work so as not to interfere with or hinder the progress of completion of the work being rerformed by other contractors. Contractors working on the same project shall cooperate with each other as directed. Each contractor involved shall assume all liability, financial or otherwise, in connection with his contract and shall protect and save harmless the owner from any and all damages or claims that may arise because of ' inconvenience, delays, or loss experienced by him because of the presence and operations of other contractors working within the limits of the same pi:,qfect. The contractor shall areange his work and shall place and dispose of the materials being used so as not to interfere with the operations of the other contractors within the limits of the same project. He shall join his work ' with that of the others in an acceptable manner and shall perform it in proper sequence to that of the others, ' M i Page 27 r r SECTION 50-CO14TROL OF WORK All paragraphs shall apply with the following exceptions ' 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. Delete the paragraph and substitute the following: The Contractor will perform the staking during construction of the work. r It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to construct the work to the pcsition and elevations as set nut on the plans and approved changes. The Engineer will furnish the Contractor control points and ' bench marks and from the control points and bench marks established by the Engineer, the Contractor shall establish and be responsible for the correctness of alignment, elevation and position of all construction required by the contract. The Engineer, may, at his option, make spot or complete eher..ks cn all construction alignment and grades to determine the accuracy of the Cr.n- ' tractor's survey work. These checks, however, will not relieve the Con- tractor of his responsibility of constructing the work to the positions and elevations as shown on the plans or approved changes. ' The Contractor shall furnish free of charge all stakes and other materials necessary to preserve control points for alignment and grade. The contractor will be held responsible for the preservation of all con- trol points established by the Engineer. r No direct p_yment will be made for this work, but the cost of all labor, equipment and supplies necessary to perform the work shell. be included in the contract unit nrires bid for the various contrW; items. 1 1 r r r r r a~ AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 t CONTROL OF WORK ' 50-06 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT AND STAKES. Unless oth, this subsection, the engineer shall furnish the conllSe tractorrwith eallolines, grades, and measurements necessary to the proper prosecution and control of ' the work contracted for under these specifications. The contractor shall satisfy himself as to the accuracy of all measurements before constructing any permanent structure and shall not take advantage of any errors which may have been made in laying out the work. Such stakes and markings as the engineer may set for either his own or the contractor's guidance shall be scrupulously preserved by the contractor. In case of negligence on the part of the contractor, or his employees, resulting in the destruction of such stakes or markings, an amount: equal to the cost of replacing the same may be deducted from subsequei,t estimates, due the contractor at the discretion of the engineer. 1 50-07 AUTOMATICAI LY COVTROiJ.ED C UIPMF NT. Whenever hatching or mixing plant equipment is required to be operated automatically under the contract and a breakdown or malfunction of the aui`umatic controls occurs, the equipment ray be operated manually or by other methods for a period of 48 hours following the breakdown or malfunction, provided this method of operations will produce re-6-4 is which conform to all other requirements of the contr:+ct. 1 50-08 AUTHORITY AND DUTIES OF INSPECTORS. Inspectors employed by the owner shall be authorized to inspect all work done and all material furnished. ' Such inspection may extend to all or any part of the work and to the preparation, fabrication, or manufacture of the materials to be used. Inspectors are not authorized to revoke, alter, or waive any provision of the contract. Inspectors are not authorized to issue instructions contrary to the plans and specifications or to act as foreman for the contractor. Inspectors employed by the owner are authorized to notify the contractor or ' his representative of any failure of the work or materials to conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications and to reject such nonconforming materials in quejtion until such issues can be referred to the ' engineer for his decision. Page 28 D1V I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 1 if ' CONTROL OF WORK ' 50-09 INSPECTION OF THE WORK. All materials and each part or detail of the work shall be subject to inspection by the engineer. The engineer shall be allowed access to all parts of the work and shall be furnished with such information and assistance by the contractor as is required to make a ' complete and detailed inspection. If the engineer requests it, the contractor, at any time before acceptance ' of the work, shall remove or uncover such portions of the finished work as may be directed. After examination, the contractor shell restore said portions of the work to the standard required by the specifications. Should ' the work thus exposed or examined prove acceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing of the covering or making good of the parts removed will be paid for as extra work; but should tiie work so exposed or examined prove unacceptable, the uncovering, or removing, and the replacing ' of the covering or making goad of the parts removed will be at the contractor's expense. ' Any work done or materials used without supervision or inspection by an authorized representative of the owner may be ordered removed and replaced at the contractor's expense unless the owner's representative failed to inspect after having been given reasonable notice in writing that the work was to be performed. Should the contract work include relocation, adjustment, pr any other ' modification to existing facilities, not the property of the (contract) owner, authorized representatives of the owners of such facilities shall have the eight to inspect s=h work. Such inspection shall in no sense make any facility owner a party to the contract, and shall in no way interfere with the rights of the parties to this contract. 50-10 REMOVAL OF UNACCEPTABLE AND UNAUTHORIZED WORK. All work which does not conform to the requirements of the contra t, plans, and specifications will be considered unacceptable, unless otherwise determined acceptable by ' the engineer as provided in the subsection titled CONFORMITY WITH PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS of this section. Unacceptable work, whether the result of poor workmanship, use of defective materials, damage through carelessness, or any other cause found to exist prior to the final acceptance of the work, mvill be removed immediately and replaced in an acceptable manner in accordance with the provisions of the subsection titled Contractor's Responsibility for Work of Section 70. a DIV I Page 2i ' IIAIJ AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' CONTROL OF WORK No work shall be done without lines and grades having been given by the engineer. Work done contrary to the instructions of the engineer, work done beyond the lines shown on the plans or as given, except nn herein specified, or any ex'ra work done without authority, will be considered as unauthorized and will not be paid for under the provisions of the contract. Work so done © may be ordered removed or replaced at the contractor's expense. ' Upon failure on the part of the contractor to comply forthwith with any order of toe engineer made under the provisions of this subsection, the engineer will have authority to cause u!tdcceptahle work to he remedied or removed a,-td replaced and unauthorized cork to be removed and to deduct the costs (incurred by the owner) from any monies due or to become due the contractor. ' SQ-11 LOAD RESTRICTIONS. The contractor shall comply with all legal load , restri:tit in the hauling of materials on public roads beyond the limits ' of the work. A special permit will not relieve the contractor of liability for damage which may result from the moving of material or equipment. The operation of equipment of such weight or so loaded as to cause damage to ' structutee or to any other type of construction will not be permitted. Hauling of materials over the base course or surface course under construction sliall be limited as directed. No loads will he permitted on a ' concrete pavement, base, or structure before the expiration of the curing period. rho contractor shall be responsible for all damage done by his hauling equipment and shall correct such damage hIs own expense, ' 50-12 HAINTFNANCE DURING COVSTRUCTION. The contractor shall maintain the work during eonstniction and until the work is accepted, This ' maintenance shall constitute continuous and effective work prosecuted day by day,,with adequate equipment and forces so that the work is maintained in satisfactory condition at all times. In the case of a contract for the placing of a course upon a course or subgrade previously constructed, the contractor shall maintain the previous ' course or subgrade during all construction operations. All costsof maintenance work during construction and before the project is accepted shall be included in the unit prices bid on the various contract 1 ' items, and the contractor will not be paid an additional amount for such work. ' Page 30 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5310-10 ' CONTROL OF WORK 50-13 FAILURE TO MAINTAIN THE WORK. Should the contractor at any time fail to mailitain the work as provided in the subsection titled MAINTENANCE DURING CONSTRUCTION of this section, the engineer shall immedintely notify the contractor of such noncompliance. Such notification shall specify a reasonable time within which the contractor shall be required to remedy such unsatisfactory maintenance contlit,n. The time specified will give due consideration to the exigency that. exists. Should the contractor fail to respond to the engineer's notification, the engineer may suspend any work necessary for the owner to correct such ' unsatisfactory maintenance ondition, depending on the exigency that exists. Any maintenance cost incurred by the owner, shall be deducted from monies due or to become due the coint.ractor. 50-14_ PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE. If at any time during the prosecution of the project the contractor substantially completes a usable unit or portion of 1 the work, the occupancy of which will benefit the owner, he may request the engineer to make final inspection of that unit. If the engineer finds upon inspection that the unit has been satisfactorily completed in compliance with the contract, he may accept it as being completed, and the contractor may be relieved of further responsibility for that unit. Such partial acceptance and beneficial occupancy by the owner shall not void or alter any provision of the contract. 50-15 FINAL. ACCEPTANCE,. Upon due notice from the 'contractor of presumptive completion of the entire project, the engineer and owner will make an inspection. If all construction provided for and contemplated by the contract to found to be completed in accordance with the contract, plans, and specifications, soich inspection shall constitute the final inspection. The engineer shall notify the contractor in writing of final acceptance as of the date of the final inspection. If, however, the inspection discloses any work, in whole or in part, as being unsatisfactory, the engineer will give the contractor the necessary instructions for correction of same, and the contractor shall immediately ' comply with and execute such instructions. Upon correction of the work, another inspection will be made which :hall constitute the final inspection, provided the work has been satisfactorily completed. In such event, the ' engineer will make the final acceptance and notify the contractor in writing Of this acceptance as of the date of final inspection. OIV I Page 31 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/14 CONTROL OF WORK 0 -1M 6 CLAMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DIfPUTES, If for any reason the contractor deems that additional compensation is due him for work or materials not clearly provided for in the contracts plans, or specifications or previously authorized as extra works he shall notify the engineer in writing of his intention to claim such additional compensation before he begins the work on which he bases the claim. If such notification is not given or the engineer is not afforded proper opportunity by the contractor for keeping strict account of actual cost as required, then the contractor hereby agrees to waive any claim for such additional compensation. Such notice by the contractor and the fact that the engineer has kept account of the cost of the work shall aa► in any way be construed as proving or substantiating the validity of the claim. When the work on which the claim for additional compensation is based has been completed, the contractor shall, within 10 calendar days, submit h1a written claim to the engineer who will present it to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Nothing in this subsection shall be construed as a waiver of the contractor's right to dispute final payment based on differences in measurements or computations. 1 1 1 1 1 1 Page .3z DiV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 SECTION 60 CONTROL OF MATERIALS 60-01 SOURCE OF SUPPLY AND QUALITY REQUIREMENTS. Vie =gterials used on the ' work shall conform to the requirements of the contract, plons, and bpecifications. Unless otherwise specified, such arterials that are manufactured or processed shall be new (as compared to urcd or reprocessed). In order to expedite the inspection and ;eating of materials, the contractor shall furnish complete statements to the engineer as to the origin, composition, and manufacture of all materials to be used in the work. Such statements shall be furnished promptly after execution of the contract but, In all cases, prior to delivery of such materials. ' At the engineer's option, materials may ba approved at the source of supply before delivery is started. If it is found after trial thnt sources of supply for previously approved materials do not produce specified products, ' the contractor shall furnish materials from other sources. The contractor shall furnitih airport lighting equipment that conforms to the requirements of cited materials specifications. In addition, where an FAA ' specification for airport lighting equipment is cited in the plans or specifications, the contractor shall furnish such equipment that is: ' (a) Listed in the FAA Advisory Circular (AC) 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment, that is in effect on the date of advertisement; and, 0 (b) Produced by the manufacturer qualified (by FAA) to produce such specified and listed equipment. 1 ' DIV I Paga 31 ~I AC 15015370-10 10/24/74 C04TROL OF MATERIALS 'I i 60-02 SAMPLES, TESTS, AND CITED SPECIFICATIONS. All materials used in the work shall be ir.:pected, tested, and approved by the engineer before incorporation in the work. Any work in which untested materials are used without approval or written permission of the engineer shall be performed at ' the contractor's risk. Materials found to be unacceptable and unauthorized will not be paid for and, if directed by the engineer, shall be removed at the contractors expense. Unless otherwise desiz.4ated, tests in accordance ' with the cited standard metlit,ds of AASHTO or ASTH which are current on the date of advertisement for bids will be made by and at the expense of the owner. Samples will be taken by a qualified representative of the owner. All materials being used are subject to inspection, test, or rejection at any time prior to or during incorporation into the work Copies of all testa will be furnished to the contractor's representative at his request. 60-03 CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE. The engineer may permit the use, prior to sampling, aid testing, of certain materials or assemblies when accomp,antre ' by manufacturer's certificates of compliance stating that such materials or assemblies fully comply with the requirements of the contract. The certificate shall be signed by the manufacturer. Each lot of such materials or assemblies delivered to the work must be accompanied by a certificate of compliance in which the lot is clearly identified. ' Pagn 34 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 CONTROL OF MATERIALS Materials or assemblies used-on the basis of certificates of compliance may be sampled and tested at any time and if found not to bt in conformity with contract requirements will be subject to rejection whether in place or not. The fot^: and distribution of certificates of compliance shall be as approved by the engineer. ' when a material or assembly is specified by "brand name of rqual" and the contractor elects to furnish the specified "brand name," the contractor s4all be required to furnish the manufacturer's certificate of compliance for each lot of such material or assembly delivered to the work. Such 1 certificate of compliancq shall clearly identify each lot delivered and shall certify as to: (a) Conformance to the specified performance, testing, quality or dimensional requirements; and, (b) Suitability of the material or assembly for the use intended in the ' contract work. Should the contractor propose to furnish an "or equal" material or assembly, he shall furnish the manufacturer's certificates of compliance as hereinbeforr, described for the specified brand name material or assembly. However, the engineer shall be the sole judge as to whether the propleed "or ' equal" is suitable for use in the work. The engineer reserves the tight to refuse permission for use of materials of assemblies on the basis of certificates of compliance, 60-04 PLANT INSPECTION. The engineer or his authorized representative may inspect, at its source, any specified material or assembly to be used in the work. Mapufacturing plants may be inspected from time to time for the purpose of determining compliance with specified manufacturing methods or materials to be used in the work and to obtain samples required for his ' acceptance of the material or assembly. 1 DIV I Page 15 r 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24174 it CONTROL OF MATERIALS Should the engineer conduct plant inspections, the following conditions 1 shall exist: (a) The engineer small have the cooperation and assistance of the r contractor and the producer with whom he has contracted for materials. (b) The engineer shall have full entry at all reasonable times to such parts of the plant thit concern the manufacture or production of the P- materials being furnished. (c) If required by the engineer, the contractor shall arrange for ' adequate office or working apace that mny be reasonably. needed for conducting plant inspections. Office or working space should be conveniently located with respect to the plant. ' It In understood and agreed that the owner shall have tha right to retest any material which has been tested and approved at the source of supply after it has been delivered to the sits. The engineer shall have the right r to reject only material which, when retested, doca not meet the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications. 1 60-05 ENGINEER'S FIELD OFFICE AND LABORATORY. Mien specified aqd provided for as a contract item, the contractor shall furnish a building for the exclusive use of the, engineer as a field office nud field testing r laboratory. The '.uilding shall be furnishes! and MAintained by the contractor as specified herein and shall become property of the contractor when the contract work is completed. r r . 60-06 STORACE OF MATERIALS. Materialy shall be so stored as to assure the preservation of their quality and fitness for the work. Stored materials, even though approved before storage, may again be inspected prior to their r use in the work. Stored materials shall be located so as to facilitate their prompt inspection. The contractor shall. coordinate the storage of fill materials with tho engineer. Materials to be stored on airport property r shall not create an obstruction to air navigation nor shall they interfere with the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft. Unless otherwise ahaan Page 36 DIV I ®~~~EIII~Ii~r 1 . l0/24/l~i AC 150/5310-10 i CONTROL OF K%TERIALS on the plans, the storage of materials and the location of the contractor's plant and parked equipment or vehicles shall lie As directed by the engineer. Private property shall not be used for storage purposes without written r permission of the owner or lessee of such property. The contractor shall make all arrangements and bear all expenses for the storage of materials on private property. Upon request, the contractor shall furnish the engineer a copy of the property owner's permission. r All storage sites on private or airport property shall be restored to their original condition by the contractor at his entire expense, except as r otherwise agreed to (in writing) by the owner or lessee of the property. r 60-07 UNACCEPTABLE MA E RIALS. Any material or assembly that does not conform to the requirements of the contract, plans, or specifications shall be considered unacceptable and shall he rejected. The contractor shall remove any rejecteJ material or assembly from the site of the work, unless otherwise instnicted by the engineer. No rejected material or assembly, the defects of which have been corrected by the contractor, shall not be returned to the site of the work until such time as the engineer has approved its use in the work. r 60-08 OWNER-FURNISHED MATERIALS. The contractor shall furnish all materials required to complete the work, except those specified herein (if any) to be furnished by the owner. Owner-furnished materials shall be made ' available to the contractor at the location specified herein. All costs of handling, transportation from the specified location to the r site of work, storage, and installing owner-furnished materials shall be included in the unit price bid for the contract item in which such owner-furnished material is used. r After any owner-furnished material has been delivered to the location specified,the contractor shall be responsible for any demurrage, damage, loss, or other deficiencies which may occur during the contractor's r handling, storage, or use of such owner-furnish..i material. The owner will deduct from any monies due or to become due the contractor any cost incurred by the owner in making good such loss due to the contractor's handling, r storage, or use of owner-furnished materials. r E. r• DIV I page 37 (Reserve ^Awe 33) 1 t 10/74/74 AC 150/5370-10 1 SECTION 70 LECAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC ' 70-0i LAWS TO BE OBSERVED. The contractor shall keep fully informed of all Federal and State laws, all local laws, ordinances, and regulations and all orders and decrees of bodies or tribunals having any Jurisdiction or ' authority, which in any manner affect those engaged or employed on the work, or which in any way affect the conduct of the work. He nhall at all times observe and comply with all such laws, ordinances, regulations, orders, and ' dec.-ees; and shall protect and indemnify the saner and all his officers, agents, or servants against any claim or liability arising from or based on the violation of any such law, ordinance, regulation, oreer, or decree, ' whether by himself or his employees. 70-02 PERMITS. LICENSES, AND TAXESi The contractor shall procure all ' Permits and licences, ;gay all charges, fees, and taxes, and give all notices necessary and incidental to the due and lawful prosecution of the work. t 70-03 PATENTED DEVICES, MATERIALS. AND PROCESSES, If the contractor is required or desires to use any designs device, material, or process covered ' by letters of patent or copyright, he shall provide for such use by suitable legal agreement with the patentee or owner. The contractor and the surety shall indemnify and save harmless the owner, any third party, or political subdivision from any and all claims for infringement by reason of the use of ' any such patented design, device, material or process, or any trademark or copyright, and shall indemnify the owner for any costs, expenses, and damages which it may be obliged to pay by reason of an infringement, at any ' time during the prosecution or after the completion of the work. 70-04 RESTORATION OF SURFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS. The owner reserves the ' right to authorize the construction, reconstruction, or maintenance of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) facility, or a utility service of another ' government agency at any time during the progress of the work. To the extent that such construction, reconstruction, or maintenance has been coordinated with the owner, such authorized work (by others) is indicated at. ' followai , 1 • DIV I ' Page 1^ ' AC 15015370-10 10/24/74 ' LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC Owner Person to Contact (Utility or Other Facilit ) Location (Name, Title, Address (See Plan Sheet No.) and Phone) 1 Except as listed above, the contractor shall not permit any individual, firm, or corporation to exatvate or otherwise disturb such utility services or facilities located within the limits of the work without the written permission of the engineer. Should the owner of public or private utility service, FAA, or NOAH facility, or a utility service of Rnother government agency be authorized to ' construct, reconstruct, or maintain such utility service or facility during the progress of the work, the contractor shall cooperate with such owners by arranging and performing the work in this contract so as to facilitate such construction, reconstruction or maintenance by others whether or net such ' work by others is listed above. When ordered as extra work by the engineer, the contractor shall make all necessary repairs to the work which are due to such authorized work by others, unless otherwise provided for in the ' contract, plans, or specifications. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to make any claim for damages due to such authorized work by others or for any delay to the work resulting from such ' authorized work. t 1 Page 40 DID I I D/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 t LE(;AL RFIATIUNS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PURLIC t 70-05 FEDERAL AID PARTICIPATION. For ADAP contracts the United Government has agreed to reimburse the owner for some States contract costs, Such reimbursement is made from time to time upon the owner's (sponsor's) request to the FAA. In consideration of the United States Government's (FM's) agreement with the owner, the owner has included ' provisions in this contract pursuant to the requirements of the Airport and Airway Development Act of 1970 (84 stat. 219), as amended, and the Rules and Regulations of the Federal Aviation Administration that pertain to the work. ' As required by the Act, the contract work is subject to the inspection and approval of duly authorized representatives of the Administrator, Federal Aviation Administration and is further subject to those provisions of the ' rules and regulations that are cited in the contract, plans, or specifications. ' No requirement of the Act, the rules and regulations implementing the Act, or this contract shall be construed as miking the Federal government a party to the contract nor will any such requirement interfere, in my way, with ' the rights of either party to the contract. 006 SANITARY, y1;1L1TI~hND SAFJJV PROVISI(NJS. 'Ilia cuntractor shall provide and maintain in a neat, sanitary cimclition such acconanodationy for the use of his empJoyoaca as may 60 nrcess,iry to %:001ply with the requirements of the State and local Board of l(ealthe or of othLr bodies or tribunals ' having jurisdiction. Attention is directed to Federal, State, acid local laws, rules and ' regulations concerning construction safety and hrilth standards. The contractor shall not require any worker to work in surr,undings or under conditions which nro unsanitary, hazardous, or d.rn,vroua to his health or safety. 1 ' DIV I Page 41 AC 150/5370-10 , 10/24/74 1 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-07 PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND SAFETY. The contractor shall fsontrol tits ' operations and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers, to assure the least inconvenience to the traveling public. Under all cir,-umstances, safety shall be the most Important consideration. The contractor shall maintain the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft and vehicular traffic with respect to his own operations and those of his subcontractors and all suppliers in accordance with the subsection titled 1 MAINTENANCE OF TRAFFIC of Section 40 hereinbefore specified and shall limit such operations for the convenience and safety -)f the traveling public as specified in the subsection titled LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS of Section 80 hereinafter. 10-08 BARRICADCS WARNING SIGNS AND HAZARD MARKINGS. Ills contractor shall ' furnish, erect, and maintain all barricadea, warning signs, and markings for hazards necessary to protect the public and the work. When used during periods of darkness, such barricades, warning, signs and hazard markings ' shall be suitably illuminated. For vehicular and pedestrian traffic, the contractor shall furnish, erect, ' and maintain barricades, warning signs, lights and other traffic control devices in reasonable conformity with the Manual of Uniform Traffic Control i Devices for Streets and Highways (published by the United States Government ° Printing Office;, 1'nen the work requires closing an air operations area of the airport or i portion of such area, the contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain temporary markings and associated lighting conforming to the requirements of FAA Advisory Circular 150/5340-1, Marking of Peved Areas on Airports. ' The contractor shall furnish, erect, and maintain markings and associated lighting of open trenches, excavations, temporary stock piles, and life parked construction equipment that may be hazardous to the operation of emergency fire-rescue or maintenance vehicles on the airport in reasonable conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2, Safety on Airports During Construction Activity. ' The contractor shall identify each motorized vehicle or piece of cons auction equipment in reasonable conformance to FAA Advisory Circular 150/5370-2. ' Page 42 DIV 1 r ' 10/24/7; AC 150/5370-10 r LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC ' The contractor shall furnish and erect all bar markings for hazards prior to commencing work whicherequiresnsuchgerection and shall maintain the barricades, warning signs, and markings for hazards until their dismantling is directed by the engineer. ' Open-flame type lights shall not be permitted within the air operations areas of the airport. r r 70-09 USE OF EXPLOSIVES. When the use of explosives is necessary for the prosecution of the work, the contractor shall exercise the utmost care not ' to endanger life or property, including new work. The contractor shall be responsible for all damage resulting frtm the use of explosives. All explosives shall be stored in a secure manner in compliance with all laws and ordinances, and all such storage places shall be clearly marked, where no local laws or ordinances apply, storage shall be provided satisfactory to the engineer and, in general, not closer than 1,000 feet from the work or from any building, road, or other place of human occupancy. The contractor shall notify each property owner and public utility company ' having structures or facilities in proximity to the site of the work of his intention to use explosives. Such notice shall be given sufficiently in advance to enable them to take such steps as they may deem necessary to protect their property from injury. The use of electrical blasting caps shall not be permitted on or within 1,000 feet of the airport property. ' 70-10 PROTECTION AND RESTORATION OF PROPERTY Ai shall be responsible for the preservation of -a-11D uAV-" contrr t , ' property, and shall protect carefully from disturbance corndamage aall inn.; monuments and property marks until the engineer has witnessed or otherwise referenced their location and shall not move them until directed. r r DIV 1 Fagan ' 3 AC 150/5370-10 ' 10/24/ 74 ' LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC The contractor shall be responsible for all damage or injury to property of any character, during the prosecution of the work, resulting from tay act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in his manner or method of executing the work, or at any time due to defective work or materials, and said ' responsibility will not be released until the project shall have been completed and accepted. ' When or where any direct or indirect damage or injury is done to public or private property by or on account of any act, omission, neglect, or misconduct in the execution of the work. or in consequence of the nonexecution thereof by the contractor, he shall restore, at his own expense, such property to a condition similar or equal to that existing before such damage or injury was done, by repairing, rebuilding, or otherwise restoring as may be directed, or he shall make good such damage or ' injury in an acceptable manner. ' 10-11 RESPONSIBILITY FOR DAMAGE CLAWS. The contractor shall indemnify and save hlrmless the engineer and the owner and their officers, and employees from all suite, actions, or claims of any character brought because of any injuries or damage received or sustained by any person, persons, or property on account of the operations of the contractor; or on account of or In consequence of my neglect in safeguarding the work; or through use of unacceptable materials in constructing the work; or becau•9e of any act or ' omission, neglect, or misconduct of said contractor; or U,.-cause of any claims or amounts recovered from any infringements of patent, trademark, or copyright; or from any claims or amounts arising or recovered under the "Workmen's Compensation Act," or any other law, ordinance, order, or decree. ' Money due the contractor under and by virtue of his contract as may be considered necessary by the owner for such purpose may be retained for the use of the owner or, in case no money is due, his surety may be held until ' such suit or suits, action or actions, claim or claims for injuries or damages as aforesaid shall have been settled and suitable evidence to that effect furnished to the owner, except that money due the contractor will not m be withheld when the contractor produces satisfactory evidence that he is adequately protected by public liability and property damage insurance. ' 70-12 THIRD PARTY BENEFfCiAkY CLAUSC. It is specifically agreed betwect, the parties executing the contract that it is not intended by any of the provisions of any part of the contract to create the public or any member ' thereof a third party beneficiary or to authorize anyone not a party to the contract to maintain a suit for personal i;ijurloj or pr,,pvrty damag4o pursuant to the ter: s or provisions of thy, tv,itract. ' Page 44 I)!V ) 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-13 OPENING SECTIONS OF ME WORK TO TRAFFIC. Should it be necessary for the contractor to complete portions of the contract work for the beneficint occupancy of the owner prior to completion of the entire contract, such "phasing" of the work shall be specified herein and indicated on the plaits. When so specified$ the contractor shall complete such portions of the work on or before the date specified or as otherwise specified. The contractor shall make his own estimate of the difficulties involved in arranging his work to permit such beneficial occupancy by the owner as described below: 1 Phase or Required Date or Sequence Work Shown Description of Owner's Beneficial Occupancy on Plan Sheet ti-on completion o; any portion of the work listed ihovc such I2 be accepted by the owner in accordance with the subsection titled tPARTIAL ' ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. NO portion of the work miy be opened by the contractor for public use until ordered by the engineer in writing. Should it tic-come necc vary to open a portion of the work to public traffic on a temporary or intermittent basis such openings thnll be made wren, in the opinion of the engineer, Such , portion of the work is in an acceptable condition to support the intendetl traffic. Temporary or intermittent openings are considered to he inherent in the work and sh.vll not constitute either acceptarce of the portion of the work so Opened or a waivor of any prevision of the contract. Any lamige r ' the portion of the work so opened that is net attributable to traffic which is permitted by the owner shall be ralnired by the contractor at his expense. ' h1Y I Prtir^ ,5 ! AC 150/5370-IU 10/24/74 LFCAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY 10 PUBLIC The contractor stall make his own estimate of the inherent difficulties involved in completing the work under the conditions herein described and shall not clai- any added compensation by reason of delay or increased cost due to opening a portion of the contract Work. ' 70-14 CONTRACTOR'S k1:SPONS MIL1TY FOR WORK. Until the engineer's final written acceptance of 0e entire completed work, excepting only those ' portions of the work accepted in accordance with the subsection titled PARTIAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the contractor shell have the charge and cai4 thereof and shall take every precaution against .'njury or damage to any z,art due to the action of the elements or from any other cause, whether arising from the execution or from the nonexecution of the work. The contractor shall rebuild, repair, restore, and make good all injuries or ' damages to any portion of the work occasioned by any of the above causes before final acceptance and shall bear the expense thereof except damaj.e to the work due to unforeseeable causes beyond the control of and without the fault or negligence of the contractor, including byt not restricted to acts of Cod such as earthquake, tidal wave, tornado, hurricane or other cataclysmic phenomenon of nature, or acts of the public enemy or of governmental authorities. if the work is suspendv.i for any cause whatever, the contractor small be responsible for the work and shall take such precautions necevsp.y to prevent damage to the work. The contractor s!iall provide foC normal drainage and shall erect necessary temporary structures, gibns, or other facilities at his expense. During such period of suspension of votk, the contractor shall properly and continuously maintain in an acceptable growing ' condition all living material in newly e..tablished plantings, seedings, and soddings furnis;ied under his contract, and shall take adequate precaution.q to protect new tree growth and other important vegetative Growth against ! injury. 70-15 CONTRACTOR'S RESpo!is1A1LITY FOR UTILITY srrm ri: AiID FACILITIES OF OTHERS. As provided in the subsection titled Rr, ) %-TION OF SUFFACES DISTURBED BY OTHERS or tiiis section, the contractor shall cooperate with tho owner of any public or private utility service, FAA or National Oceanic r.: Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), or a utility service of another government agency that may be authorized by the owner to construct, retonstiucL or maintain such utility services or facilities during the progress of the work. In addition, the contractor shall control his operations to prevent the unscheduled interruption of such utility service; and facilities, ' Page 46 DIV 10/24/74 ' AC 150/;370-10 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RFSPONSIDILI7Y TO PUBLIC TO the extent that such public or private utility services, FAA, or NOAA facilities, or utility services of another governmental agency are known to exist within the limits of the contract work, the approximate locations have been indicated on the plans and the owners are indicated as follows: ' Utility Service Person to Contact or Facility (Name Con Address b Phone Cotters Phone) Ti t tle ac t ( (Phon e) 1 It is understood and agreed that the owner does not or the completeness of the location information relatingatoeexistinoccu ii services, facilities, or structures that may be shown on the plans orutity ' encountered in the work. Any inaccuracy or omission in such information shall not relieve the contractor of his responsibility to protect such existing features from damage or unscheduled interruption of service.. It is further understood and agreed that the contractor shall, upon execution of the contract, notify the owners of all utility services or ' other facilities of his plan of operations. Such notification shall be In r ' DIV I PAq, t.1 t AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC ' writing addressed to THE PERSON TO CONTACT as provided hereinbefore in this subsection and the subsection titled RESTORATION OF SURFACCS DISTURBED BY OTHERS of this section. A copy of each notification shall be given to the engineer. ' In addition to the general written notification hereinbefore provided, it shall be the responsibility of the contractor to keep such individual owners advised of changes in his plan of operations that would affect such owners. Prior to commencing the work in the general vicinity of an existing utility service or facility, the contractor shall again notify each such owner of ' his plan of operation. If, in the contractor's opinion, the owner's assistance is needed to locate the utility service or facility or the presence of a representative of the owner is desirable to observe the work, such advice should be included in the notification Such notification shall a be given by the most expeditious means to reach tho utility owner's PERSON TO CONTACT no later than two normal bus!ness days prior to the contractor's commencement of operations in such general vicinity. The contractor shall ' furnish a written summary of the nntificAtion to the engineer. The contractor's failure to give the two day's notice heruinabove provided shall be cause for the engineer to suspend the contractor's operations in ' the general vicinity of a utility service or facility. Where the outside limits of an underground utility service have been located and staked oo the ground, the contractor shall he reiuired to use excavation methods acceptable to this engineer within 3 feet of aucn outside limits at such points as may be required to insure protection from damage due to the ' contractor's operations. Should the contractor damage or interrupt the operation of a utility service or facility by accide,it or otherwise, he shall immediately notify the proper ' authority and the engineer and si,all take All reasonable measures to prevent further damAF^ or interruption of service. The contractor, in such events, shall cooperate with the utility service or facility owner and the engineer ' continuously until such damag, has heen repaired and s( rvire restored to the satisfaction of the utility or facility owner. ' The contractor shall hear All costa of damage, and rL-storation of service to Any utility service or facility due to his oporntiona whether or not due to r,~~gligence or accident. Toe contrAet owner reserves the right to deduct such costs from any monies due or whicn may became due the contractor, or his surety. Page 48 D1'1 I 1 4in6Lii~~'f r . 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 70-16 FURNISHING RIGHTS-OF-WAY. The owner will be responsible for ' furnishing all rights-of-way upon which the work is to be constructed in advance of the contractor's operations. ' 70-17 PERSONAL LIABILITY OF PUBLIC OFFICIALS. In carrying out any of the contract provisions or in exercising any power or authority granted to him by this contract, there shall be no liability upon the engineer, his authorized representatives, or any official of the owner either personally or as an official of the owner. It is understood that in such matters they a~.-t solely as agents and representatives of the owner. 70-18 NO WAIVER OF LEGAL RIGHTS. Upon completion of the work, the owner `11 expeditiously make final inspection and notify the contractor of final ' acceptance. Such final acceptance, however, shall not preclude or estop the owner from correcting any measurement, estimate, or certificate made before the owner be precluded or ' estopped from r-co1•-,.L.,g from the contractor or his surety, or both, such overpay4,rikt. as may be sustained, or b• failure on the pert of the contractor to Cvlfill his obligations under the contract. A waiver on the part of tie ' owner o° any preach of any part of the contract shall not be held to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach. The contractu:, without prejudice to the term's of the contract, shall be ' liable to the owner for latent defects, fraud, or such gross mistakes as may amount to Emus, or as regards the owner's rights under any warranty or guaranty. ' 70-19 ENVIRONMENTAL. PRM ECTION. The contractor shall comply with all 1 Federal, State,and local laws and regulations coptrolling pollution of the environment. He shall take necessary precautions to prevent pollution of streams, lakes, ponds, and reservoirs with fuels, oils, bitumens, chemicals, or other harmful materials and to prevent pollution of the atmosphere from ' particulate and gaseo)js matter. O ' DIV I Page AS i ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC e 70-20 AR(M AEOLOGICAL AND HISTORICAL FINDINGS. Alt L "Z3 Subsection, the contractor is advised that the site Ofsthepwork iA t not within any property, district, or site, and does not contain any building, structure, or object listed in the currept National Register of Historic Places published by the Unite.i States Department of Interior. Should the contractor encounter, during his operations, any building, part of a building, structure, or object which is incongruous with its surroundings, he shall Ivw diately cease operations in that location and notify the engineer. The engineer will immediately investigate the contractor's finding and will direct the contractor to either resume his operations or to suspend operations as directed. ' Should the engineer order suspension of the contractor's operations in order to protect an archaeological or historical finding, or order the contractor ' to perform extra work, such shall be covered by an appropriate contract modification (change order or supplemental agreement) as providod in the subsection titled EXTRA WORK of Section 40 and the subsection titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA WORK AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of Section 90, If appropriate, the ' contract modification shall include an extension of contract time in accordance with the subsection titled DETERMINATION MD EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of Section 80, 1 ' Page 50 DIV I r r 10/24/14 AC 150/5370-10 r. LEGAL RELATIONS AND RESPONSIBILITY TO PUBLIC 1 1 r r rr 1 r . r . r r r ' DIV I Page 51 (Reserve Page 57) ANO ' 10/24/74 AC 1JO/5370-10 S LC T IO`i 30 PROSECUf 101 AND PRW J+ S t 80-01 SUBLETTING OF CONUU CT. The owner will not recognize any subcontractor on the work. The contractor shall at nil times when work Ls in progress be represented either in person, by a yfuclified r;up.rintendNnt, or by other designated, qualified representative sillo is duly authorized to receive and execute orders of the engineer. ' Should the contractor elect to assign his contract, said assLs;nment shall he concurred in by the surety, shall be presented for the consideration and ' approval of the owner, and shall be consummated only on the written approval of the owner. In case of approval, the contractor shall file copies of all subcontracts with the engineer. ' 80-02 NOTICE TO PROCEED. The notice to proceed shall state tier, date on which it is expected the contractor will begin the vonstruction and from t which date contract time will be charged. The contractor shall begin the work to be performed under the contract within 10 days of the date set by the engineer in the written notice to proceed, but In any event, the contractor shall notify the engineer at least 24 hoarse in advance of the time actual construc•t.on operations will begin. t 80-03 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS. Unless otherwise specified, the contractor shall submit his progress schedule for the engineer's approval within 10 'days after the effective date of the notice to proceed. The contractor's progress schedule, when approved by the engineer, may be used to establish major construction operations and to check on the progress of the work. The contractor shall provide sufficient materials, equipment, and labor to ' guarantee the completion of the project in accordance with the plans and specifications within the time set forth in the proposal. If the contractor falls significantly behind the submitted schedule, the ' contractor shall, upon the engineer's request, submit a revised schedule for completion of the work within the contract time and modify his operations to provide such additional materials, equipment, and labor necessari to meet ' the revised schedule. Should the prosecution of the work be discontinuesi for any reason, the contractor shall notify the engineer at least 24 hours in advance of resuming operations. ' DIV I V.iae ' AC 150/53%0-10 10/24/74 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ' For ADAP contracts, the contractor shall not commence any actual construction prior to the date on which Lhe notice to y ' proceed is issued by the owner. ' 80-04 LIMITATION OF OPERATIONS. The contractor shall control his operations and ells operations of his subcontractors and all suppliers so as to provide for the free and unobstructed movement of aircraft in the AIR ' OPERATIONS AREAS of the airport. When tha work requires the contractor to conduct his operations within an ' AIR OPERATIONS AREA of the airport, the work shall be coordinated with airport management (through the engineer) at least 48 hours prior to commencement of such work. The contractor shall not close an AIR OPERATIONS ' AREA until so authorized by the engineer and until the necessary temporary marking and associated lighting is in place as provided in the subsection titled BARRICADES, WAPJII14G SIGNS, AND HAZARD MARKINGS of Section 70. When the 'contract work requires the contractor to work within an AIR OPERATIONS AREA. of the airport on an intermittent basis (intermittent opening and closing of the AIR OPERATIONS AREA), the contractor shall ' maintain constant communications as hereinafter specified; immediately obey all instructions to vacate the AIR OPERATIONS AREA; immediately obey all instructions to resume work in such AIR OPERATIONS AREA. Failure to ' maintain the specified communications or to obey instructions shall be cause for suspension of the contractor's operations in the AIR OPERATIONS AREA until the satisfactory conditions are provided. The following AIR OPERATIONS AREA (AOA) cannot b'e closed to operating aircraft to permit the 1 contractor's operations on a continuuus basis and will therefore be closed to aircraft operations intermittently as follows; 1 ' Page 54 DIV i r 1 • ' 10/24/14 AC 150/5310-10 ' PROSECITHON AND PROGRESS ' TIM PERIODS AQA TYPE OF COMMUNICATIONS CONTROL AOA CAN BE CLOSED REQUIRED WHEN WORKING IN AOA AUTHORITY ' The contractor shall not cowwnce new work that would be prejudicial to work already started. ' 80-05 WARACTER OF WORKERS, METHODS, kND EQUIPMENT. The contractor shall, at all tines, employ sufficient labor and equipment for prosecuting the work ' to full completion in the manner and time required by the contract, plans, and specifications. 911 workers shall have sufficient skill and experience to perform properly the work assigned to them. Workers engaged in special work or skilled work shall have sufficient experience in such work and in the operation of the equipment required to perform the work satisfactorily. Any person employed by the contractor or by any subcontractor who, in the opinion of the engineer, does not perform his work in a proper and skillful manner or is intemperate or disorderly shall, at the written request e5f the ' engineer, be removed forthwith by the contractor or subcontractor eVloying such person. and shell not be employed again in any portion of the work without the approval of the engineer. Should the contractor fail to remove such person or persons or fail to furnish suitable and sufficient personnel for the proper prosecution of the 1 DIV I Page 35 ' AG 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' PRos wrrION AND PROGRESS ' work, the engineer may suspend the work by written notice until compliance with such orders. !7 All equipment which is proposed to be used on the work shall be of sufficient size and in such mechanical condition as to meet requirements of ' the work and to produce a satis'sctory quality of work. Equipment used on any portion of the work shall be such that no injury to previously completed work, adjacent property, or existing airport facilities will result from its t use. When the methods and equipment to be used by the contractor in accomplishing the work are not prescribed in the contract, the contractor is free to use ' any methods or equipment that will actwoplish the work in conformity with the requirements of the contract, p U4ns, and specifications. ' When the contract specifies the use of certain methods and equipment, such methods and equipment shall be used unless othars are authorized by the engineer. If the contractor desires to use a method or type of equipment other than specified in the contract, he may request authority from the ' engineer to do so. The request shall be in writing and shall include a full description of the methods and equipment proposed and of the reasons for desiring to make the change. If approval is given, it will be on the ' condition that the contractor will be fully responsible for producing work in conformity with contract requirements. If, after trial use of the substituted methods or equipment, the engineer determines that the work ' produced does not meet contract requirements, the contractor shall discontinue the use of the substitute method or equipment and shall complete the remaining work with the specified methods and equipment. The contractor shall remove any deficient work and replace it with work of specified ' quality, or take such other corrective action as the engineer may direct. No change will.be made in basis of payment for the contract items involved nor in contract time as a result of authorizing a change in methods or 1 equipment under this subsection. 80-06 TEMPORARY SUSPENSION OF THE WORK. The engineer shall have the authority to suoperd the work wholly, or in part, for such period or periods as he may deem necessary, due to unsuitable weather, or such other conditions as are considered unfavorable for the prosecution of the work, rr ' for such time as is necessary due to the failure on the part of the contractor to carry out orders given or perform any or all provisions of the contract. ?age 56 DIV I 10/24/74 AC 150/3370-10 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS In the event that the contractor is ordered by the engineer, in writing, to suspend work for some unforeseen cause not otherwise provided for in the contract and over which the contractor has no control, the contractor may be reimbursed for actual money expended on the work during the period of shutdown. No allowance will be made for anticipated profits. The period of shutdown shall be computed from the effective date of the engineer's order to Suspend work to the effective date of the engineer's order to resume the work. Claims for such compensation shall be filed with the engineer within the time period stated in the engineer's order to resume work. The ' contractor s,.a:l submit with his claim information substantiating the amount shown on the claim. The engineer will forward the contractor's claim to the owner for consideration in accordance with local laws or ordinances. No ' provision of this article shall be construed as entitling the contractor to compensation for delays due to inclement weather, for suspensions made at the request of the contractor, or for any other delay provided for in the ' contract, plans, or specifications. If it should become necessary to suspend work for an indefinite period, the contractor shall store all materials in such manner that they will not ' become an obstruction nor become damaged in any way. He shall take every precaution to prevent damage or deterioration of the work performed and provide for normal drainage of the work. The contractor shall erect temporary ' structures where necessary to provide for traffic on, to, or from the airport. ' 80-07 DETERMINATION AND EXTENSTON OF CONTRACT TIME. The number of calendar -or working days allowed for completion of the work shall b,e stated in the proposal and contract and shall be known as the CONTRACT TIME. ' Should the contract time require extension for reasons beyond the contractor's control, it shall be adjusted as follows: ' (a) CONTRACT TIME based on WORKING DAYS shall be calculated weekly by the engineer. The engineer will furnish the contractor a cc+py of his weekly statement of the number of working days charged against the contract time ' during the week and the number of working days currently specified for completion of the contract (the original contract time plus the number of working day3, if any, that have been included in approved CHANGE ORDERS or SUPPLEMENTAL AGREEMECrIS covering EXTRA WORK). The engineer shall base his weekly statement of contract time charged on the ' following considerations: ' DIV I Page 57 7,1 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 t PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS ' (1) No time shall be charged for days on which the contractor is unable to proceed with the principal item of work under construction at the time for at least 6 hours with the normal work force crr;)ioyed on such principal item, Should the normal work force be on a double-shift, 12 hours shall be used. Should the normal work force be on a triple-shift, 18 hours 1 shall apply. Conditions beyond the contractor's control such as strikes, lockouts, unusual delays in transportation, temporary suspension of the principal item of work under construction or temporary suspension of the entire work which have been ordered by the engineer for reasons not the fault of the contractor, shall not be charged against the contract time. ' (2) The engineer will not make charges against the contract time prior to the effective date of the notice to proceed. (3) The engineer will begin charges against the contract time on the first working day after the effective date of the notice to proceed, (4) The engineer will not make charges against the contract time after the date of final acceptance as defined in the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50. (5) The contractor will be allowed one week in which to file a written protest setting forth his objections to the engireer's weekly statement. If no objection is filed within such specified time, the weekly statement shall be considered as acceptable to the contractor. The contract time (stated in the proposal) is based on the originally estimated quantities as described in the subsection titled INTERPRETATION OF ' ESTIMATED PROPOSAL QUANTITIES of Section 20. Should the satisfactory completion of the contract require performance of work in greater quantities than those estimated in the proposal, the contract time shall be increased in the same proportion as the cost of the actually romp3eted quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or the'extenalon of contract time that has been covered by change order or supplemental agreement and shall be made at the time of final payment. (b) CONTRACT Tim based on CALENDAR DAYS shall consist of the number of calendar days stated in the contract counting from the effective date of the notice to proceed and including all Saturdays, Sundays, holidays, and non-work days. All calendar days elapsing between the effective dates of the engineer's orders to suspend and resume all work, due to causes not the fault of the ' contractor, shall be excluded. Page 58 DIV I . a~ 4 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 r PROSECUTION AND PROCRESS At the time of final payment, the contract time shall be increased in the same. proportion as the cost of the actually completed quantities bears to the cost of the originally estimated quantities in the proposal. Such increase in the contract time shall not consider either the cost of work or . the extension of contract time that has been covered by a change order or supplemental agreement. Charges against the contract time will cease as of the date of final acceptance. ' (c) When the contract time is a specified completion date, it shall be the date on which all contract work shall be substantially completed. If the contractor finds it impossible for reasons beyond his control to complete the work within the contract time as specified, or as extended in accordance with the provisions of this subsection, he may, at any time prior to the expiration of the contract time as extended, make a written request to the engineer for an extension of time setting forth the reasons which he believes will justify the granting of his request. The contractor's plea that insufficient time was specified is not a Valid reason for extension of time, If the engineer finds that the work was delayed because of conditions beyond the control and without the fault of the contractor, he may extend the time for completion in such amount as the conditions justify. The extended time for completion shall then be in full force and effect,the same as though it were the original. time for completion, ' 80-08 FAILURE TO COMPLETE ON TIM, For each calendar day or working day, as specified in the contract, that any work remains uncompleted after the ' -contract time (including all extensions and adjustments as provided in the subsection titled DETERMINATION AND EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME of this I Section) the sum specified in the contract and proposal as liquidated damages will.be. deducted from any nuney due or to become due the contractor or his surety. Such deducted sums shall not he deducted as a penalty but shall be considered as liquidation of a reasonable portion of damages that will be incurred by the owner 0 ould the contractor fail to complete the work in the time provided in his contract. Permitting the contractor to continue and finish the work or any part of it ' after the time fixed for it-1 completion, or after the date to which the time for completion may have been extended, will in no way opera,.e as a waiver or the part of the owner of any of its rights under the contract. 1 1 DIV I Page 59 1 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 1 PROSECUTION AND PROGRESS 1 e ' 80-69 DBFA_ULf ANA 1TF1lIkATION OF CONTRACT. The contractor shall be considered ;n default of his contract and such default will be considered as ' cause for the owner to tendnate the contract for any of the following reasons if the toatractort ' (a) Falls to begin the work tinder the contract within the time specified in the "Notice to Proceed," or ' equipment Forlmaterials perform assure r completion of provide iin accordance with workers, terms of the contract, or Performs o unsuitably materials or to perform anew such work asnt~ayebe a rejected 3as undcceptable and unsuitable, or ' Page 60 biV I 1 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 1 PROSECUrION AND PROGRES1, 1 (d) Discontinues the prosecution of the work, or a (e) Pails to resume work which has been dtscurittnued within a reasonable time after notice to do no, or 1 (f) Becomes insolvent or is declared bankr.mt, or co=alts any act of bankruptcy or insolvency, or (g) Allows any final judgement to stand apalnst him unsatisfied for a 1 period of 10 days, or (h) Makes an assignment for the bdnefit of creditors, or 1 (1) For any other cause whatsoever, fnils to carry on the work in an acceptable manner. Should the engineer consider the contractor lit dufa ult of the contract for any reason hereinbefore, he shall immediately give wri:ton notice to the contractor and tte contractor's surety as to tho rcasonm for considering the 1 contractor in default and the owner's intension" to terminate the contract. If the contractor or surety, within a period of 1.0 days; after such notice, 1 does not proceed in accordance therewith, then the owner will, upon written notification from the engineer of the facts of such delay, neglect, or I default and the contractor's failure to comply. wlth such notice, have full power and authority without violating the contrast, to take the prosecution 1 of the work out of the hands of the contractor. Iic: owner may appropilate or use any or all materials avid egijlpment that luivv been mohilized frnr use in the work and ara acceptable and may enter into -to agrrrment for th.: 1 completion of said contract according to the tercri and provisions thereof, or use such other methods as in the opinion of the viiglacer will be required for the completion of said contract in an acceplal lv manner. ' All costs and charges incurred by the owner, together with the coat of completing the work under contract, will be deducteu from any ninnies due or which may become due the contractor. If riuch expense exceeds the sum which would have been payable under the contract, then the contractor and the surety shall be liable and shall pay to the owner the avmunt of such excess, 1 1 i 1 1 DIY I Page 61 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 • PROSECUTION ANO pROGM SS ' 80-10 TERMINATION FOP,NATIMIAL E?TRC£NCIES. The owner shall terminate the contract or portion [hereof by writt,n notice when the contractor is prevented frum proceeding with the construction contract as a direct result of an executive Order of the President with respect to the prosecution of war or in the interest of national defense. When the contra,!t,ur .,ny portion thereof, is terminated before completion of all items of work in the contract, payment will be made for the actual ' number of units or items of work completed at the contract. price or as mutually agreed for items of work partially completed or not started. No claims or loss of anticipated profits shall be considered. ' geitnbursement for organization of the work, and other overhead expencca, (when not otherwise included in the contract) and moving equipment and materials to and from the job will be considered, the intent being that an ' equitable settlement will be made with the contractor. Acceptable materials, obtained or ordered by the contractor for the work and ' that a;-e not incorporated 1,n the work small, at the option of the contractor, be purchased from the contractor at actual cost as shown by receipted bills and actual cost records nt such points of delivery as may be designated by the engineer. Termination of the contract or a portion thereof shall neither relieve the contractor of his responsibilities for the completed work nor shall it ' relieve his surety of its obligation for and concerning any just claim arising out of the work performed. ' M 1 ' Page 62 DIV I 10/24/74 Ac 15015370-10 SECTION 90 MEASUREMENT AND PAYISNT 90-01 MEASUREMENT OP UANTITIES. All work completed under the contract will be measured by the engineer, or his authorized representatives, using ' United States Customary Units Ji oasurement. The method of measurement and computations to be used in determination of e quantities of material furt,ished and of work performed under the contract will be those methods generally recognized as conforming to 'good engineering practice. 1 Unless otherwise specified, longitudinal measurements for area computations will be made horizonvilly, and no deductions will be made for individual fixtures (or leave•outri) having an area of 9 square feet or less. Unless ' otherwise specified, transverse measurements for area computations will be the neat dimensions shown on the plans or ordered in writing by the engineer. Structures will be measured according to neat lines al own on the plans or as altered to fit field conditions. ' Unless otherwise specified, all contract items which are measured by the linear foot such as electrical ducts, conduits, pipe culverts, underdrains, and similar items shall be measured parallel to the base or foundation upon t which such items are placed. In computing volumes of excavation the average end area method or other acceptable methods will be used. 1 The thickness of plates and galvanized sheet used in the manufacture of corrugated metal pipe, metal plate pipe culverts and arches, and metal cribbing will be specified and measured in decimal fraction of inches. The term "ton" will mean the ahort ton consisting of 2,000 pounds ' avoirdupois. All materials which are measured or proportioned by weights shall be weighed on accurate, approved scales by competent, qualified personnel at locations designated by the engineer. if material is shipped by rail, the car weight may be accepted provided that only the actual weight ' of material be paid for. However, car weights will not be acceptable for material to be passed through nixing plants. Trucks used to haul material being paid for by weight shall be weighed empty daily at such times as the engineer directs, and each track shall b-Ar a plainly legible identification mark. 1 DIV I Vag* 63 4 I ' I AC 150/5370-10 10/24174 ^ ' MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT I Materials to be measured by volume in the hauling vehicle shall be hauled in approved vehicles and measured therein at the point of delivery. Vehicles ' for this purpose way be of any site or type acceptable to the engineer, provided that the body is of such shape that the actual contents may be readily and accurately determined. All vehicles shall be loaded to at least their water level capacity and all loads shall be leveled when the vehicles arrive at the point of delivery. When requested by the contractor and approved by the engineer in writing, material specified to be measured by the cubic yard may be weighed and such weights will be converted to cubic yards for payment purposes. Factors for conversion from weight measurement to volume measurement will be determined by the engineer and shall be agreed to by the contractor before ssuch method of measurement of pay quantities is used. Bituminous materials will be measured by the gallon or ton. When measured ' by volume, such volumes will be measured at 604F. or will be corrected to tie volume at 60°F. using ASTM D 1250 for asphalts or ASTM D 633 for tars. ' Net certified scale weights or weights based on certified volumes in the case of rail shipments will be used as a basis of measurement, subject to correction when bituminous maturial has been lost from the car or the ' distributor, wasted, or otherwise not incorporated in the work. When bituminous materials are shipped by truck or transport, net certified ' weights by volume,subject to correction for loss or foaming, may be used for computing quantities. Cement will be measured by the ton or hundredweight. Timber will be measured by the thousand feet board measure actually incorporated in the structure. Measurement will be based on ' nominal widths and thicknesses and the extreme length of each piece. The'term "lump sum" when used as an item of payment will mean complete ' payment for the work described in the contxact. When a complete structure or structural unit (in effect, "lump sum" work) is specified as the unit of measurement, the unit will be construed to include ' all necessary fittings and accessories. I Page 64 Div T 1 ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 HFA S URF.KM AND PAYMENT Rental of equipment will be measured by time in hours of a and necessary traveling time of the a ui steal working time ' Special equipment ordered by the engineermintconneccion with force accountk. work will be measured as agreed in the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing such force account work as provided in the subsection ' titled PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOUNT WORK of this sect.lon. When standard manufactured items are specified such as fence, wire, plates. rolled shapes, pipe conduit, etc., and these items are identift ed by gaget e unit weights section dimensions, etc.. such identification will be considered to be nominal weights or dimensions. Unless more stringently controlled by tolerancts 1 cited specificationse manufacturink: tolerances ' est.ablished'jy the industries involved will be accepted. Scales fob weighing materials which are required to be proportioned or ' measured and paid for by weight shall be furnishedo erected, and maintained by the contractor, or be certified permanently Installed commercial scales. Scales shall be accurate trithin one-half per cent of the correc', weight throughout the range of use. The contractor shall have the scares checked under the observation of the inspector before beginning work and at such other times as requested. The intervals shall be uniform in spacing throughout the graduated or marked length of the beam or dial and shall not 3xceed one-tenth of one per cent of the nominal rated capacity of the scale, but not lees than one pound. The use of spring balances will not be permitted. Beams$ dials, platforms, and other scale equipment shall be so arranged that the operator and inspector can safely and conveniently view them. ' Scale installations shall h -ra available, ten standard fifty-pound weights for testing the weighing eq, sent or suitable weights and devices for other ' approved equipment. Scales must be tested for accuracy and serviced before use at a new site. Platform scales shall be instal;.ed and maintained with the platform level and rigid bulkheads at each end. Scales "overweighing" (indicatin+R more than correct weight) will not be permitted to operate and all materials received subsequent to the last previous correct weighing -accuracy-teat will be reduced by the percentage of error in excess of one-half of onil per cent. DIV I Page 6'3 2V r AC 15015370-10 10/24/14 MASUREHENT AND PAYMENT In the event inspection reveals the scales have been "underweighing" (indicating less than correct weight) they shall be adjusted and no additional payment to the contractor will be allowed for materials previously weighed and recorded. All coats in connection with furnishing, installing, certifying, testing, and maintaining scales; for furnishing check weights and scale house;and for all other items specified this subsection, eincluded in the weighing of for proportioning or payment, for the various items of the project. When the estimated quantities for a specific portion of the work are designated as the pay quantities in the contract, they shall be the final quantities for which payment for such specific portion of the work will made, unl4se the dimenaiotis of said portif of the work shown on the plans are revised by the engineer. If revised dimensions result in an increase or decrease in the quantities of such work, the final quantities for payment will be revised in the amount represented by the authorized changers in the dimensions. 90-02 SCOPE OF PAYHENT. the contractor shall receive and Accept ' compenaa ion provided for in the contract as full payment for furnishing all materials, for performing till work under the contract in complete and acceptable manner, any! for all risk, lose, damage, or expense of whatever character arising out of the nature of the work or the prosecution thereof, subject to the proVisions of the subsection titled NO WAIVER OF LFGAL RI(MTS of Section 70. ' When the "basis of payment" subsection of a technical specification requires that the contract price (price bid) include compensation for certain work or material essential to the item, this same work or material will not also be ' measured for payment under any other contract item which may appear elsewhere in the contract, plana,or specifications. 90-03 COMPENSATION FOR ALTERED QUANTITIES. When the accepted quantities of work vary fr.-x the quantifies in the proposal, the contractor shall accept as payment in full, so far as contract items are concerned, payment at the 1 original contract price for the accepted quantities of work actuall completed and accepted. ION allowance, WORK AND except as be subsection titled ALTERAT i 1 Page 66 Air: I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT made for any increased expense, loss of expected reimbursement, or loss of profits suffered or claimed by the contractor which results ' directly from such alterations or indirectly from his unbalanced allocation of overhead and profit among the contract items, or from any other cause, ' .90-04 PAYMENT FOR OMITTED ITEMS. As specified in the subsection titled OMITTED ITEMS of Section 40, the engineer shall have the right to omit from the work (order nonperformance) any contract item, except major contract items, in the best interest of the ow,,pr, Should the engineer omit or order m7nperforiance of a contract item or portion of such item from the work, the contractor shall accept payment in full at the contract prices for any work actually completed and acceptable prior to the engineer's order to omit or nonperform such contract item. ' Acceptable materials ordered by the contractor or delivered on the work engineer's order thed for at the actual ' property of the owner. In addition to the reimbursement hereirbefore provided, the contractor shall, be reimbursed for all actual costs incurred for the purpose of performing ' the omitted contact item prior to the date of the engineer's order. Such additional costs incurred by the contractor must be directly related to the deleted contract item and shall be supported by certified statements by thu contractor as to the nature and amount of such costs, 90-05 PAYMENT FOR EXTRA AND FORCE ACCOM' VORK. Extra work, performed in ' accordance with the subsection titled EXTR1 WORK of Section 40, will be paid for at the contract prices or agreed pricet specified in the change order of supplemental agreement authorizing such extra work, Wien the change order or supplemental agreement authorizing the extra work requires that it be done by force account, such force account snail be measured and paid for as follows: ' (a) Labor. For all labor (skilled and inskilled) and foremen in direct charge of a specific force account item, the contractor shall receive the rate of wage (or scale) for every hour that such labor or foreman is ' actually engaged in the specified force account work. Such wage (or scale) shall be agreed upon in ti.riting before beginning the work, dIV I ' Page 67 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 MEASUREffl-M AND PAYHENT The contractor shall receive the actual costs paid to r in behal of ' workers by recoon of subsistence and travel allowance,ohealth andfwelfare benefits, pc-niion fund benefits or other benefits, when such amounts are required by collective bargaining agreement or other employment contract generally applicable to the classes of labor employed an the work. An amount equal to 15 percent of the sum of the above t paid the contractor. toms will also be ' (b) Insurance and Taxes,. For properL damage, compensation insurance premium-3, unemploymentlnsuranrebcontributions, and's e social security taxes on the force account work the contractor shall receive the actual cost, to which cost (sum) 5 percent will be added. The contractor shall furnish satisfactory evida-.ce of the rate or rates paid for such insurance and taxes. ' (c) Matertals. ib r materials accepted b contrac, ,Tr shall receive the actual cost of sucht~materialsrdelivered'onhthe ' work, including, transportation c arges paid by him (exciusive of machinery rentals as hereinafter set forth), to which cost (stun) 15 percent will be added. ' (d) _&u!pmrnt. ror any machinery or special equipment (other than small tools) including fuel and lubricants, plus transportation costs, the use of which has been authorized by the engineer, the contractor shall receive the rental rates agreed upon in writing before such work Is begs; for the actual time that such equipment is committed to the work, to which rental stun 15 percent will be r,dded. (e) Miss cr ellaneous. No additional allowances will 5e made for general superintendence, the use of small tools, or other costs for which no apecilic allowance is herein provided. ' (f) Compartaon of Records. The contractor and the engineer shall compare records of the cost of force account work at the end of each day, Agreement shall be indicated by signature of the contractor and engineer or ' their duly authorized representatives. (g) Statements. No payment -will be made for work performed on a force account basis until the contractor has furnished the eiagineer with duplicate Itemized statements of the cost of such force account work detailed as follows; Page 68 DIV I r 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 MEASITREMENT AND PAYMENT (1) Name, classification, date, daily hours, total hours, rate and extension for each laborer and foreman. (2) Designation, dates, daily hours, total hours, rectal rate, and extension for each unit of machinery and equipment. (3) Quantities of materials, prices, and extensio.ts. (4) Transportation of materials. (5) Coat of property damage, liability and workmen's compensation insurance premiums, unemployment insurance contributions, and social ' security tax. Statements shall be accompanied and supported by receipted invoice for all materials used and transportation charges. however, if materials used on the force account work are not specifically purchased for such work but are taken from the contractor's stock, then in lieu of the invoices the contractor shall furnish an affidavit certifying that such materials were t taken from his stock, that the quantity claimed, was actually used, and that the price and transportation claimed represent the actual cost to the contractor. The additional payment, based on the percentages specified above, shall constitute full compensation for all items of expense not specifically 1 provided for the force account work. The total payment made as provided above shall constitute full compensation for such work. 90-06 PARTIAL PAYMENTS. Partial payments will be made at least once each month as the.work progresses. Said payments will be based upon estimates prepared by the engineer of the value of the work performed and materials ' complete in place in accordance with the contract, plane,and specifications. Such partial payments may also include the delivered actual cost of those materials stockpiled and stored in accordance with the subsection titled ' PAYMENT FOR MATERIALS ON HAND of this section. Nz, partial payment will be made when the amount due the contractor since the last estimate amounts to less than five hundred dollars. ' DIV I Page 69 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 hEASURF)[ENY AND PAYMENT ' From the total of the amount determined to be payable on a partial payment, 10 percent of such total amount will be deducted and retained by the owner until the final payment is made Except, as may be provided (at the contractors option) in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDS of this section. The balance (90 percent) of the amount payable, less all ' previous payments, shall be certified for payment. Should the contractor exercise his option, as provided in the subsection titled PAYMENT OF WITHHELD FUNDO, of this section, no such 10 percent retainage shall be ' deducted. When not less than 95% of the work has been completed the engineer may, at his discretion and with the consent of the surety, prepare an estimate from ' which will be retained an amount not less than twice the contract value or estimated cost, whichever is greater, of the work remaining to be done. The remainder, less all previous payments an,d deductions, will then be certified e for payment to the contractor. It is understood and agreed that the contractor shall not be entitled to ' demand or receive partial payment based on quantities of work in excess of those provided in the proposal or covered by approved change orders or supplemental agreements, except when such excess quantities have been determined by the engineer to be a part of the final quantity fo,r the iteo, ' of work in question. No partial payment shall bind the owner to the acceptance of any materials ' or work in place as to quality or quantity. All partial payments are oul►fect to correction at the time of final payment cs provided in the subsection titled ACCEPTANCE A14D FINAL PAYMENT of this section. ' 90-07 PAYliENT,FOR MATERIALS ON HAND. Partial payments may be made to the extent of the delivered cost of materials to be incorporated in the work, provided that such materials meet the requirements of the contract, plans, and specifications and are delivered to acceptable sites on the airport property o- at other sites in the vicinity that are acceptable to the owner. ' Such delivered costs of stored or stockpiled materials may be included in the next partial payment after the following conditions are met.- (a) The material has been stored or stockpiled in a manner acceptable ' to the engineer at or on an approved site. fTV T ' Page 70 Ac 150/5370-10 10/24/74 . MEASLrFM..NT ANEW PAYMENT (b) The contractor has furnished the engineer with acceptable evidence of the quantity and quality of such stored or stockpiled materials. (c) The contractor has furnished the engineer with satisfactory evidence that the material and transportation costs have been paid. (d) The contractor has furnished the owner legal title (free of liens or encumberances of any kind) to the material so stored or stockpiled. (e) The contractor has furnished the owner evidence that the material t so stored or stockpiled is insured against lose by damage to or disappearance of such materials at anytime prior to use in the work. It is understood and agreed that the transfer of title and the owner's payment for such stored or stockpiled materials shall in no way relieve the such inntractor of his with responsibility hescontract,pplans, and materials ' specifications. In no case will the amount of partial payments for materials on hand exceed price for the contract contract the ccinntract the emafor terial such which price isaintended totbe used. item No partial payment will be made for stored or stockpiled living or perishable plant materials. The contractor shall bear all costs associated with the partial payment of stored or stockpiled Materials in accordance with the provisions of this subsection. ' 90-08 PAYMENT OF WIT1UiELD FUNW. At the contractor 'a option, he may reques! that the owner accept rn lieu of the 10 percent retainage on partial payments described In the subsection titled PnRTIAL PAYMENTS of this ' section) the contractor's deposits in escrow under the following conditions-, (a) The contractor shall bear all expenses of establishing and ' maintaining an escrow account and escrow agreement acceptable to the owner. ' Page 11 • D1V I i r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' MEASUREl9!NT A14D PAYMENT ' (b) The contractor shall deposit to and maintain in such escrow only those securities or bank certificates of deposit as are acceptable to the owner and having a value not less than the 10 percent retainage that would otherwise be withheld from partial payment. (c) The contractor shall enter into an escrow agreement satisfactory to ' the owner. (d) The contractor shall obtain the written consent of the surety to ' such agreement. ' 90-09 ACCEPTANCF. AND FINAL PAYMENT. When the contract work has been accepted in accordance with the requirements of the subsection titled FINAL ACCEPTANCE of Section 50, the engineer will prepare the final estimate of the items of work actually performed. The contractor shall approve the ' engineer's final estimate or advise the engineer of his objections "o the final estimate which are based on disputes in measurements or computations of the final quantities to be paid under the contract as amended by ch.tnge ' order or supplemental agreement. The contractor and engineer shall resolve all disputes (if any) in the measurement and computation of final quantities to ba paid within 30 calendar days of the contractor's receipt of the engineer's final estimate. If, after such 30-day period, a dispute still exists, the contractor may approve the engineer's estimate under protest of the quantities in dispute and such disputed quantities shall b,. considered by the owner as a claim in accordance with the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENT AND DtS PUTES of Section 50% After the contractor has approved, or approved under protest, the engineer's final eatimste, final payment will be proceased based on the entire sum, or the the undisputed-sum in case of approval under protest, determined to be due the contractor less all previous }ayments and all amounts to be deducted ' under the provisions of the contract. All prior partial estimates and payments shall be subject to correction in the final estimate and payment. If the contractor has filed a claim for additional compensation under the provisions of the subsection titled CLAIMS FOR ADJUSTMENTS AND DISPUTES of Section 50 or undo: the provisions of this subsection, such claims will be considered by the owner in accordance with local laws or ordinances. Upon final adjudication of such claims, any additional payment determined to be due the contractor will be paid pursuant to a supplemental, final, estimate. Page 72 DIV I t kC 150/5370-? C' 1 DIVISION 11 PAVIIIG COfdS 1jCTIOTI DETAMS ' Earthwork ' ITE14 P-151 CLWZ13 AND GRUBBING ' Desoliptiosi 151-1.1 'c'hic item shall consist of clearing or clearing and grubbing, includ- ing the disposal of materials, for ail. areas iritr.in the liinitn desi&maxed on the plans or as required by tl,e one,-ncer. ' Clearing shall consist of the cuttinE a*:d re:.,1ovtl of all trees, ot=ps, brush, logs, hedges, Uie removal of fences and other loose or projur ting material arum the deslcgiat•ed areas. The grubbing of stumps and roots will not be required. Clearing, when co tlesirrmtedr alrall consist of the cutting and removal of ' isolated single trecs or isolated croups of trees. The cutting, of all the trees of thie classification shall be in accordance with the requirements for the particular area being; cleared, or as shotai on the plans, or as directed by the engineer. The trees .call b.• considered isolated when to%~rely0 feet or more apart, with th.. excr,ptton of a small clump of app five trees or lens. r Clearing and grubbing shall consist of clearing the surface of the ground of the designated areas of all trees, Pt';6'^1:9 down timber, lugs, snags, brush, undergrowth, hedges, heavy gro+th of grass or weeds, fences, structures, t debris, and rubbish of any nature, natural obstructions or such material tfound he gationnofof which in the opinion of the engineer is unsuitablo for strips, pavements, or other regiired str^actures, in sturoys, roots, matted roots, foundations, and the disposal from he project of all spoil materials resu'ltir.q from clearing and grubbing by otiberwise. ' Cons trvctio., Methods GEt1EThe areas denoted on the plans to be ^leared ar cleared and abbed unner t?tic item z:.ali L' `t=.uc`3gon~;Bfactoi/ distai~cergn Iradrance Tkic• u~rin;; ar:,i :~r.~bhint± si:a:: bo 1 of t:u ,.raalnZ. ol,;,,-,; ions. ' LI'! I i Page "r . J 1 i ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 1117.1 P-151 CLE:Af1ING AND GRUBBING ' All spoil r•Aterials removed by clciarinL; or by clearing and grubbing shall be disposed of by burning or by removal to approved disposal areas. Piles for burning shall be placed either in the cleared area near the center or in ' adjacent open spaces whero no deunage to trees, other vegetation, or other property will occur. The contractor will bo responsible for, controlling fires in compliance with all Faderal and State laws and regulations relative to building fires at the s:.te. Ashes resulting from burning shall be removed ' and disposed of when directed by the engineer. As far as practicable, waste concrete and masonry shall be placed on slopes of embankments or channels. When embankments are constructed of such material, this material shall be placed in accordance with requirements for formation of embankments. Any broken concrete or masonry which cannot be used ire construction, and all other materials not considered suitable for use elsewhere, shall be disposed of by the ontractor. In no case shall any discarded materials be left in windrows or piles adjacent to or within the ' airport limits. Tha manner and location of disposal of m: terials shall be subject to the approval of the engineer and shall not create an unsightly or objectionable view. 'When the contractor is required to locate a disposal area outsidr. the airport property limits at his own expenoc, he shall obtain ' and file wi:h the engineer, permisoion in writing from tho property owner for the use of privato property for t'.tio purpose. If the plane or she specifications require the saving of merchantable timber, the contractor shall trim the limbs and tops from designated trees, saw them into suita'ale lengths, and make the material available for removal by other agencies. Any blasting necessary shall be done at the contractor's responsibility, and the utmos-~ care shall be takor not to endanger life or property. ' Tho removal of existing structure and utilities required to permit orderly progress of work shall be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise ' shown on the plans. Whenever a telephone or telegraph polo, pipeline, conduit, sower, roadway, or other utility is encountered and must be removed or roloeated the contractor shall advise the engineer ratio will notify the proper local authority or owner and attempt to secure prompt action. 151-2.2 CLEARING. Tne contractor shall clear the staked or indicated area ' of all objectionable materials. Tr,.es vnavotdably falling outside the sp,clfied limits must be cut up, rerove:o and disposed of in a satisfactory manner. In order to mininizr. &uia;e to trees that are to be left standing, ' treca shall be felled touard the -enter- of area being cleared. The cnnt!~actor chail prr,serve and protect from ij-.jury all trees not to be removed. Tito tr,steu, st+uwips, anal `nuv" s•;all be cut to a height of not more DIV II Page '/4 1 10/24/74 Ac 150/5370-1o ITEM P-11",1 CLEARING AND GRUBBUM than 12 inches above the ground, The grubbing of stumps and roots will not ' be regilred. When isolated trees are designated for clearing, the treed shall be classed ' in accordance with the butt diameter size as measured at a point 18 inches alx;ve the grolrnd level or at a designated height specified in the proposal. Foncos shall be removed and disposed of when directed by the engineer. Fence wire shall be neatly rolled and the wire and posts stored on the airport if they are to be used again, or stored at a designated location if the fence is to remain the property of a local owner or of a civic authority. t _111-1.3 Ci.EARING AND GFUBSING. In areas designated to be cleared and grubbed, all stumps, roots, buried logs, bnish, grass, and other unsatis- factory materials shall be removed, except i;here embankments exceeding 3} feet in depth are to be made outside of paved areas. In case: where such depth of embankments is to be wade, all unsatisfactory materials shall be removed, but Sound trees, stumps, and brush can be cut off within 6 inches above the ground and allowed to remain. Tap roots and other projections over 11 inches in diameter shall be grubbed out to a depth of at least 18 inches below the finished subgrade or slope elevation. Any bvildings and miscellaneous structuures that are shown on the plans to be 1 rem,-ved shall be demolished or removed, and all materials therefrom shall be disposed of either by burning or otherwise removed from the site. The remaining ar existing fowidaticns, wells, cesspools, and all like structures shall be destroyed by breaking out or breaking down the materials of which the foundations, welle, cesspools, etc., are built to a depth at leant 2 feet below the existing surrounding ground. Any broken concrete, blocks, or other objectionable material which cannot be used in baekfill shall be removed and disposed of. The holes or openings shall be backfilled with acceptable material and properly compacted. All holed remaining alter the grubbing operation in embankment areas shall have the sides broken doom to Hatton out the slopes, and shall be filled with acceptable material, moistened and properly compacted in layers to thr, density required in Item P-152. Tne same construction procedure shall be applied to all holes remaining after grubbing in excavation areas where the depth of holes exceeds the depth of the proposed excavation. ' Method of ::easurement ' 1''1- .1 The quantities of clcar`_nu clearing and grubbing as eho+m by the lord is on t;;c plans oj, as ordar•_.i , .c c-n-1nr•er ahall be ci k, d i.n term; of ' DIV 11 Paf:e 75 AC 150/5370-10 lo/24/74 104 P-151 CLEARING AND GRUBBING the number of acr+is or fractions thereof, of land aper.lfically cleared or cleared and _-rubbed, unless lump-sure bid is opecified in the proposal. ' When isolated trees are designated for clearing, -.he quantitiet• of trees, as determined in accordance vith ranges of butt diameter size, measured at a point 18 inches above the ground level at the tree, shall be paid for according to the schedule of sizes as follows: The number of trees s From 0 to 2j feet, butt diameter From 21 to 5 feet, butt diameter For 5 feet or more, buts, diameter Basis of Payment 1 151-4.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per acre or in a lump sum for clearing. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing t all materials and for all labor, equipment, toolsp and incidentals necessary to complete the item. 151•-4.z. Pay:.nent sail be made at the contract unit price for clearing isolated trees. 17his price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentaln necessary to ' complete the item. 151-40 Payment shall be j:iade at the contract unit price per acre or in a a lump sum for clearing and grubbing. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item P-151-4.1 Clearing--per acre. Item P-151-4.2 Clearing for isolated trees: FrGra 0 to 21 feet butt diameter, per tree. t Fron 24 to 5 feet butt diameter, per tree. For 5 `'-et diameter, pertree. ItPr:: P-15=-4,3 Clearing and grubbing--Per acre, EST1110 ;u TD MATERIAL REQUMIAE105 7a and 3%c-rt U tIc Material and short title if_t ; None ' UI'J it Fa~,u 7~ 1 I! ' ITEM P-152-EXCAVATION AMD EMBAM2 ENT A:l paragraphs under Item P-152-Excavation and Embankment shall apply with tha following modifications: 152-1.2 CLASSIFi TI(IN. All material excavated shall be Cefined as "unclassified excavation." 152-2.6 STRIPPING. Delete the last sentence and substitutE U.q followings The yardage removed and disposed of shall be paid for, at the contract unit price for cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation". 152-2.i: TOPSOIL. Delete the first paragraph and substitute the followings Topsoil shall be salvaged from stripping and other grading operations as indicated on the plans and the material stockpiled at approved location. ' The stockpile shall not be paced within 50 feet of pavement areas and shall not be placed on areas which subsequently will require any ex-avation or embankment. 152-3.0 MEASUREMENT. Measurement shall be in accordance with paragraphs 152-3.1 through 152-3.3. 15.-4.0 PA1`MEW. Payment shall be in accordance with paragraphs 152-4.1 and 152-4.4 and the payment items are wimmarited as followes Unclassified Exasvation - per cubic yard Borrow Excavation - per cubic yard t 1 MAN a, i t 10/24/74 ':/5370-10 1TF2,1 P-152 MCAVATIOIJ MW F:"+' ir~• hes,:rlption 152-1.1 This item shall ron.;:Lnt of excavating, rccicq; an4, :a°.i.-factorily disposing of all materials within the limits of hs., Iv,,:- req:::: :.o construct the landing strips, runways, ttxiways, aprora, _:,~f ^c:;ate, and other areas for drainage, building construction, parkiag, or c.her purpoues in accordance with these specifications and :r. c= c.,,_. iimensions and typical section shown on the plann and with the Iir.ea and _radae established by the engineer. All oW.table material taken from excavation shall be used Iii t:-,e formation of embankment, subgrade, and for backfilling as indicated on the puns or as directed by the engineer. When the volume of the excavation exceeds that require.i to construct the embankments to the grades indicairad, the excess snag: :.e use! ;w grade the areas of ultimate development or Masted as directed. ^e~. t:.e :o :ne of excavation is rot, sufficient for constructing the fi:l tv :r.e grades indicated, the deficiency shall be supplied from borrrw ac•u,ces at locations within the airport or other authorized areas. 152-1.2 CLASSIFICATION. All material excavated shall be ie:_red as i "Unclassified Excavation" unlas3, in the proposal fosn, prices tre anked and bids are taken for "Sol'. Rock Excavation" and "Cc-.on E:.0-~ation," ' "Unclassified Excavation" shall include all excavatinr. ::der this item regardless of the material encountered. "Solid Rock Excavation," when provided in the propoeal all solid rock in ledges, in bedded deposits, in unstrat'f:ed r:rsses, and conglomerate deposits which are so firmly cemented tr._y al! the characteristics of solid rock and which cannot be re_-^ved drilling and blasting. All boulders cantainf.ng a volteno of morn t:an cab--'e yard will be classified as "Solid Rock Excavation." "Common Excavation," whin provided in the proposal, consist of all excavation not inoluded in "Solid Rock Excavation." Fro2en condition of any of the different classified raterialr t6:en from excavation does not constitute x basis for a claLm Pa, h:g er 2.:aesificdtion or for extra work on the part of the contractor. ~ I R DIV II Page 77 E AC 150/5x'i b- 0 10/24/"(4 f:Glk1~: 77I 1 ITE11 P-152 EXC,.Vn-710:: XD Constr.ct'lon :•:ethods t 152-2, 1GEMRAL. The ro+aga excavation hall be carr.01d to the necessary depth to obtain thy; specified depth of 'a rade denuifloation shown on the plans. Like%rise, an emty ~.me.~ts, the cl?gth of subbradh densification shall be as shown on the plans. Should the c^n;raotor, through negligence or ' other fault, excavate belo.a the designate :,.ines, lie .hall replace the excavation with approved materials, in an approved manner and condition, at his own expense. The engineer shall complete control over the excavation, moving, placing, and ~»:,sp^s'_aon of all material and shall determine the suitability of material to be placed in embankments. All material determined unsuit.ible shell b•a disposed of in waste areas or as directed. Topsoil shall not be used in fills or in sulaCrades but shall be handled and placed as directed. The contractor shall inform and satisfy h:raself as to the character, quantity, and distribution of all -aterial to bs excavated. No pavement trill be made for any excavated material .ihlch is used for purposes other that those designated. All spoil areas s:,all ba leveled to a uniform line and section and shall present a niat appearance before projeat acceptance. The surface elevation of spoil areas sha:.l not extond above the surface elevation of adjacent or contiguous usable areas o'. the airport. Those areas outside of the pavenen: areas in -ehicti the top layer of soil material becones a.)mpactad, due to hauling or to any otter activity of tho contractor$ shall be scarified and disced to a depth of 4 inches, as directed, to loosen and pul,•eriza the soil. If it is necessary to interrupt er-isti;%g surface drainage, sewers or underdrainage, conduits, utilities, or s'_°:ilar uarlgrground structures, or parts thereof, the contractor ehall be ris;.onsible for and shall take all necessary precautions to l rotect earl gre;,ar:e or prov_ie temporary sox-vices. ;then such facilities ate enco nterea, t`.: :oa.ractor shall notify the ' engineer, who shell arrange for t:.air if necessary. Tae contraotor shall, at his ot,'n expense, satrsfa.tot':.:- :rep9"_r all dw.rxge to such facilities or strveturta tip: ich ma;' resui: :on any of hie ;perations during tine period of fna contract. 15?.-2.2 EXCAVATTOIN. Fxca,rAtion eto pcrforried an indicated on the contract plans to the iin":., Brae"-:5, °__£'iv ion &:)wn nr as 'directed by the engineer, and ce racla ro c::r~ requ!rer,.r:nts for formation 1 AJV II 7age :.c :53/5370-10 ' ITEMS P-152 :.ACAVAT101! iJ ~J .-.~:r'~_~•.. of r 1•wikments can bo followod. No exc3vat'.'.- ' 3;:.i started ' until the englr.eor ! 1, t?x;:n ero3s-ccet:ona: -.ants of t h? existing ero nd surface, and ),as otas: c t. All material encowrtercd within t'ne limits ind.~^_: E:-.a:'_ 'ra r.r. ' disposed of as directed. Dwu.'n,, the process :f ?e shall be uatntained so ttat it will be well drained at a! t xc3. fn i. rected, temocraiy drains and drainage ditchc-s shall be installed t: or divert surfaco water which may affect the work. When selective grading is specified or required as ind'cat:d plans, the excavated material shall be handled to allew the eels::sd -s :eriel to be ~ I properly placed in the embankment and in the capping of pave-s:: s-bgrades as datertnined from the soil profile and soil eaaracterist_ce. =as material shall be deposited, within the designated areas of the airp.rt as a.own on the plans or as directed by the engineer. Irf If$ at the time of excavation, it is not posaible to place ar; :a~=ria1 In its propor section of the peaznanent ccnst-^ ction, it ':e stockpiled If~ in approved areas for later use. I Rock, shalo, hardpan, loose rock, boulders, or other material unsatisfactory for landing etript, subgrades, roads, shoulders, intenaed_ats areas, or any areas intended for turfing shall be excavated to a rnini'm- : clep`.h of 12 inches, or to the depth specified by the engineer, below hs e:"te.-plated surface of the suegrade or the designated grades. 1•".vck, peat, ''ztted roots, or other yielding material, unsatisfaotoay for subgrade fc-,anc'a,::n, shall be removed to the depth specified, to provie'+• a satisfactori :-w:dation. Unsatisfactory materials shall be disposer of at ?ocat_cr.s dss jy.a-ed by the engineer. All material so excavated shall to paid "or at ^.e :-r.-_^aat unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation" or for excavation" ,.)r :or "Solid Rock Excavation" as the case may be, Olen t-e ::asr'°i cation 1 for the last two items is provided in the pecposal. T:e e: excavated shall be refilled wit`: suitable selected r<at~:^_el as :';-ained from the trading operations or borrow area and tt.crou :l/ can?a.',e:i t. :--.Ming. ' The necessary refilling will constitute a part of te emt:.r. rnt. Where rock eel's pro mado and refilled with selecte4 rbte:ial, o: w&,ere ,ranching cut is done to provlOo for a course of paver ant, the dept- s created r1all be ditched at frequent intervals to provide adequate dra`_rsge. .1'4'10 contractor shall make the distribution as indicated on t:-„ ,:eras. I1.1dening or narrowing of the section and rais,ng or :oc:ering of t:r.e grade to ' a,-void haul will not be pennitted. The right :s rcEe:`ved to ::±1e 7-1nor adjustments or reviuiens in lines or grades, :f found rsecei.L%', as that w;rrk progresses duo to discrepancies in the plans or to cbtaf-n : a`. sfar.tory ' ccootruction. DIV..l F Pagr.• 79 1 10/24/74 ' Ac 150/:1;370--G ' IiFI P-152 EXCAVATION AIM F44WJ i NT Overbreel, including slides, is that portion of any material displaced or loosened beyond the finished work as planned or authorized by the engineer. The engineer shall deterer+.ine if the displacement of such material was ' unavoidable and his decision shall be final. All overbreak shall be will removed tY the contractor and disposed of ns directedl however, payment not be ads for tie removal and disposal of overbreak which the engineer determLnes as avoidable. Unavoidable en thebrcontract eak willpbovclassified as "Unclassified Excavation," except claosifleatton of "Conwn Excavation," or "Solid Rock Excavation," in which case urwtoidable ovo;bre6l.age from slides will be classified as such. 1 The removal of existing structures and utilities required to ptr<nit the orderly progress of work hill be accomplished by local agencies, unless otherwise a'.ohn on the pans. All existing foundations rhall be excavated for std'.reeted. feAllbfoundationspthustexcavateddshall beebamaterial ekfilled d is suitable posed as suitable raterial and co:.paoted. In cut areas, the subgrade under areas to be paved shall be compacted to the dep ,s ehd to the dens :-ties at cptimurn moisture as shown on the plans or ' as Spec fled in the specifications, or when not otherwise shorn or specified, to a mirim_n dept's of 6 '_nches and to a density of not less than 95%, for cohesive soils, and 1.00% for noncohesive soils, of the maxinn+tn density at specified ' A 161 pnasnauitabie ~i maby the terials compaction in FA and in FAA i L ' paid for as specified. No payr:s:'.t or nea~3urcnsn-. for payment Trill be made for suitable materials removed, en_ replaced in order to obtain density. Any removal, manipulation, aeraticn, replacement, and recompaction of suitable materials nemesia., to obtain the required density shall be considered as incidental to the c-xcavation and cr b=s•'•ment operations, and shr,l) be performed by the contrac-:,r at no additional cost to the project. s.,st din ' Stones er rack frau ents .arver than 4 inches in t ei subgrader finension rdll not be psnnltted in e top 6 inches of grading=;era,ions corfo: ng to the typical cross section shall be completed and =jair.ea, at least :.:)0 feet ahead of the paving operationo. In cute, 3 - loc9c or p cding rocks c+n the tack dopes t;hall be barred -•r••.,~e rtr.lc,~i to line or fin{shed Erade of slope. All cut,-nnd- looae or w ;y (rev. sed tai the ei0;~e, cro:;s s:ctiofi, an,.t fill 1' r , p:a:.3 or as dir~.etei ly t c enrg.ineer. e UIV It Page c: 10/24/74 AC 150/5YIO- l0 ' 111:4 P-15i( :,r ;t'JnTIG'3 ADIU 1-1,U 1dY ,E. T Blauting, when neccooary, will be permitted only when proper precautions are taken for the protection and safety of all purr:ons, the work, and tk.e property. All damage done to the work or property shall be repaired at the contractor's expense. All operations of' the contractor in connection with the transportation, storage, and use of explosives shall be approved by the engineer. Any approval given will not relieve the contractor of his responsibility in blasting operations. 152-2.3 BORPOW EXCAVATION. When provided for in the proposal, borrow ■ exca.vation shall consist of excavation made from borrow areas within the limits of the airport property outside the normal grading limits, or from areas outside the airport when specified. Borrow area(s) 4rithin the airport property from which borrow may be obtained will be designated. Borrow excavation shall be made only at thead designated locations and within the horizontal and vortical limits as staked or as directed. On completion of borrow operations, the borrow area shall be finished to a neat and uniform grade acceptable to the engineer. When borrow sources are outside the boundaries of the airport property, it shall be the contraotor's responsibility to locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the engineer. The contractor shall notify the engineer, ouffieiently in advance of the beginning of excavation, so ' necessary measurements and tests can be made. All objectionable material shall be disposed of as directed. All borrow pits shall be opened up immediately to'expose the vertical face of various-etrata of acceptable material to enable obtaining a uniform product. Borrow pits shall be ' excavated to regular lines to permit accurate measurements and shall be drained and left in a neat and presentable condition with all slopes dressed uniformly. ' The borrow excavation shall be handled and placed as specified in these cpeoificatione for excavation and embankment. 152-2.4 DITCH n(CAVATIO:'4 Ditch excavation shall consist of excavating for drainage ditches such as intercepting, inlet or cutlet, tamporary leveo construction, or any other type as de3igned or as shown on the plans. The work-shall be performed in the proper sequence with the other construetio•,i, The location of all ditches or levees shall be established on the ground. All satisfactory material shall be placed in filled unsatisfactory material shall be placed in spoil areas or as directed. Waste or surplus material shall be disposed of as shown on plans or as directed. Intercepting di+,etIe3 DIV 11 Page 81 ' AC 1541 II i-I 'CAVATION W16 Isdiill!p3U-j i• ' shall to 2JL3-rjcted prior starting of ad,{acent excavation operations. All necaesa:- handwork e:-.all t: psrfonn. d to secure a finleh true to line, ' olevaticn, arJ cross section, as desitnated. Ditches c-.ins*ruated on the profe2t shall be maintained to the required cross section ,i -9'-all be ke,2t free frx:. debris or obstructiono until the pro,Ject is ace,, •ti, I-Taere nicesss y, ---Zficient oponins,u shall be provided through spoil tr_::3 to permit klra:ngce : =t ai,}acent lands. UrIless otherti,riac apecifiEd, no se-arate pay~-.I~rt *,__1 bu nade for ditch excavation other than for the scerial removed io:•. •:._11 be paid for at the unit price for "ilnolasa:::e~ Excavation," "Cc-.--:n Excavation," or "Solid Rock. Excavation," as the case ^.a;: be, if the Prap:aal includes classification of these excavated materials. 152-2,5 `r3 NARRATION OP AREA, Diibankment areas shall be cleared ' and grutoed :n accordance ti•.t: a requirements in Itcsa P••151. All depres- sions or :ales b3low the 6rauni surface, vrhether caused by gruobing or otherwise, sall be backf,_:.ed s.;th suitable material and compacted to ' ground s•zrface before the conet.r.etion of the embankment will be permitterl ;o star:. Irmediately prior to the placing of the fill materials, the entire area upon ' which tits &Ote_nknent is tc be Placed, except where limited by rock, shall be scari:`-e3 and broken by !.;ears of a disc harrow or plow, or other approved equipr er.., cz a depth of 6 :nohra*. Scarifying shall• be done approximately ' parallel :o ,ha axis of the f. All roots, debris, large stones, or objeeticnable Material they cause inter_"erence with the corpaction of the f:•w dation or fill Cha l to removed from the area and disposed of as ' directed. A thin layer (a;prcxi:_stel, 3 inches) of the fill rnrterial shall be spread over the scarified fo-::lation and the whole area compacted as requited in the specifications, ' Where err,.s--k,_ents are to be p:a._ on natural slopes stre;.or than 3,-to-3, horizontsl benches shall be c;-a-ructed as shown on the plrris o:• as directed by the enrg'-neer. Suitable exc-•e;ed material shall be incorporated in ' embanksnerr.s. Paj,. not will be r..a,?e for the material excavated at the unit price fc:^ ' No diree; pa;-.ent shall be :aaN;E - the work porformcd under thins section. The necaafa 21es-ing ens and ',no yard. !e rerr,;vcd or uecd will be paid for the respac ;::,e _ 2f vork ?age 82 bIV II AC IM"i P-1,'2 Fi:~.•.:r.T=?'' 7•L'{~'.-iw ~SJT 152-2.6 STRIPPING, All rius.i, ti r,,avy sods, heavy growth of Grans, decayed veecW-,..e +:,at-erp and &ny other urs,iitable material within the area upon t% e.°:o:_-;)crt is to be placed shall be stripped or otherwise removed be cse t:ic e:;.banrrnent is started, and in no cafe shall, ouch objectionable rA'Ier al Ce allowed in or under the embankment. No direct payment trill bo mada for stripp'hg. The yardage removed and disposed of shall be paid for at :.,.e contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclassified Excavation," or for "Cor.3:,cn Excavation," w4ien the latter classification is provided for in t::e o!.osal. 152-2.f FORMATION OF EMBA?MLldtS. Emcentimente s'.all be formed of satisfac- tory materials placed in successive horisontal layors of not more than 8 inches in lose depth for the full width of the cross section. The grading operations shall be conducted, and the various soil strata shall be placed, to produce a soil structure as shown on the typical cross section or as directed. All materials entering t?.e embarkment shall be reasonably freo of organic matter such as leaves, grass, roots, and other objectionable ' material. Soil, granular material, shale, and wiy other material permitted for use in embankment shall be spread in successive layers as specified. Operations on earthWork shall be suspended at any time when satisfactory results cannot be obtained because of rain, freezing weather, or other unsatisfactory conditions of the field. the contractor shall drag, blade, or slope the embankment to provide proper surface'drair,age. The material in the layers shall be of the proper noisturt content Wore rolling to obtain the prescribed co.",paeticn, Wetting or drying of the material and manipulation Vinen necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the layer shall be req a rpd, Should the material be too wet to permit proper compaction or rolling, all t;or? on all portions of the embankment thus affected shall be delayed until the material has dried to ' tho required moisture content, Sprinkling shall be done with approved equipment that will safficiently d_sTribute the water. Sufficient equipment to furnish the required water shall be available at all times. Samples of ' all embankment materials for test.-Lng, both before and after placement and compaction, will be taken at frequent intervals. From these tests, correc- tions, adjustments, and modifications o: nethods, materials, and moisture content will be made to construct the emban;-~r.:ent, 1 Rolling operationbshall be continued wrtil the emban3oaent ie compacted to not less than 95%0 for noncohesive soilei and 10% for cohesive soils of the DIV 11 Page 83 AC 150/„7:-_: 10/24/74 I_ F-152 r:,tCAVATIO:! A14D EMPITr -im maximta dens'_.y, at optL--..- e.ois :ura, as determined by the FAA conpaction control tests i-611. Un:i:r a.1 areas to be paved, the embarkment shall be compacted to the depths and .o t..e densities at optirmim moieture as shown on the plans or as epeeifted in the specifications, or, when not otherwise shown or speoified, to a --inLx= depth of 9 inches and to a density of not leae than 95,5, for cohesive soils, and 100% for noncohesive eoii.s, of the r.~ .b,%Zn Aensi+y at opti-,m.L- moie;;re as determined by the compaction control t teats speoif_ed in FAA T-611_. On all areas outside of the pavemen` areas, no compaction V-11 be require; on the top 4 inches. Any areas inaccessible to a roller shall be consolidate: and compacted by mechanical tampers. 1 During construction of the a^ca_r._r:ent, the contractor ohall route his equipment at all timer, be s:=.e~ loaded and when empty, over the 16 zrs as they are placed and a~,all : s-:ribute the travel evenly over the erktire width of the a=ba^:r,..:.ent. T'na equip-er.: shall be operated in such a mumer that hardpan, cawented gravel, :lay, or other chunky a-;±l material will be broken up into r-mall particles ar.d beco_e incorporated with the other material in t the layer. In the ccnatmation of erzban (mert.s, starting layers shall be placed in the ' deepest portt:n of the fi'=:= as placement progresses, layers sha:l be constn-io`,ed e;.pro.xirustely psrr?'_sl to the finished pavement grade line. When rock and other ernban:~=ent vaterial are excavated at apprnx,mately the same time, t o rock ehall be incorporated into the outer portion of the embankment t:r".3 the other -.ate ^ie_ shall be in.orporated under t'ne future paved areas. 3:ones or frai~:e :try rock larger than 4 inches in their ' greatest din.3naion will nc,: be allowed in the top 6 inches of the aubgrade. Roekfill s^a:2 1,4 brought =e =n layers as specified or as directed and every Wort she"-! be exec red "a fill the voids with the finer material to 'form a dense, cc:.pact mass, Ruck or boulders shall not be disposed of outside of the excavation or embaakment areas, except at places and in the manner desi.grated by the engineer. Frozen material shall not be p4-a2ed in the embankment nor shall erbwlwc nt be placed up-.- frozen materta:. t The contractor shall be ret;:)nsible for the stability of all Embankments made under ths. ccnTract ani replace any portion which, in the opinion of the eng;ineir, '.es b? c.s d:s;_9ced due to carolesrntss or negligence on the part cf '..5 :cr.ts^aotc:, There wi:.'_ ~s n-1 ssyarate r.eaa.tsa~.ent or payment for compacted embankment, and till in layers, compacting, di 9cin61 slatering, t Page ©4 DIV II ~rrar i 10/24/7 AC 1V)/5510-10 i 10,124/74 1 , 1 ® ~rr ITEM P-152 EY.CAVATION AND UUW'HI"M ! necessary operations of the erobarkments will be om damago by laying ' mixing, sloping, and other b needed. In no included in the contract price for excavation, borrow, or other items. k. If ruts are age or stockpiling ' When stockpiling of excavated material. and later rehandling of such teed. Until the a material is directed by the engineer in order to produce the specified surface course subgrade structure, the material shall be paid, ror it the contro~ unit > > price per cubic yard for i'Unol.aeeified Eveavaioni' o: "Common Excavatioa.i' directly for haul 152-2.8 EQtTIT . The contraotQ x ma'y, qs' a m1Y tYPQ of eVth-movW9 P e necessary and compaction, and watering equipment he may deair$ has at hie disposal, the ' provided the equipment is in a,eatit~isradtory corditioh "and i~0`of such ca~aoity ~ payyitens of that the construction schedule: can be main,tai4A 'a6 'planbed 'bpi -f9d, "Contfl of e and as approved by the engineer iii accordan'oe with the total calendar days or working days bid for the construotion. The contractor shall furnish, opprat6, and maintain such equ pmjnt as i, n@,@ssary tpr~ontr,ol uniform d%nrsity, layers, section, and 8p 0 tX►!1e4o , f ` d 'se or base course is fmoothness that, when angles to l at right inch, or t a ...ti rTF`S 'Or'i nteaa' 1„2,9 pg +~ON F ya tbli of shed b ads t to be paved, thJ peoified dep r►,L`u re'9~ ' 4."p f•'W6 °At~ beehall° shall be corrected ¢ tr1e uhf&~ ahAii` be compaoted to the denaity epgA~~ a 1;^W'bn3*0e tid ; thb ~ and recompactinb by 4 o }r~b'~ ~6 true to the linesp grades, an~~lse4tea, duets, and other directed by the agineer. After a `dra s, two t Y}ave been as, the surface t ,t~ p;•~ l , underground appal(trnances alen g dgestox der ~th~~pe~lfie completed, the subgrade shall p 'aLt flan 0.10 of a foot less tLan 959 y fit rtbt derkit for coh4y, Q e f;'1 ` 4'dnFb a i~ ~b~ls, tion in excess of tiT 61 , , 1b~ i he d%vnpaotio q. n~. rol koj~t , ¢ e led 1 1 } as determined by y emoving materials, irregularities or'depre~~elons 3#~;yelop; w~dbr io'1~1'irg sre~l bb'cBYd by loosening the materW. at ese p aces'8nd addinAgnYr r~ion,ofrtreplacing ' material until thb surface is smooth and uniform. area which is not accehsible to a roller Shall be oompaoted to the required d, as shown on density by approved meehanioal4mpe~`e.'""lie tst,erial shall be sprinkled with l stripping or other water during rolling or tamiing, titan directod,by the engineer. Oents of Item T-905 ' ~ •f excavation or All soft and yielding material and cm4teriai which wilItnoeteco rpi~er re ly d final section of when rolled or tep6d shall re~►gved a9 rioted by, replaced with sui at approved locations. op4ratibna are, tbMp,e a 'At areas and shall table xmaterial,,; a tee °dismer i~ori %Ail,. be` all loose stones ~iarger than,ri~e9 •i1 th~i~' , wled ; ry excavation or removed from the surface of a ~y~P1j,. dviraded QaVbil n, ;aiais Wd'dibpo ` of as directed by' the engineer. ~,,.,,i1 . , At all times, the top of the gy~ 60411 Ob, 11 _kbpt in auc, 'dbnditidn that oil shall be handled , A l'''ar o'l r the engineer shall it will drain r0adily and effeotiv N.; & h dli'r r»Ateriala td 1 1 DIY TI Page 85 DIV II t ~.rr 1 r Ac 154/5370- i0 to/24/(4 ' ITE74 F-1~?. :::C =1J:' r 'D 1:ITA.lfh7'01T ' set grade stakes for grr dlm: a ft„a sJ 'r+ boils tut and fill. to that the topsoil will be placed at the niz Fd plan elevation. ' No dtrect payment will be made for .x;soil as ouch under Itcm P-152• The quantity removed and placed or Nice::pi_ed shall be paid for at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Vnc_assified Excavation," or for "Common ' Excavation" when the latter class'lficati,.n is provided in the proposal. When topsoil is paid for under Item P-152, as excavation, no payment shall be made for the same work under Iten T-905• W,'hen stockpiling of topsoil and later rehandling of such material is directed by the engineer to produce the spec fled soil s tTpri ee, heum terial for rehandlod shall be paid for at - r "Unclassified Excavation," or for "Corar.on Excavation" when the latter classification is provided in t,:o p+oio sal• ' Method of Zeasurement r 1 2- .l The yardage paid for shall be the niinber of cubic yards measured Pay r-Vs be compute to the lines its original method position. staked, by the m averageFandtareashoflmaterias acceptablynexcavated st and stripped as specified. Measurement shall not include the yardage of material excavated without authorization beyond normal slope ::nes, or the yardage of material used r for purposes other than those dirE::ed, 1 2- .2 Stockpiled material paid f:r shall be the nuwnber of cubic yards meaew'ed by cross sectioning Cne ,anti surface prior to the placing of the soon aid later shallebescomputelnby6the m3thod of bareaseen Pay Qn~ 1 2- Borrow material paid for shall be the number of cubic be r measured in its original position in excavation, and pay quantities Borrow shall be classified as computed by the method of average end areas. "Unclassified Excavation" or as "Corrron Excavation," if the latter classification is included in the psoposali or as "Borrow" when this classification is included in the proposal. r IiIY II Page,.,7 r A t - 7 -1M AC i = -.1 10/24/7- ITFOI P-l52 El MATION AND FMA W2M Sasiq of Payment 1 152-4•: ?.;giant shall be rAde at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Unclaszi.i:•; Excavation." price shall be full compensation for ' furnie*- rM materials, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to co l:e:e to item. l 2_I-y2 ?s;-srit shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for "Como:: I::rzatlon," 71is price shall be full compensation for furnishing all rwzeri_:s, labor, ei;u.ppment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the itew. ?a;-ent shall. tie mads at the contract unit pried per cubic yard for "Solid :,.:k Excavation," finis price shall be full compensation for furnishing all mater'%2 s, labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete ',he itG_. 152-4.L ?a;`-ent shall ba sad-i at the contract unit price per cubic yard for t grow Zx.avation." This pr,,.e shall be full. compensation for furnishing all rsa:e::e s, -abor, equio:aent, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the ite=, .rill be made un.deri 7-1-2-4.1 Unclassified Excavation--per cubic yard, ~-t . ?-..;2-4.2 Cc :son Excavation---per cubic yard. - trj%. P-152-4, 3 Sold Rock Excavation--per cubic yard, ?-152-4.4 Rorioar Excavation--per cubic yard. TzSTIVI AIM FATERIAL RERUIRE4DITS Test an s':.:r-t title Materi._ end short title - ` FAA -~:r.a None DIV II Page A. _./5370 -10 ]0/24/74 ITE74 P-153 WATERING Description ' .1 Tt►ia item shall consist of furnishing and applying t :er required in 1Bcompaction of embankments, subgradea, subbases, base caurs_s, a:id for other purposes in accordance with the requirements of theEe specifications or as directed by the engineer. Construction Methods 153-2,1 Water, when required, shall be applied at the locaticns, -+i the amounts, and during the hours, including nights, as directed cy engineer. An adequate water supply shall be provided by the contractor. .t:e equipment assure the design aater f in ample te &mounts y diand of rected bjsuch e.'n.eer. wed l'lica io of shall uniform app Method of Measurement The units of watering to be paid for shall be the nu ^er cf 1,000•- e gallon units of water, measured in the vel.dele at the point of delivery on the airport, and used as ordered. i Basis of Payment i 153-4.1 Payment snail be made at the contract unit price per " --gallon unit for watering. This price shall be full comppnFation for nwr ~911ing all materials, lator, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessarl to cc--plate the item. When the bid schedule does not contain an estimated quantitf fcr-,%&tering, tho performance of this work including providing and rain•tair:ng smtar plant(s), shall not be paid for directly but shell be considered as a subsidiary obligation of tho contractor covered under other eoLtract item. Payment will be made underi Item P-153.4.1 Watering - per 1,000-gallon unit. DIV It page 69 AC 150/5.370-10 10/24/'14 I a.*1 P-153 WATc" RTIG TEST-MG A:7D ihTERIAL RhQOIRE EaS Teat and short title Ma"rial rind short title None None a d Pago 00 Vzv F1 10/24/74 AC 150/551u-10 1T1,14 P-154 surpmi, couRsE Description ' 154-1,1 This item shall con3iVt of a seiobase course composed of granular materials constructed on a prepared subtrade or widerlying ccurce in accord- ance with these specifications, and in oonformity with the dimensions and typical cross section sho4m on the plans, aj4 with the lines and grades established by the engineer. Materials 154-2.1 MA3'F~I". The sunase material shill consist of hard durable par- ticlee or fragments of granular aggregates. This material will. be mixed or blended with file sand, clay, atone dust, or other similar binding or filler materials produced from approved sources. This mixture met be uniform and shall comply with the requirements of these specifica- tions as to gradation, soil constants, and shall be capable of being coml.>a.oted into a dense arai stable subbase. Tho material shall be free from. vegetable matter, lwmps or excessive. amounts of clay, and other objectionable or foreign subetancee. Pit-run material my be used, provided the material meets the requirements specified. TAMP 1. - GRp.DATION pMDUMCS Percentage by weight Sieve designation (square openings) - passing as per AASHO T 11 and T 27 sieves 100 3-inch - - 20-100 No. 10 No. 5-6U No* 22(6 - - - 0- 15 i pace yl ~ ntv 11 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 B . P-15:1 SOBASE COURSE The porti:,n of the material tZc'ng the No. 110 sieve :,hall have a liquid limit of not r..ore than 25 P--' a plasticity index of not more than 6 when ' tested in accor cLance with IJ,S::C , 89 and T 90. in those cases wthere frost penetration is a problem, th-3 maximum amount of material finer than 0.02 w.. in diameter shall be less than 3%. Construction Methods 'J )54-3.1 GENERAL. The subbaes course shall be placed where designated on ' the plane or as directed by the engineer. The material shall be shaped and thorough), compacted within the tolerances specified, Granular subbases which, due to grain sizes or shapes, are not sufficiently stable to support without movement the construction equipment, shall be mechanically stabilized to the depth necessary to provide such stability as directed by t1vi engineer. The mechanical stabilization shall principally include the addition of a fine-grained medium to bind the particles of the subbase material suffioiently to furnish a bearing strength, so that the course will no. deform tutder the traffic of the construction equipment. , The addition of the binding *e diun to the subbase naterial shall not incrrase the soil constants of tha+, material above the limits specified, 7,54-3.2 OPFz-(AT1014 IN PITS. r11 ,r,)rk ir.vulvpd in clearing and stripping pits and handling u:suitable material e;icountered ►1hall be performed by the con- tractor at his own expenso, :he to aase mat,r:.al shall be ribtainod from pits or sources that have been - vroved, Tho mater Lal in the pits shall be excavated and hoi,,,+led iy, , ch manner that a uniform and satisfactory product can be becured. 154--3,3 gU.;P:MrP, All equipment necessary for the proper construction of this work stall be on the project, shall be in first--:lass working condition, ' and shall have been approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. Provision shall be r4do by the contractor for furnishing Crater at the site of the work using equipment of a:,iple capacity and design to assure uniform application. ' Page 92 DIV 11 10/24/711 AC #50/5370-;0 1 .i'1ETt P-154 SUBBASE COURSE ' ho processing equipment shall be designed, constructed, and operated and hall have sufficient capacity to thoroughly mix all materials and water in ,he proportions required to produ:e a subbase course of the gradation and onsistency required. 54-3.4 PREPARING UNDER YYIIG COURSE. Before any subbase material is placed, :he underlying course shall be prepared acid conditioned as specified. The !ourse shall be checked and accepted by th•a engineer before placing and spreading operations are stAirbad. irade control between the edE..s of the pavement shall be by means of grade itakea, steel pins, er forms paced in lanes parsllol to the centerline of :he pavement and at interval3 which will permit string linee or check Boards to be placed between the stake3, pins, or forris. ro protect the subgrade and to i.nsuro proper drainage, the spreading; of the subbase shall begin along Via cen±orline of the pavement on a crowned eection 3r on the high side of pavements with a one-way slope. ~54-3,,,5 MATERIALS ACCEPTARLE IN &Y-MING CONDITION. When the entire subbase naterAal is secured in a uniform and satiefaotory condition and cuntains approxi.mately the required moisture, such approved material may be moved directly to the spreading equipment fo,, placing. The material may be obtain- ed from gravel pits, stockpiles, or may be psoduoed from a crushing and screening plant with the proper blending., The materials from these sources shall meet the requirements for gradation, quality, and consistency. it is the intent of this section of the specifications to secure materials that will not require further raixing. The moisturo content of the material shall be ' approximately that required to obtain maxb= density. Any minor deficiency or excess of moisture may be corrected by surface sprinkling or by aeration. In such instances, some mixing or manipulation may be required, immadi.atoly preceding the rolling, to obtain the required moisture content. The final operation shall be Wading or dragging, if ne ossary, to obtain a smooth uniform surface true to line and grade. l 4-3.6 PLANT =DIG. When materials, from several sources are to ba blended and mixed, the subbase material shall be procossod in a central. or cravol mixing plant. The subbaso mrtorial, together wits, any blended m•►terial, shall be thoroughly mixed with tho required amount of uitfer. After the m3.ring is complete, thn material shall lie tra,,sported to and :proad on the underlying course without undue loss of the moisturo content. DIV lI Page 93 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITE:-i P-354 SUBBASE COURSE. 154-3.7 MIXED LI PLACE. 'hen rwterials from different sources are to be proportioned and crsxed or blended in place, the relative proportions of the components of the rdxture shall be as designated by the engineer. The subbase material shall be deposited and spread evenly to a uniform thickness and width. Shen the binder, Filler or other material shall be deposited and spread evenly over the first layer. There shall be as many layers of materials added as the engineer may direct to obtain the required ,subbase mixture. ' When the required amount of materials have been placed, they shall be thoroughly mixed and blended by means of approved graders, discs, harrows, rotary tillers, supplemented by other suitable equipment if nocassery. The mixing shall continue until the mixture is uniform throughout. Areas of segregated material shall be correo'.:,d by the addition of binder or filler material and by thorough remixing. Water in the amount and as direated by the engineer shall be unifonO.y applied prior to and during the mixing operations, if necessary, to maintain the raterial at its required r ',store content, When the nixing and blending has been completed, the material shall be apread in a uniform layer which, when compacted, will meet the requirements of thickness and typical cross section, 154-).8 GENERAL, ROMOD3 FOR PLACING, The subbase course shall be constxuot.- od in layers, Any layer shall be not less than 3 inches nor more than 8 inches of compacted thickness. The materials as spread, shall be of ' urd.form gradation with no pockets of fine or coarse materials. The subbase, unless otherwise perrdtted by this engineer, shall not be spread more than 2,000 square yards in advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept within this lir,3t. No material shall. be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen course. When more than one layer is required, the constriction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer. During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, shoulder, or foreign material in the subbase course adxture, 154•;3. FINISHMO AIM COi,S'A+,TI]IG. Af ter t,preading or mixing, the subbase material shall be thoroug,ily compacted by rolling and sprinkling, when ' necessary, Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to adequately handle the rate of placing and epreadinn of the subbase course. Paeb 94 DIV It 'f 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM 2-154 SUBBAsE t'oUnsp, Rolling shall progress gradually from the sides to the cr.,nter of the lano wi,ler construction, or from on? side toward previously prated material, by lapping uniformly each preceding track by at least 12 isiehes. The rolling ' shall continue until the material is thoroughly sot and stable, and the subbase material has been compacted to not less than 100% of maximum density at optimum moistura as determined by the compaction control tests specified in FAA T-611. Blading and rolling shall be done alternattily, as required or directed, to obtain, a smooth, even, and uniformly compacted subbase. The course shall not be rolled when the underlying courso is soft or yielding ' or when the rolling causes undulation in the subbase, When the rolling develops irregularities that exceed I inch when tested with a 16-foot straightedge, the irregular surface shall be loosened and then refilled with the same kind of material as that used in constructing the course and again rolled as required above. ' Along places inaccessible to rollers, the subbase material shall be tamped ttoroughly with mechanical or hand tampers. Sprinkling during rolling, if necessary, shall be in the amount and by equipment approved by the engineer. Water shall not be added in such a manner or quantity that free water grill reach the underlying layer and cause it to become soft, ' 11--3.10 SURFACE TEST. After the course is completely compacted, the ' surface shall be tested for smoothness and accuracy of grade and crown; any portion found to lacy; the required smoothness or to fail in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise rwUpulatrd as the engineer may direet until the required smoothness anti ' accuracy are obtained. 7ne finished surface shall not vary more than I inch when tested with e 16-foot straightedge applied parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. 1 154-3.11TIUCKNESS. The thickness of the completed subbase course shall be determined by depth tests or cores taken at intervals so each toot shall represent no more than 500 square yarcls. When the deficiency in thickness is mare than I inch, the contractor shall corroct such areas by scarifying, adding satisfactory mixturo, rolling, sprinkling, reshaping, and finishing 1 in accordance with those specifications. The contractor shall replace at hts expense the nubbaso material where Lorings arcs taken fc,z, test purposes. DIY II Paso 91i I I t AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM P-154 SUBWE COURSE 154-3.12 PROTECTION. Worst on subbase course shall not be conducted during freezing temperature nor when the subgrade is wet. When the subbase material contains frozen material or when the underlying course is frozen, the con- ' struotion shall be stopped. 154-3.13 KWHENANCE. Following the final shaping of the material, the ' subbase shall be maintained throughout its entire length by the use of standard motor graders and rollers until, in the Judgement of the engineer, ` the subbase meets all roq;airements and is acceptable for the construction ' of the next course. j Method of Measurement 1 4.l The yardage of subbase course to be paid for shall be the number of ' cubic yards of subbase course material placed, compacted, and accepted in the completed course. The quantity of subbase course material shall be measured in final position based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed by the engineer, or at the rate of 1 depth teat for each 500 square yards of subbase course, or by means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot. On individual depth ' measurements, thicknesses more than j inch in excess of that shown on the plans shall be considered as the specified thickr--,s plus I inch in comput- ing the yardage for payment. Subbase materials shall not be included in any other excavation quantities. Basis of Payment 154-5.1 Payment shal] be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for subbase course. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materialsi for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these materialsi and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the ' item. Payment will be made underi ' Item P-154-5.1 Subbase Course--per cubic yard. Page 96 DIV Ii 1 X0/2!+/74 A 1 I mm P-154 SUBBASE COURSE. TESTING AND ASATERIAL REQUIRRIMITS Test and Short Title Material and Short Title AASHO T 11 do T 27--Gradation Rone AASHO T 89--Liquid Limit AASHO T 90--Plastic Limit, and Plasticity Index I hAA 111-611--Density i 1 11 I 1 I 1 I DIY It Pa;;,: 91 (Accerve Pai„~ 1 AC 150/53To-10 1 ' ITE14 P-155 1XIE-TREATED SUWtRAI)E Descr.,n Lion 155-1.1 This item shall consist of constructing one or more courses of a mixture of soil, lime, and wat3:• in accordance with this specification, and in conformity with the lines, geades, thicknesses, and typical cross sections shown on the plans or established by the engineer. Materials ' 155-2.1 HYDRATED LU E. Hydrated lime shall conform to the requirements of ASTM C-207, Type N. 155-2.2 COI+[MCIAL LIME _ SLURRY. Commercial lime eltu~ry shall be a pumpable suspension of solids in water. Tho water or liquid portion of the slurry shall not contain dissolved material in sufficient quantity ' naturally injurious or objectionable for the purpose intended. Tlie solids portion of the mixture, when considered on the basis of "solids content," shall consist principally of hydrated lime of a quality and fineness sufficient to meet the following requirements as to chemical composition and residue. (a) Chemical composition. The "solids Fontent" of the lime slurry shall consist of a -minimum of 70%0 by weight, of calcium and magnesium j ' oxides. (b) Residue. The percent by weight of residue retained in the "solids content" of lime slurry shall conform to th,i following requirementst Retiiduo retained on a No, 6 (3360-micron) sieve Max. 0.0;8 ' Residi.ie retained on a No. 10 (2000-micron) sieve Max. 1.0% Residue retained on a No. 30 (590-micron) Max, 2. sieve----------•---_-- :w Parr, 9'l DIY II r AC 150/5370-10 IO/c^4/7 i e ITEM P-155 LIME-MATED SUBORADE ' (c) Grade. Cammorcial lime slurry shall conform to one of the following two grades% Grade 1. The "dry solids content" shall be at least 31% by weight, of the slurry. Grade 2. The "dry solids content" shall be at least 35+, by weight, of the slurry. ' 12. WATER. Water used for mixing or curing shall be reasonably clean acid free of oil, salt, acid, alkali, sugar, vegetable, or other substances injurious to the finished product. Water shall be tested in accordance, with and shall meet the suggested requirements of AASHO T 26. Water known -to be of potable quality may be used without test. ' 155-2.4 SOTI. The soil for this wr±rk shall consist of materials on the site or selected materials from other sources and shall bo uniform in quality and gradation, and shall be approved by the engineer. The soil shall be free of roots, sod, weeds, and stones larger than 2 1/2 inches. Composition 355-.:_l LI1+fE. Lime shall be applied at tho rate specified on the plans for t the depth of subgrade treatment shown. 155-1.2 TOLERANCES. At final compaction, the lime and wester content for each course of subgrade treatment shall conform to the following tolerances; MAterial Tolerance Lime 0.5% Water------ 2a -0% Page 100 )7IV I X 10/24/74 AC 150/15370-10 IT04 P-155 i,IMFrTRFATED SUMRADE Weather Limitations 155-4.1 WE,A71M LIMITATIONS. The lime-treated subgrade shall not be mixed ' while the atmospheric tonpersture is below 400F. or when conditions indicate that temperatures may fall below 404F. within 24 hours, when it is foggy or rainy, or when soil or subgrade is froien. ' Equipment 155-5.1 UI&I M The equipment required shall include all equipment necessary to complete this item such asi grading and scarifying equipment, 1 a spreader for the lime or lime slurry, mixing or pulverizing equipment, sheepsfoot and pneumatic or vibrating rollers, sprinkling oqui.pment, truekd, and truck scales. All machinery, tools, and equipmont shall be on the site and approved by the engineer prior to the beginning of construction operations and shall be maintained in a satisfactor/ working condition throughout the construction period. Construction Methods 155•6.1 GENERAL. It is the primary requirement of this specification to secure a completed subgrade containing a uniform lime mixture, free from looms or segregated areas, of uniform density and moisture content, well bound for its full depth, and with a smooth surface suitaole for placing subsequent courses. It shall be the responsibility of the contractor to regulLte the sequence of his work, to use the proper emoim t of lime, ' nuLintain the work, and rework the courses as necessary to meet the above requirements. Prior U) beginning any lime treatment the subgrade shall be constructed and brought to grade as specified in Itera P-152 "Excavation and Embankment" and shall be shaped to conform to the typical sections, lines, and grades as shown on the plans or as established by the engineer. The material to be treated shall then bs excavated to the secondary grade (proposed bottom of lime treatment) and removed or windrowed to expose the secondary grade. Any wet or unstable materials below the secondary grade shall be ' corrected, as directed by thu engineer, by scarifying, adding lime, and compacting until it is of uniform otability. The excavated material shall then be spread to the desired cross section. ' DIV lI Pai;e 101 1 I r AC 150/5370-10 10/24/71, ITEM P-155 LJ3$FrT'RFMED SUDGRADE ' If the contractor elects to use a cutting and Wiverizing machine that will remove the subgrade material accurately to the secondary grade and pulverize the material at the same time, he will not be required to expose the yE secondary grade nor windrow the material. Howover, the contractor shall be required to roll the subgrade, as directed by the engineer, and correct any soft areas that this rolling may reveal before using the pulverizing machine. This method will be permitted only where a machine is provided which will insure than the material is cut uniformly to 'he proper depth and which has cutters that will plane the secondary grt.is to e, smooth surface over the entire widt'n of the cut. The machine must give visible indication at all times that it is cutting to the proper depth. 5-6.2 APPLICATION. Lime shall be spread only on that area where the first mixing operations can be completed during the same working day. the application and nixing of lime with the soil shall be accomplished by the methods hereinafter described as "Dry Placing" or "Slurry Placing." When hydrated lime is specified, the contractor may use either method. I (a) Pa placing. The lime shall be spread uniformly over the top I of the subgrade by an approved screw-type spreader box or other approved spreading equipnent. The amount of lime spread shall be the amunt required for mixing to the specified depth which will result in the i percentage determined in the ,fob mix formula. ~ The lime shall be distributed in such manner that scattering by wind will be minimal. Lime shall not be applied when wind conditions, in the opinion of tto engineer, are detrimental to a proper application. A motor grader shall not be used to spread the lime. The material shall be 1 sprinkled, as directed by the engineer, until the proper moisture content has been reached. (b) Slurry placinit. The lime shall be mixed with water in trucks a with approved distributors and applied as a thin water suspension or slurry. Cocmerciai liras slurry shall be applied with a lime percentage not less than that applicable for the grade used. The distribution of lime shall be attained by successive passes over a measured section of subgrade until the proper amount of lime has been spread. The amount of lime spread shall b6 the amount required for rA xin,g to the specified depth which will ' result in the percentage determined its the job mix formula. The distributor trunk shall continual:y ag'tate the slurry to keep the mixture unifoiTn. I Pane 102 D. ti' 7 J 10/24/'74 AC 151/5;70-10 IT01 P-155 LIIf1E:-TRFV17LD SulioRADn 1~ ( MIXING. The :nixing procedure shall be the same for "Dry Placing" or "Slurry }'lacing" as hereinafter described; (a) Lirst m.ixtng. The full depth of the trev,ted subgrade shall be mixed with an approved mixing, machine. Lime shall not to left exposed for more than six hours. The nixing machine --hall make two coverages. Water shall be added to the subgrade during mixing] to provide a moisture content above the optiuntm moisture content of the material and to insure chemical action of the lime and subgrade. After missing, the vubgrade shall be lightly rolled to seal the surface and help prevent evaporation of moisture. The water content of the subgrade mixture shall be maintained at a moisture content above the optimum nno4:sture content for a minimum of 48 hours or until the material becomes .friable. During the curing period, the material shall be sprinkled as directed. During the interval of time between application and mixing, lame that has been exposed to the ripen air for 6 hours or more, or to excessive lose duo to washing or blowing will not be accepted for payment. (b) Final mixing. After the required curing, time, the material shall be uniformly missed by approved methods. If the mixture contains clods, they shall be reduced in size by blading, discing, harrowing, scarifying, or the use of other approved pulverization netbods cio that the remainder of the clods shall meet the following requirements when tested dry by laboratory ,-,iew3s: Percent Mini:auni of clods passing 1 112 inch sieve 100 Minirmun of clods passing No. 4 sieve 60 is 6.4 COMPACTION, Compaction of the mixture shall begin immediately after final mixing. Tho material sha11 be aerated or sprinkled as nvicesaary to provide optimum moiatu.'a. Compaction rhr~uld begin at the bottom and shall continue until the entire depth of mixture is un•iibrmly compacted. The entire thickness of the treated subgrade shall be compacted to a density of at least 93% of maxi:nwn dfmsity at optimum mo~r,ture, as determined by the compae±ion control testes in Item T-611. I The material st?all_ bo sprinkled and rolled as directed by 1;he engineer. All irregularities, depri?s sions, or weak spots which develop shall be corrected immediately by searify.Lng the areas affected, adding or rer.+oving material as °equired, and reshaping and recompacting; by spr:.nklinge and rolling. The nurfe.co of the course shall be maintained in a smooth condition, free from undulations and rut.9, until other °.4ork is placed thereon or the Mork is accepted, DIV II Pori X03 AC 150/5370-10 i0/24/'()l -'-':1 2'-155 L11XN',-TR1iAiED SUMf'AD;: i In a.c.dition to t'.._ requirements specified for density, the full depth of the material sho,,n on the plans shall be compacted to the extent necessary to runain firm and stable under construction equipmRnt. After each section is c(xipleted, tests vill be made by the engineer. If the material fails to meet the density requirements, it shall be reworked to meet these require- ments. Uhroughout this entire operation, the shape o: the c,o+arscs shall be ' maintained by hlading, and the surface upon completion ehall, be smooth and shall conform with the typical section shown on the plans and to the established lines and grades. Should the material, du-.t to any reason or cause, lose tie required stability, density, and finish before the next course is placed or the work is accepted, it shall bu recom5aoted and refinished at the sole expense of the contrator, " n,,~:6. FINISHING AND CURIN0. After the final layer or +:ouvao of lime-treated subgrade has been compacted, it shall be brought to the required lines and grades in accordance with the typical sections. The completed section shall then be finished by rolling, as direoted, with a Inleumatio or other suitable roll:r saffi.ciently light to prevent hair cracking. Tho finished surface shall nct vary more than 318 inch mhen tested with a 16--foot straightedge applied parallel with and at right angles to the pw,iement centerline. Any variations in excess of this tolerance shall b9 corrected by the contractor, at his own expense, Jn a manner satisfactory to the engineer. Tho completed section shall be moist-cured for a mininram of 7 days before flrrther courses are added or any traffic is permitted, unless otherwise directed by the engineer, Subsequent courses shall be applied within III days after the lime-treated subgrade is cured. 15rr6,6 TdickwrsS. The thickness of the lime--treated subgrade shall be determined by depth tests or oores taken at intervals so that each test shall represent no more than 300 square yards. When the base deficiency is more than 1/2 inch, the contractor shall corrept such areas in a manner satisfactory to the engineer. Th.i contractor shall replace, at his expense, the base material where borings are taken for test purposes. Page 104 U111 11 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-155 LIME-TRFATED SUBGRADF 155-6.,j MAWEWCE. The contractor shall maintain, at his own pym^n;,a, the eritire lime-treated subgrade in good condition from the start of work until all the work has teen completed, cured, arA accepted by the engineer. Method of Measurement 155-7.1 The yardage of lime-treated subgrade to be paid for shall be the number of square yards completed and accepted. 155-7.2 The amount of lime to be paid for shall be the number of pounds of hydrated lime (or the calculated dry-lime content of the lime slurry) vsed as authorized. Basis of Payment 1 X3.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square yard for the lime--treated subgrade of the thickness specified. The price shall be full ewpennation for furnishing all material, except the lime, and for sll preparation, delivering, placing and raixi.ng these materials, and all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item. 15k8.2 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per pound of ' lime. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing this material= for all dcliveiy, placing and incorporation of this materiall and for all labor, equipment, toolrr, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be mide underi Item P-155-8.1 Lime-treated subgrade--per square yard. Item P-155-8.2 Lime--rj*+r ton. 1 ' DIV 11 Paf:e 105 ' AC 1%/5370-30 10/24/74 ITFN -155 LIIS-TREATED S'UBGRADE t TESTING; AND IA-IUI.LSL REQ,-T7R,4 TNI'S Test and short tile Material and short title A.ASHO T26--Water AS'111 C 207--Lime FAA T-611--Density 1 j I Page 106 DIV 11 i~ ITEM P-209-CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSK All Paragraphs under Item P-209-Crushed Aggregate Base Course shall apply with the following modifications: ' 209-2.1 AGGREGATE. On Page 146,dolete the paragraph preceding Table 1, Requirements for Gradation of Aggregate and substitute the following: The crushed aggregate shall meet the requirements of the gradation shown in Column B in the following table when tested with AASHO T11 and T27. r 0 w r r10/24174 AC 150/5370-10 1 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE PAISE COURSE 1 Description 209-1.1 This item shall consist of a base course composed of crushed aggregates constructed on the prepared underlying course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the dimensions and typical cross section shown on the plans and with the lines and grades established by the engineer. r Materials 209-2.1 _.AGGREGATE. The aggregate shall be either crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag. The fine aggregate shall be screenings obtained from crushed stone, gravel, or slag. The crushed atone shall consist of hard, durable particles or fragments of ' atone, free from dirt or other objectionable matter, and shall contain not more than 8% of flat, elongated, soft, or disintegrated pieces. ~The crushed gravel shall consist of hard durable stones, rocks, and boulders crushed to specified sizes and shall be free from excess flat, elongated, soft or disintegrated pieces, dirt, or other objectionable matter, The method used in production of crushed gravel shall be such that the finished product shall be as uniform as practicable. The crushing of the gravel shall result in a product, all of shich will be retained on a No. 4 mesh sieve, and shall have at least 90% by weight of particles with at least two fractured faces and IW% by weight of particles with rit leant one fractured face. If necessary, the gre,vel shall be screened before ezushing to meet this requirement or to elijwLnate an excess of fine particles. All stones, ' rocks, and boulders of inferior quality occurring in the pit shall be wasted. The crushed slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag and shall consist of angular fragments reasonably uniform in density and quality and shall be reasonably free from thin, elongated, or soft pieces, dirt, end other objectionable matter. It shall weigh not leas than 70 pounder per cubic foot, as determined by AASHO T 19. The crushed aggregate shall have a percent of wear not more than 45 at 500 revolutions, as determined by AASHO T 90 (i,os Angeles Rattler Test). 1 DIV II Page 145 ' AC 170/7370-10 10/24174 I117-1 P-239 CRUS!LED AGGWIXJ'F: TW%E COURSE The ,ru.;hed aggregate chill not show c•vidonce of diolnteKrat'.un nor show a ' total 7 o a greater t'ian ; 2;', t;:. o,n subjected to `i uyel ec of the sodium sulptiatc accelerated snunrinesr ,.est using AASHO T 104. All material passing the No. 4 mesh sieve produced in the crushing operation ' of either the stone, gravel, or slag shall be incorporated in the base material unless there is an excessive amour which, if included, would not meet the gradation rectiirements. A The crushed aggregate shall meet the requirements of one of the gradatiors given in the following table when tested in accordance with AASHO T 11 and T 27. ' Table 1.--Requirements for Gradation of Aggregate . Percentage by %veisht passing sieves Sieve designation A B C (square openi»xs) 2" maximum Ph Op maximum 1" maximum l~f~ Inch 100 ' 1 inch I Inch _ 66-85 70-95 100 0% inch 60-80 65-85 70-100 1 o. 4 Y- ------80--60 80-60 36- 66 N No. 40 10-26 14-26 lb- 26 No. 200 A-10 3-10 a- 10 ' The gradations in tha table represent the limits which shall determine suitability of aggregate for use from the sources of supply. The final gradations decided on within the limits designated in the table shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one 1\ sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieves o: vice versa. The amount of the fraction of material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve shall not exceed one half the fraction passing the )Jo. 40 mesh sieve. The portion of the base aggregate, including any blended material, passing the No. 40 mesh sieve shall have a liquid limit of not more than 25 and a plasticity index of not more than 6 i4hen tested in accordance with WHO T and T 90. The selection of Any of the gradations shown in the table shall be such that the maximum size aggregate used in wV course shall not be more than two ' thirds the thi6ness of the layer of course being constructed. Fags 146 DIV 11 t tea, 10/24/74 LC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BASE COURSE; 202--22..2 ADDITIOXkL FINE MATERIAL. If additional fine material, in excess ' of that naturally present in the base course material, is necessary for correcting the gradation to the limitations of the specified gradation, or for the satisfactory bonding of the base material, or for changing the soil ' constants of the material passing the No. 110 mesh sieve, it shall be uniformly blended and mixed with the base course material at the rushing plant or by an approved plant. There shall be no reworking or the baeb ' course material in-place to obtain the specified gradation. The additional fine material for this purpose shall be obtained from the crushing of stone, gravel, or slag and when used, shall be of a gradation as necessary to accomplish the specified gradation in the final mixed base course material. I Construction Methods 209-3.1 OPERATION AT SOURCES OF SUPPLY. All work involved in hearing and ' stripping (1 quarries and pits, including the handling of unsuitable material, ' shall be performed by the contractor at his own expanse. The base material shall be obtained from approved sources. The material shall be handled in a manner that shall secure a uniform and satisfactory product. 203-3r2 UIPN M. All equipment necessary for the proper construction of t this work shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. I f M2-3. PREPARING UNDERLYING COURSE. The underlying course shall be checked and accepted by the engineer before placing and spreading operations are started. Any arts or soft, yielding places caused by improper drainage ' conditions, hauling, or any other cause, shall be corrected and rolled to the required compaction before the base course is placed thereon. I ' Grade control between the edges of the runways shall be accomplished by grade stakes, steel pins, or forms placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the pavement and at intervals sufficiently close that string lines or c1:-ck boards may be placed between the stakes, pine, or forms. To protect thu underlying course and to insure proper drainage, the, spreading of the bane shall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned section or on the higth side of the pavement with a one-way slope. ' DIV II sister AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' PR74 F-209 CRUSI*FD AGGREGATE' 'LW;E' CfAMSE t 209-3.4 PLANT IUX. The base material shall bar uniformly olended during crushing operation3 or inixed in an approved plr.nt. The type of plant my be either a central proportioning, and mixing plant or, a traveling plant. The plant ohall blend and snix the materials to meet there specifications and to secure tho proper moisture content for compaction. ' 209-3.5 PLACING AND SPREADING. (a) Central Plant. The cru;aled aggregate base material that has been proportioned in a crushing and screening plant, or proportioned and processed in a central mixing plant, shall be placed on the prepared underlying course and compacted in layers of the thickness shown on the plans, The depositing and spreading of the material shall commence where designated and shall progress without breaks. The material shall be deposited and spread in ' lanes in a uniform layer and without segregation of size to such loose depth that, when compacted, the layer shall have the required thickness. The bale aggregate shall be spread by spreader boxes or other approved devices or methods that shall spread the aggregate in the required amount to avoid or minimize the need for rehandling the material arid to prevent the rutting of the underlying courae. The spreader boxes or other devices shall be equipped with strike-off templets or screeds that can be adjusted or con- trolled to secure the required thickness of the material. Dumping from 1 vehicles in piles on the underlying course vhich will require rehandling shall not be permitted. Hauling over the uncompacted base course shall not be permitted. (b) Traveling ant~ if a traveling plant is used for mixing, the base material shall be placed on the underlying course in such condition to prov`.de a base mixture conforming to the specified gradation and ffoiature content, and in such quantity to develop the thickness of the lays.r of the base and the density after compaction. The material shall. be s`.aped to a uniform section. The enginoer shall examine the mixture to determine that the mixing is complete and satisfactory and that the proper moisture content is maintained before compaction is otarted. No spreading shall be done except when authorized, Care shall be taken that no material from the underlying course is mixed with the base material. If necessary, the base course shall be bladed until a smooth, uniform surface is obtai.ncd that is true to line, grade, and cross suction and Lntil the m- is in condition for compacting. Div it ' Faee VA d LO/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-209 CRUSHED AGGREGATE HA.SE COURSE (c) Method of Placing. The base course shall be constructed in a layer not less than ?_g inches nor more than 4-f inches of compacted thickness. I'he aggregate, as spread, shall be of uniform gradation with no segregation or pockets of fine or coarse materials. Unless otherwise permitted by the engineer, the aggregate shall not be spreed more than 2,000 square yarctr in 1 advance of the rolling. Any necessary sprinkling shall be kept rzthin theca limits. No material shall be placed in snow or on a soft, muddy, or frozen underlying course. ' When more than one layer is required, the construction procedure described herein shall apply similarly to each layer. The engineer shall. make tests to determine the maximmz density and the proper moisture content of the base material, and this information will be available to the contractor. The base material shall have a satisfactory moisture content when rolling is started, and any minor variations prior to or (luring rolling shall be corrected by sprinkling or aeration, if necessary, During the placing and spreading, sufficient caution shall be exercised to prevent the incorporation of subgrade, subbase, or shoulder material in the base course mixture. A 2n9-3.6 FINiSMM AND COMPACTING. After spreading, the crushed aggregate shall be thoroughly compacted by rolling. The rolling shall progress gradually from the sides to the center cf the lano under construction, or from one side toward previously piacee r,aterial by lapping uniformly each preceding rear-wheel track b;r one-half tns width of such track. Rolling shall continue until the entiro araa of the course has been rolled by the rear wheels. The rolling shall continue until the stone is thoroughly set, the interstices of the material reduced to a minimum, and until creeping of the stone ahead of the roller is no longer visible. Rolling shall continue until the bay;e material has been compacted to not less than 100% density, as detezv"ed try the, compaction-control tests specified in FAA T-61'. Blading and rolling shall be done alternately, as required or directed, to obtain smooth, even, and uniformly compacted base. The course shall not be rolled s'.^n thr: underlying course is soft jr yielding or when the rolling causa,s undulation n the base course. 14hen tie rolling develops irregular itieo that (--screed 31i? ;r.ch Oien tested with a 16-foot straightedge, the irregular surfa,,i~ shall be loosened., refilled with the kind of material as that u.;ed in c„nstmicting titre course, and rollf:d again as required. DIV II Pa; • 5 9 AC 150/5310-10 10/24/74 Iy'fi; P-rOJ CRiZ;f':Ir AGGFtF;JA,'?i•'. Wi;;k t,Olt15E r 1n are inrs~cc.,atl,ie Lo rr,11r:~, !l ;,5se cc,~~.3~ rn,~3,~ria7 !hall be tarip -l t,hnr4,l:1',l~ky 471'!i f~?,7C1i{;ni411 I,~If',fi•"T':~. The sprinkling during rolling, of n(: ~r,c,:£,ty, sh;,ll L~to the runotult an'i by equipment approved by the engineer, 209-3.7 SURFACE TEST. After thr; course has been completely compacted, the ' surface ;shall be tested for smocthi3ess and accuracy of grade and crown. Any portion lacking the required smoothness or failing in accuracy of grade or crown shall be scarified, reshaped, recompacted, and otherwise manipulated as the engineer may direct until the required smoothneas and accuracy are ' obtained. The finished surface shall not vary more than 3/8 inch from a 16-Afoot straightedge when applied to the surface parallel with, and at right angles to, the centerline. 2p9-3.8 THICKNESS. The thickness of the base course shall be deterniined by depth teats or cores taken at intervals in such a manner that each test shall represent no more than 300 square yards. hThen the base deficiency is more thsn inch, the contractor shall correct such areas by scarifying, adding sati;;factoiy vase mixture, rolling, sprinkling, ret3haping, and ' finishirr in accordance with these specifications, The contraetor shall replace, at hia erpenr,e, the base material trhere boringsi have been taken for test purposes. 209-).9 PROTECTION'. Work on the base course shall not be accomplished during freezing temperatures nor when the ~ubgrade is wet. Wren the aggregntej contain frozen mat,rials or when the underlying co,;roe is frozen, the construction shall be slopped. Hauling equilment may bt routed over completed portions of the base enurse, provide.1 no damage- reszz l t:: and provided that Such equipment is routed o,, ^r the C.ol vn;it", of ttie tas rouree to avoid rutting or uneven compaction. ' fl'.,wev-z, ?tc u: r. ar r, Or.rirge shall have full, and z~pecifie authority to stop'all nauline, v,.r cumpleted or partially completed base course when, in his opinion, s+ich I3aulis.t; i,; causing damage. Any damage resiltinr t;, the base c;r e fi or, routine; rfi lijvi,, nt over the base course shall be repairs-1 by the contractor rAt n:s caa, expen3a. I r I~IV II Page l;n 1 10124/74 AC 150/5370-10 1TF4 P-209 CRUSfal) A-4RECATF. .ASE COL`fle F 2U9:2.10 MA1ti`FNVXF. Following the completion of ti -t tease course, the contractor :shall p^rfor2rn all iwaintenarice work neces~ar7 to keep the base course in a condition satisfactory for priming. After priming, the surface rhall be kept clean and frr~,c from foreij;n material. 7hc: base course shall be properly drained at all Limes. If cleaning is nec~-ssary, or if the prime coat becomes disturbed, arty work or restitution necessary shall be performed at the expense of the contractor. Method of Measurement 209-4.1 The quantity of crushed aggregate base course to be paid for shall Be heynumber of cubic yards of material placed, bonded, and accepted in the l completed base course. The quantity of base course rrr:terial shall be l measured in final position, based upon depth tests or cores taken as directed by the engineer, at the rate of 1 depth test for each 300 square yards of base course, or by means of average end areas on the complete work computed from elevations to the nearest 0.01 foot, On individual depth moasurements, thicknesses more than I istch in excess of that sl-cwn on the plans shall be considered as specified thickness, plus z inch in computing tihe yardage for pavement. Basis of Payment M-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for crushed al;,rtbrate base course. This price shall be full compense;ion for furnishing all materialo and for all preparation, hauling, and placing of these naterials, P.nd for all labor, equ.iMent, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete tr:e item. Payment will be made under: Item Crus:cccl Aet,retate base Cciu -r. .er c.utic yard PESTffl; APf1) XklT 1iIAL Rk:GI~JIf °l'.'iS Tastin6 arcri shurl, ti tlc, i ~t~,_ cal and short ti tlc: AAS11O T 96 - Abrasion 1;0n? ' AAS110 T 104 - Soundness ' AAS110 T 11 and T 27 - Gradation DIV II plan 151 ~i1 AC 15)/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM 11-209 CfiU.&H AGGRFM'Ir: hA E COURSE AASHC T 85 - I,iduid J,ijait AASHO T W - Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index FAA T-611 - Density AASHO T 19 - Unit Weight 1 Pave 152 DIV II i 1 ITEM 'd-401-BITUlfINOUS SURMCE OOU. S`^ ' All paragraphs under Item P-401-Bituminous surface Course shall apply with the following modifications- W-1.1 _ BITUMfNOU5 MACERIAL. Delete the two paragraphs snd substitute the following: This item shall consist of a surface course composed of mirerey.l aggregate and bituminous material, mixed in a central mixing plant and paced on a prepared course in accordance with the specifications and shall conform to the dimension, typical cross-sections and lines and grades sham on the plans. 401-2.1 AGGREGATE. Delete the fourth paragraph relating to pave%mints which will serve aircraft weighing lees than 30,000 pounds. i 491-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The type and grado of asphaltic cement shall be THD AC-20. The material shall be free from water, shall not foam when i heated to 3470r and shall meat the following requirements: AC-20 TEST Min. Kax. Viscosity, 2090 ± 490 i 140 F stokes..... `M• Viscosity, 2.5 275 F stokes..... Penetration, 77 it 100g, 5 sec...... 55 Flash Point, 450 C.O.C.F..... Solubility in trichloroothylenep percent.......... 99.0 Tests on residues from thin film oven testy Viscosity, 6009 140 F stokes..... Ductility, 77 F 5 50 cros per min, cros. r? 1 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF MIXTURES. The composition limits for airport pavement designated for gross aircraft weights of morn than 30,000 pounds shall govern. In the tables titled ASTM D-1559 and ASTM D•-1560 use the appropriate column for gross a-rccaft weights of more than 30,000 pounds. 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. The bitiminous surface course shall be Texas ' Highway Departrent Type "C" (Coarse Graded Surface Course). Delete Table 1 - Aggregate Bituminous Surface Course shown on Page 269 of the Specification and add the following Tables TABLE 1- THD TYPE "C" (COARSE GRADED SURFACE COURSE) Passing 7/8" sieve 100 Passing 5/8" sieve.. .....95 to 100 Passing 5/8" sieve, retained on 3/8" sieve. ....15 to 40 Passing 3/8" sieve# retained on No. 4 sieve 0...0....10 to 35 Passing No. 4 sieve, retained on No. 10 sieve 10 to 30 Total retained on No. 10 sieve .50 to 70 Passing No. 10 sieve, retained on No. 40 sieve.......... 0 to 30 Passing No. 40 sieve, retained on No. 80 sieve.......... 4 to 25 [u~ Passing No. 80 sieve, retained on No. 200 sieve......... 3 to 25 Passing No. 200 sieve . 0 to 6 ' The asphaltic material shall fora; from 3.5 to 7 percent of the mix- ture by weight unless specified otherwise on the plans. Tolerances. The Engineer will designate the exact grading of the ' aggregate and asphalt content, within the above limits, to be used in the mixture. The paving mixture produced should not vary from the designated grading and asphalt content by more than the tolerances alloy+ed herein; however, the mixture produced shall conform to the limitations for master grading specified above. Percent by Weight Passing 7/8" sieve, retained on 3/8" sieve Plus or Minus 5 Passing 5/8" sieve, retained on 3/8" sieve Plus or Minus 5 Passing 3!8" sieve, retained on No. 4 sieve Plus or Minus 5 Passing No. 4 sieve, retained on No. 10 sieve....... Plus or Minus 5 Total retained on Nn. 10 sieve ......................Plus or Minus 5 Passing No. 10 si...e, retained on No. 4D sieve...... Plus or Minus 3 Passing No. 40 sieve, retained on No. 80 sieve...... Plus or Minus 3 Passing No. 80 sieve, retained on No. 200 sieve Plus or Minus 3 Passing No. 200 sieve...... e ........................Plus or Minus 3 Asphalt Material.. ....................Plus or Minus 0.5 i ~ 1 N ~ i 401-5.1, 5.2, 5.3 and 5.4 - Delete ' 401-6`1 -Delete I 401-7.1 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT. Bituminous surface course will be measured by the ton of 2,000 pounds of completed and accepted work in accordance with ' the plans and specifications. The material shr,ll be weighed after miring and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing all material, heating, mixing, hauling, cleaning the existing pavement surface, placing, rolling and finish- ing and for all manipulations, labor, tools, equipment and incidentals neces- sary to complete the work. Testing and material requirements required on Page 283 of Item P-401 - bituminous Surface Course will apply. i 1 i i 1 1 1 10/24/74 AC 1:0/5370-10 FLEXIBLE S1JRFACE rOUR.SI:S ITEM P-401 BlILT11I\OUS SURFACE COURSE (Central Plant Hot Wx) Description I , 401-1.1 This item shall consist of a surface course composed of mineral aggregate and bituminous material, mixed in a central mixing plant and placed on a prepared course in accordance with these specifications and shall conform to the d:cnensionJ and typical cross section shown on the plans and with lines and grades established by tht engineer. When specified or, the plans, thi surface course shall be constructed in two or more courses. Each course shall be constructed to the depth, typical secrion, or olevrtion required by the plans and shall be tolled, finished, and approved before the placement of the next coarse. Materials 401-2.1 AGGREGATE. The aggregate shall consist of crushed stone, crushed gravel, or crushed slag with or without sand or other inert finely divided mineral aggregate. The aggregate shall be composed of sound, tough, durable particles, free from clay balls, organic matter, and other deleterious substancea. She aggregate shall not contain more than 8%, by weight, of flat or elongated pieces. The coarse aggregate (retained on tho, No. 8 sieve) shall show no more than ' 40% wear when tested in accordance vith AASHO T 96. It shall show no signs of disintegration nor shall the sodium sulfate soundness loss exceed 9X, or the magnesium so,sndness loss exceed 12%, when tested in accordance with AASHO T 104. For pavements which will serve aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more, the crushing of the aggregate shall result to a product in which the coarse aggregate (retained on the No, 8 sieve) shall have at least 75% by weight of particles with at least two fractured faces and at least 90% by weight of particles with one or more fractured faces. I DIV II Fnfie ?6c AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE; i For pave;.ents which will serve aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds, the crushinf,of, the aggregate shall result in a product in which the coarse aggregate (retained on the No. 8 sieve) shall have at least 60% by weight of particles with one or more fractured .'aces. (The plans or the special provisions of the specifications will specify the weight of the aircraft the pavement will serve.) Slag shall be air-cooled, blast furnace slag, and shall have a compacted weight of not less than 70 pounds per cubic foot when tested in acts rdance ' with AASHO T 19. The fine aggregate, including any blended filler, shall have a plasticity ' index of not more than 6 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 90, and a liquid limit of not more than 25 when tested in accordance with AASHO T 89. The bituminous mix shall have a swell of not morn than 1.5% when tested i-i accordance with AASHO T 101. The bituminous mix shall not show evidence of stripping when tested in accordance with AASHO T 182. Antistrip agents shall be used if necessary. I ' I 401-2.2 FILLER. If filler, in addition to that naturally present in the aggregate, is necessary, it shall consist of stone dust, lease, portland cement, or other approved mineral matter. The filler material shall meet the req, ements if AASHO 11 17. 401-2.3 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and mixing temperatures for the bituminous materials are ' given below. The engineer shall designate the specific material to be used. Type and grade Specification Mixing temperature Asphalt cement AASHO _M2 _ 20 276°-3260 F. V135-100, 120--150 Tar AASHO M 52 1769---2600 F. RT-10, RT-11, R T-12 Page 266 DIV 1I ~ I 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-LO ITEM P-401 "T." NOUS SURFACF. COURSE Composition ~ 401-3.1 COMPOSITION OF rn xrUR}:S, The bituminous plant mix shall be composed of a mixture of aggregate, filler if required, and bituminous ' materiel. The several aggregate fractions shall be sized, uniformly graded, and combined in such proportions that the resulting mixture meets the grading requirements of the Job mix formula. The composition 1 W is tabulated shall govern, but a closer control appropriate to the job materials will be required for the specific project is accordance with the job mix formula. The fi:,al designated gradations shall produce a relatively smooth curve when plotted on a semilogarithmic gradation: chart,' Thn mixture shall meet the requirements of one of the following ASTM tests, plus the stated limirations on voids, voids filled, and swell. ASTM D-1559 'For airport pavement For airport pavement designated for gross designated for gross ' aircraft weights of aircraft weights of more than 30,OOJ Ib3, less than 30,000 lbs. Number of blows each end of specimen 76 75 Stability (Minimum) 1800 1000 Flow (Maximum) hun- dredths of an Inch 16 16 Flow (Minimum) hun- dredths of an inch--..__- 8 8 Percent voids 3 to 5 3 to b 1 Percent voids filled with bitumen - 70 to 80 75 to 86 i ASTM D-1560 Stabilometer (Min) 40 Cohesiormfer (Min) 50 37 Swell, inches (Max) 0.030 50 ' Percent voids (Min) 4 0.030 4 1 ' DIV 11 Page 267 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' 401-3.2 JOB MIX FORMULA. Work shall not begin nor shall any mixture be accepted until the contractor has submitted samples of the materials intended ' for use and the eagiaeer has established a satisfactory job mix formula for each mixture to be used. the job mix formula for each mixture shall be in effect until modified in writing by the engineer. The job mix formula for each mixture shall establish a single percentage of aggregate passing each ' required sieve size, a single percentage of bituminous material to be added to the aggregate, and a single temperature at which the mixture is to be delivered at the point of discharge. The gradations in Table 1. represent the limits which shall determine suitability of aggregate for ra a from the sources of supply. The final ' gradations decided on within the limits designated in the table shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall not vary from the low limit on one sieve to the high limit on the adjacent sieves, or vice versa. ' The selection of any of the gradations shown in Table 1 shall be such that the maximum-size aggregate used shall be not more than one half the thickness of the layer of the surface course being constructed. Thew bituminous content of the mixture shall be calculated on the percentage basis by weight of the total mix. The 1/2-inch maximum gradation shall not be used in preparing mixtures for pavements which will serve aircraft weighing 30,000 'pounds or more. In the table the percentages of asphalt cement and tar are given for stone, gravel, and slag aggregates. If the total aggregate is composed of slag, the percentages of bituminous material shown shall be used. Where only a ' part of the aggregates is slag, increases in bituminous material shall be made in a correapond:ng proportion. A sample of the coarse and fine aggregates shall be washed to detta-mine the percentage of the tutal material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve. Of the aIIount of the material passing the No. 200 mesh sieve, at least one half shall pass the No. 200 mesh sieve by dry sieving. 1 Page 268 DIV 11 ' 10/24/74 - AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-403 BITUMINOUS SURFP.CE COURSE Table 1.--Aggregate-bitusninous surface course Percentage by weight passing sieves Sieve designation (square openings) A li C l" maximu n 3J" maximum 1/1" maximum I inch 100 % inch 82-100 100 1A inch 70- 90 82--100 100 Ys inch 60- 82 68--- 90 82--100 No. 4 42-- 74 60- 79 66- 88 No. 10 30- 60 36- 37 40- 76 No. 40 16- 40 17-- 44 19- 48 No. 200 No. 80 3- 28 3- 28 14-- 9 Hituminum percent: Stone orgravel -4.6---7.0 5.0--7.5 6.6--- 8.0 Slag 6.0---9.0 6.6-9.6 7.0-10.0 After the fob vd x formula is established, all mixtures furnish L. for the project shall conform thereto within the following tolerances; ' Passing No, 4 and larger sieves-------------------- +7% Passing No. 8 to No. 100 sieves (inclusive)------. +4% 1 Passing Nsieve_~ ~ +2X Bitumen Temperature of mix- ---f20°F. Should a change in sources of materials be made, a new job mix formula shall be established before the new material is used. When unsatisfactory results or other conditions make it necessary, the engineer may establish a new job mix formula. The combined mineral aggregate for the surface course shall be of such size that the percentage composition by weight, as determined by laboratory sieves, will conform to one of the gradations of Table 1, when tested in accordance with AASHO T 11 and AASHO T 27. The percent by weight fnr 0-n bituminous material shall be within the limits specified. 1 , DIV 11 Page 269 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 i ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSF ' Construction Methods 401-4.1 WEATHER A:iD S£ASW AL LIMITATIONS. The surface course shall be constructed only upon a dry sacface, when the atmospheric temperature is above 40° F., and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the engineer. 401-4.2 BIT4.OWOUS MIXING PLAT. Sufficient storage space shall be provided for each size of aggregate. The different aggregate sizes shall be kept separated until 0 ey have been delivered to the cold elevator feeding the drier. The storage yard shall be neat, orderly, and the separate stockpiles readily accessible for sampling. Plants used for the preparation of bituminouk mixtures shall conform to all 1 requirements under (a), except that scale requirements shall apply only where weight proportioning is used. In addiiion, batch mixing plants shall conform to the requirements under (b), and coi,rinuous mixing plants shall conform to the requirements under (c). (a) Requirements for 1_11 Plants. Mixing plants shall be of sufficient capacity and coordinated to adequately handle the proposed bituminous ' construction. (1) Plant scales. Scales shall be accurate to 0.5% of the required load. Poises shall be designed to be locked in any position to prevent unauthorized change of position. In lieu of plant and truck scales, the contractor may provide an approved automatic printer system to print the weights of the material delivered, provided the system is used in conjunction with an approved automatic batching and mixing control system. Such weights shall be evidenced by a weigh ticket for each load. Scales shall be inspected for accuracy and sealed as often as the engineer may deem necessary. The contractor shall have on hand not less then ten 50-pound weights for testing the scales. (2) Equipment for preparation of bituminous material. Tanks for the storage of bituminous material shall be equipped to heat and hold the material at the required temperatures. Heating shrill be accomplished by approved means so that flames will not contact the tank. the circulating system for the bituminous material shall be designed to assure proper an continuous circulation during the operating period. Provision shall be made for measuring quantities and f-Nr sampling the material in the storage tanks. 1 Page 270 DIV 11 4 10/24/74 AC 15015370-10 17EM P-401 B1TLMIXOL'S SURFACE COURSE (3) Feeder for drier. The plant shall be provided with accurate ■I mechanical means for uniforuly feedin, the aggregate into the drier to obtain uniform production and temperature. (4) Drier. The plant shall include a drier(s) which continuously agitate the aggregate during the heating and drying process. (5) Screens. Plant screens, capable of screening all aggregates to the specified sizes and proportions, and having normal capacities in excess of the full capacity of the mixer, shall be provided. (6) Bins. The plant shall include storage bins of sufficient capacity to supply a mixer operating at full rapacity. Bins shall be arranged to assure separate and adequate storage of appropriate fractions of the mineral aggregates. When used, separate dry storage shall be provided for filler or hydrated lime, and the plant shall be equipped to feed such ' material into the mixer. Each bin shall be provided with overflow pipes of such size and at such location to pravent backup of material into other compartments or bins. Each compartment shall be provided with its ' individual outlet gate to prevent leakage. The gates shall cut off quickly and completely. Bins shall be constricted so that samp:ev may be obtained readily. Bins shall be equipped with adequate tell-kala devices which indicate the position of the aggregates i^ the bins at the lower quarter points. (7) Bitumino,49contro: unit. Satisfactory means, either by ' wo-12hing or metering, shall be proviued to obtain the specified amount of bituminous material in the mix. Mans shall be provided for checking the quantity or rate of flow of bituminous material into tae mixer. (8) Thermometric equipment. An armored thermometer of adequate range shall be placed In the bituminous fled line at a suitable location near the charging valve of the mixer unit. The plant shall also be equipped 1 with an approved thermometric instrument placed at the discharge chute of the drier to indicate the temperature of the heated aggregates. The enf;inter may require replacement of any thermoa.• )r by an approved teiperattire-recording apparatus for better reEulation of the temperature of aggregates. ('i) Dust collector. The plant shall be equipped with a dust collector to waste or return unifo-mly to the hot elevator all or any part of the material collected, as dirrcted. ' DIV II Page 771. i 1 ' AC 150/5?70-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' (10) Truck scales. The bituminous mixture shall be weighed on approved scales furnished by the contractor or on public scales at the contractors expense. Scales shall be inspected for accuracy and sealed as often as the engineer deems necessary, (1I) Safety rejuirements. Adequate and safe stairways to the mixer platform and sampling points shall be provided, and guarded ladders to other plant units shall be placed at all points there accessibility to plant operations is required. Accessibility to the top of truck bodies shall be provided by a suitable device to anab.le the engineer to obtain sampling and mixture temperature data. Means shall be provided to raise and lower scale calibration equipment, sampling equipment, and other similar equipment between the ground and the mixer platform. All ears sprockets, and other dangerous moving g pulleys, chains, Ample and unobstructed passage shall beamaintained battallotimes ingandd. around th-t truck loading area. This area shall be kept free of drippings ' from the mixing platform. (b) Fequirementa for Hatching plants. ' (1) Weigh box or hopper. the equipment shall include a means for accurately weighing each oize of aggrzgate in a weigh box or hopper of ample size to hold a full batch !athout hr.nd raking or running over. ilia gate ' shall close tightly so that no material is allowed to leak into the mixer while a batch is being weighed. (2) Bituminous control. The equipment used to P* asure the bituminous material sha11 be accurate to within +0.5X. The bituminous material bucket shall be of a nontilting type with a loose she-it metal, cover. The length of the discharge opening or spray bar shall be not less than three-fourths the length of the mixer and it shall discharge directly into the mixer. The bituminous material bucket, its dischflrge valvo(s), and spray bar shall be adequately heated. Steam jackets, if used, shall be efficaentLy drained and all connections shall be so constructed that they twill not interfere with the efficient operation of the bituminous scales. The capacity of the bituminous material bucket shall be at least 15% in excess of the weight of bituminous material required in any batch. The plant shall have an adequately heated quick-acting, non-drip, charging valve located directly over the bituminous material bucket. Page 272 DIV 11 ' 10/24/74 AC 150;5370-10 ITEM P-401 B?TUNINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' The indicator dial shall have a capacity of at least 15% in excess of the quantity of bituminous material used per batch. The controls ahall be ' constructed to lock at any dial setting and automatically reset to that reading after each additional batch of bituminous material. The dial shall be in full view of the mixer operator. The flow of bituminous material shall be automatically controlled to begin when the dry mixing period is over. All of the bituminous material required for one batch shall be discharged in not mote than 15 seconds after the flow has begun. The size and spacing of the spray-bar openings shall provide a uniform application of ' bituminous material the full length of the mixer. The section of the bituminous line between the charging valve and the spray bar shall have a valve and outlet for checkin,l the meter when a meeering device in ' substituted for a bituminous material bucket. (3) Mixer. The batch mixer shall be an approved typos capable of producing a uniform mixture within the job mix tolerances. If not enclosed, the mixer box shall be equipped with a dust hood to prevent loss of dust. The clearance of. blades from all fixed tend moving parts shall not exceed 1 1 incr. (4) Control of mixing time. Tha mixer shall be equipped with an accurate time lock to control the operations of a complete mixing cycle., it 1 shall lock the weigh-box gate after the charging of the mixer and keep it locked until the closing of the mixer gate at the completion of the cycle. It shall lock the bituminous material bucket throughout the dry mixing ' period and shall lock the mixer gate throughout the dry and wet mixing periods. The dry mixing period is defined as the interval. of time between the opening of the weigh-box gate and the introduction of bituminous material. The wet mixing period is the interval of time between the introduction of bituminous matetiai and the opening of the mixer gate. The timing control shall be flexible and shall be capable of settings of 5-second intervals or less throughout a 3-minute cycle. A mechanical batch counter shall be installed as a part of the tivdng device and shall be deoigned to register only completely mixed batches. ' The setting of time intervals shall be at the direction of the enginear who shall then lock the case covering the timing device until a change is r'nde ' in the timing periods, i 1 Div 11 Page 273 AC 150/5370-10 1.0/24/74 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE (c) Re uiremants for Continuous Mix Plants. (1) A re ate proportionicn . The plant shall include means for accurately proportioning each size of aggregate. The plant shall have a feeder mounted under each compartment bin. Each compartment bin shall have an accurately controlled individual gate to form an orifice for the volumetric measuring of material drawn from each compartment. The feeding orifice shall be rectangular with one dimension adjustable by positive mechanical means and provided with a lock. . ' Indicators shall be provided for each gate to show the respective gate openiug in inches. t (2) Weight calibration of aggregate feed. The plant shall include a means for calibration of gate openings by weighing test samples. PrOvision shall be made so that materials fed out of individual orifices may be bypassed to individual test boxes. The plant shall be equipped to conveniently handle individual test samples of not less than 200 pounds. Accvrats scales shall be provided by the contractor to weigh such test samples. ' (3) Synchronisation of aggre ate feed and bituminous material feed. Satisfactory means shall ba provided to afford positive interlocking control ' between the flow of aggregate from the bins and the flow of bituminous material from the meter or other proportioning device. This control shall be by Interlocking mechanical neans or by any other positive method satisfacroty to the engineer. (4) Miner, The plant shall include an approved continuous mixer adequately heated and capable of producing a uniform mixture within the job mix tolerances. It shall be equipped with a discharge hopper with dump gates to permit rapid and complete discharge of the mixture. The paddles shall be adjustable for angular position on the shafts and shall be reversible to retard the flow of the mix, The mixer shall have a manufacturer's plr.te giving the net volumetric contents of the mixer at the several heights inscribed on a permanent gauge, Charts shall be provided showing the rate of feed per minute for each aggregate used. ' Page 274 DIV 11 ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 a lin P-401 BITLMINOCS SURFACE COURSE 401-4.3 IIAULING E_q IP11:.NT. Trucks used for haulir ; bituminous mixtures shall have tight, clean, smooth metal beds. To prevant the mixture from II adhering to them, the beds shall be lightly coated with a minimum amount of paraffin oil, lime solution, or other approved material. Each truck shall have a suitable cover to protect the mixture from adverse weather and an insulated bed to maintain the mixture at the specified temperature. 401-4.4 BITUMINOUS PAVERS. Bituminous pavers shall be self-contained, power-propelled units with an activated screel or strike-off assembly, heated if necessary. It shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix material which will meet the specified thickness, smoothness, and grade. Pavers used for shoulders and similar construction shall be capable of spreading and finishing courses of bituminous plant mix oaterial in widths shown on the plans. t The paver shall have a receiving hopper of sufficient capacity to permit a uniform spreading operation. The hopper shall be equipped with a distribution system to place the mixture uniformly in front of the screed. The screed or strike-off assembly shall effectively produce a finished surface of the required evenness, and texture without tearing, shoving, or gouging the mixture. ' The paver shall be capable of operating at forward speeds consistent with satisfactory laying of the mixture. 401-4.5 ROLtE R'. Rollers shall be in good condition, capable of reversing without backlash, and ..perating at slow speeds to avvid displacemrnt of the bituminous mixture. The number, type, and weight of rollers shall be sufficient to compact the mixture to the required density while the mixture is still in a workable condition. Thn use of equipment which results in excessive crushing of the aggregate will not be permitted. 401-4.6 PREPARATION OF MINERAL, AGGREGATE. The aggregate for the mixture ' shall be dried and heated at the paving plant before entering the mixer. When introduced into the mixer, the combined aggregate shall contain not more than 0.5% moisture if asphalt, or more than 1% if tar mixtures. V, o'er ' in the aggregate shall be removed by heating to the extent that there is no subsequent foaming in the mixture prior to the placing of the material. The aggregate shall be heated to she temperature designated by toe job formula 1 ' DIV 11 rage 215 1 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/14 ITEM P-O1 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' within the fob tolera:-ce specified. The maximum temperature and rate of heating shall be such that no permanent damage occurs to the aggregates. Particular care shall be taken that aggregates high in calcium or magnesium content are not damaged by overheating. The aggregate shall be screened to specified sizes and conveyed into separate bins ready for mixing with bituminous material. 401-4.7 PPYPARATION OF BITU%ONOUS MIXTURE. Before delivery, the aggregate shall be mixed with the bituml no,m material at a central mixing plant. The mixture shall be prepared at a temperature shown in 401-2.3. The dry aggregates, prepared as prescribed in 401-4.6, shall be combined in the plant in the proportionate amowits of each fraction of aggregate required to meet the specified gradation. The quantity of aggregate for each batch shall be determined, measured, and conveyed info the mixer. In ' case of volumetric proportioning, the size of the gate openings shall be determined, and the gates locked in position. The quantity of bituminous material for each batch or calibrated amount for continuous mixer shall be determined by the engineer. It shall be measured by weight and introduced into the mixer at the specified temperature, using the lowest range possible for adequate mixing and spreading. For batch mixers, all mineral aggregates shall be in the mixer before the bituminous material is added. The exact temperature within the specified range shall be fixed by the engineer. In no case shall aggregate be introduced into the ' mixture at a temperature more than 25° F. above the temperature of the bituminous material. As determined by the engineer, the mixing shall continue for the time necessary to coat all particles uniformly. This time t is dependent upon the mix design and the type of mixing equipment used. To cov;iute the mixing time in a continuous mixer, the weight of ts contents at operating level is divided by the weight of the mixture deli, ered per second by the mixer: Mixing time in seconds a PUgmill dead capacity in pounds Output in pounds per second 401-4.8 TRANSPORTATION AND DELIVERY OF' T11E MIXTURE. The mixture shall be ' transported from the mixing pl.int to the point of use in vehicles described in 401-4.3, ' I Page 276 DIV I1. t 1 10/24/74 %c 150/5370-10 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE The mixture shall be placed at a temperature between 150° and 225° F. when tar is used, and between 250° and 300° F. when asphalt cement is usLJ. When ~he mixture is being placed during warm weather and the engineer has determined that satisfactory results can be obtained at lower temperatures, he may direct that the mixture be mixed and delivered at the lower temperatures. Loads shall not be sent out as to interfere with spreading and compacting the mixture during daylight unless artificial light, satisfactory to the engineer, is provided. The mixture shall be delivered at a temperature within the tolerance allowed in the approved job formula. 401-4.9 SPREADING ~.ND LAYING. (a) Preparation for Placing. Immediately before placing the bituminous mixture, the existing underlying course shall be cleaned of loose or deleterious material. A power sweeper equipped with a blower shall be used, ry, or the material shall be removed a»+1'u'~.f"~,h:Sb,..S;cr;SS1csc. ;a I by other means as directed by the engineer. The mixt -e shall be laid only upon an approved underlying course which is dty and in suitable condition, and when weather condit.ons are favorable. No mixture shall be placed when the air temperature in the shade and away from artificial heat is 40°F. or lower, unless so directed by the engineer. The engineer may permit work to continue when overtaken by sudden rains only ' to provide for laying that material which is in transit from the plant, provided the mixture is within the temperature limits specified. Grade control between the edges of the pavement shall be accomplished by grade stakes or steel pins placed in lanes parallel to the centerline of the pavement and at intervals sufficiently close that string lines may be ' stretched between stakes or pins. Placing shall commence at the point(s) farthest from the mixing plant and I progress continuously toward the plant, unless otherwise ordered by the engineer. Hauling over material already placed shall not be permitted until the material has been thoroughly compacted as specified, and allowed to coo] to atmospheric temperature. 1 I DIV II Page 277 ssssss~~as~tt*s AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE (b) Machine Spreading, Upon arri%,al, the mixture R'.,all ba dumped into ' an approved b' iinous paver and immediately spread to the full width required. It all be struck off in a uniform layer of such depth that, when the work is completed, it will have the required thickness and will conform to the grade and surface c-intour required. 11;e speed of the paver shall be regulated to eliminat4a pulling end tearing of the bituminous mat. The mixture shall be placed in err!.; of a minimum width of 10 feet. To insure proper drainage, tha spro_ 'ng 3hall begin along the centerline of the pavement on a crowned sectiot. o: the high We of the pavement with a one-way slope. Aftec the first 6:. .p or width has been compacted, the ' second width shall be placed, fins;.hed, an%i compacted in the same manner as the first width. After the second strip ham been placed and rolled, a 16-foot straiFptitedge shall be plare9 across the longitudinal joint to e determine if the surface conforms to g:au'e and crntour requirements. Exposed vertical edges of paved sf;rips shall be free of all accumulations of t dirt or other foreign material bfefo ca any mii.ture is spread in an adjacent lane. If joint faces become dr/ or dusty, the contact surfaces should be given a brush coat of asphalt. In lieu of painting the contact &urface, the contractor may use a joint heater approved by the engineer, if the spreading machine should drift from an adjacent lane during construction, the unfilled apace shall be carefully filled with fresh hot mixture obtained from the truck or the hopper of the spreading machine. Stealing mixture from that already ,nread to fill up these areas shall not be permitted. In ureas where, because rf irrcyolarities or unavoidable obstacles, the une of mechanical spreading and fi,,ishing equipment is impractical, the mixture may be hand spread. When hand spreading if. permitted, the mixture shall be damped an approved ' dump sheets outsid,, oi° the area upon which it is to be spread, rind then distributed into place iruntdiataly with hot shovels. It shall be spread with hot rakes in a uniformly loose layer to the full width required and of ' such depth that, when the work is completed, it will have the required thickness and will conform to tha grade and surface contour slaawn on the plans. a ' I'~Re 278 0111 I; 777 'V AC 15015370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 401-4.10 COMPACTION OF_M MURE• After spreading, the mixture shall be thoro~u6h1Y and un fi o~rmly compacted with power rollers, as directed by the ' engineer. Rolling of the mixture shall begin as soon after spreading as it will bear thn roller without undue displacement or hair checking. On the first strip spread, rolling shall start in the center ind continue toward either edge., on subsequent strips laid, rolling shall start )n the edge adjacent to previously laid material and continue toward the opposite edge. Initial tolling shall be done longitudinally. The tollers shall overlap on success!.va trips. Alternate trips of the roller shall be of slightly different lengths. The mixture shall be subjected to di gor.al rolling, lines are cons butscrosstrolling shallhnotiexceedtmorehthanooneohalfathe width ofttheted, pavement on crowned sections. ' The speed of the roller sd splacement occurring as a resultiofdreversingnthe times, be slov to of the hot mixture. Any P direction of the roller, or from any other cause, shall be corrected at once by rakes, and fresh mixture. Sufficient rollers shall be furnished to handle the output of the plant. Rolling shall continue until all roller marks are eliminated, the surface is of uniform texture and true to grade and cross section, and a density of at 441-3.1 is obtained. Fictd least 898% of at density least specified twice i daily, density teats shall be made at least twice daily. To per lerimoi~~rd buttexcessiveewaterhwill'1not,behpermit~ ed~hall be kept PrnP Y In areas not accessible to the roller, the mixture shall be thoroughly cowpacted with hot hand tampers. t Any mixturs which becomes loose and broken, mixed with dirt, or in any way defective shall be removed and replaced with fresh hot t"ttan and doonnadattthe co~n~tractor's expense.toSkin patchingishall',not beiallowed,ili be 401-4.1111 JOINTS. (a) General. the mixture at the joints shall comply with the surface requirements and present the same uniformity of texture, 0 nsity, smoothness, etc., ss other sections of the course. to .,te formation of all Ilan: / .4 . DIV 11 - e e AC 150/5370-10 e 10/24/74 e ITEM P-401 BITaIIHOUS SURFACE COURSR Jointa, provision shall be made for proper bond with the adjacent course for the specified depth of the course. Joints shall be farmed by cutting back on the precious day's run to expose the full depth of the course; the exposed edge shall be given a light coat of asphalt or tar as specified by the engineer. The fresh mixture shall be raked against the joint and thoroughly tamped and roiled. (b) Transverse. The placing of the course shall be as continuous as possible. The roller shall pass over the unprotected end of the freshly laid mixture only when discontinuing the laying of the course. (c) Longitudinal. The placing of thu course shall he as specified in such a manner that the joint is exposed for the shortest period possible. The joint shall be placed so that it will not coincide with that in the e base, binder, or existing surface course by at least 1. foot. 401-4.12 SHAPING EDGES. While the surface is being compacted and finished the contractor shall carefully trim the outside edges of the pavement to the proper alignment. Edges so formed shall be beveled while still hct with the back of a rake or a smoothing iron and thoroughly compacted by tampers or by e other satisfactory methods. 401-4.13 SURFACE TESTS. Tests for conformity With the specified crown and grade shall be made by the contractor immediately after initial compression, Any variation shall be corrected by the removal or addition of materials and by continuous rolling. The finished surface shall not vary more than 1/4 inch for the surface course when tested wirh a 16-fort straightedge applied parallel with, or at right angles to, the centerline. After the completion of final rolling, the smoothness of the course shall again be tented; humps or depressions exceeding the specified tolerances or that retain water on the surface shall be I=ediately corrected by removing the defective work and replacing with new materiel, as directed by the engineer. Thin shall be done at the contractor'u expense, e e e Page 281) 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' 401-4.14 SAMPLING PAVEMENT. The contractor shall remove suitable size 0 samples of the completed pavement from locations designated by the engineer so he may determine the composition, compaction, and density of the pavement. Samples for each day or fraction thereof shall be taken. The contractor shall replace the pavement free of charge. If the pavement is deficient in composition, compaction, or thickness, satisfactory correction shall be made, 401-4,15 BITUIINOUS AND AGGREGATE MATERI,~L CON'TRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the bituminous and aggregate materials that the contractor proposes to use, togAther with a statement of their source and character, must be submitted and approval must be obtaintd before use of such material begins. The contractor shall require the manufacturer or producer of the bituminous and aggregate materials to furnish material subject to this and ' all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only those materials { whxA have been tested and approved for the intended use shall be acceptable. The engineers or his authorized representative shall have access, at all times, to all parts of the paving plant for the purpcse of inspecting the equipment, the conditions and operationu of the plant, for the verification of weights or proportions and character of materials, and to determine the temperatures maintained in the preparation of the,mixturas. ' The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified tests for each carload or equivalent of bitumen shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the engineer before parmission is granted for use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as a basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be cub,ject to verification by testing sample materials received for use on the project. Method of Measurement 401-5.1 The tonnage of surface course containing at least 60% crushed aggregate to be paid for shall be the number of tons of bituminous mixture of the gradation specified in the bid schedule and jsed in the accepted work. The bitum1nous-treated material shall he weighed after mixing, and no deduction shall be made for the weight of bituminous material in the mixture. 0 1 DIv II Pa~,e 2'31 ~ t kr ~ AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE 401-5.2 The tonnage of surface course containing at least 90% crushed aggregate to be paid for shall be the number of tons of bituminous mixture of the gradation specified in the hid schedule and used in the accepted work. The bituminous-treated material shall be weighed after mixing, and no deduction shall be made for the weight of bituminous material in the mixture. 401-5.3 The quantities as measured in 401-5.1 and 401-5.2 are applicable for aggregates having bulk specific gravities between 2.55 and 2.75, as determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85. Proportionate corrections shall be made when the aggregates are outside these limits. Where the upecific gravity is below 2.55, the corrected quantity for payment shall be the product of the number of tons used multiplied by the ratio of 2.55 to the bulk specific gravity of the job aggregate. Vhere the specific gravity iR above 2.75, the corrected quantity for payment shall be the product of the number of tons used multiplied by the ratio of 2.75 to the bulk specific gravity of the job aggregate. 401-5.4 The unit of measurerrent for the bituminous material rthall be the gallon or the ton, whichever is specified ii the bid schedule. The gallonage or tonnage to be paid shall be the number of gallons or tous of bituminous material used as ordered in the accepted work. Gallonage shall be determined by measuring the material at a temperature of 60° F., or by converting the gallonage rreesured at other temperatures to gallonage at 60° F., in accordance w1th the temperature-volume correction tables for asphalt and tar materials contained in ASTbt D-1250 for asphalts and ASTI[ D-633 for tars. Basis of Pay,aent 1 101-6.1 Payment shill be ma,a_ et the respective contract prices per ton for bituminous surface course ,od per gallon or per ton for bituminous material.. These prices shall be ful'. compensation for furnishing all materials, and for all preparation, m'A1118 and placing of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, to .s, and incidentals necessary to completa the item. Page 282 my I1 Jim t t 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-401 BITUMINOUS SURFACE COURSE ' Payment will be made tinder: r Item P-401-6.1 Aggregate Bituminous Surface Courfie - per ton 1 (61% crushed aggregate) Item P-401-6.1 Aggregate Bituminous Surface Course per ton (90X crushed aggregate) 1 Item P-401-6.1 Bituminous Material - per gallon or ton r ' TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title IASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO M 17--Filler AASHO T 104--:soundness WHO M 20--Asphalt Cement AASHO T 19--Slag AASHO M 52--Tar AASHO T 89--Ltquid Limit AASHO T 90--Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index AASHO T 101--Swell AASHO T 182--Stripping ASTM D-1559--Marshall i A;'Td D-633-.-Vol. Correction fnr Tars ASTM D-1250--Vol. Correction for Asphalts ASTM D-1560•-Hveem Apparatus ' AASHO T 11 b 27--Grtdation AASHO T 84 & 85--Specific Cruvity DIV 11 Page 283 (FeGerr,a parrs 6' tar.-)urrh 302) 1 1 ITEM P-602-BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT 1 All paragraphs under Item P-642, Bituminous Pr:me Coat shall apply with the f3ll--jwing modifications 602-1.2 QUANTITY OF MATERIAL. The prime coat shall, be a;>plied at a rate of 1 , 0.25 to 0.50 gallons per square yard. 602-2.1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL, The bituminous material for prime coat shall be 1 emulsified asphalt SS-1, SS-1H, SS-X or SS-Kl1. 602-4.1 MEASUREMENT, The bituminous prime coat shall be the number of gallons used. 1 602-5.1 PAYMENT. Payment Por prime coat shall be per gallon. 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 1 1 1 10/24/74 Ac 150/ji/U-io 1 ' MISCELLANEOUS ITFH P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT Description 1 602-1.1 This item shall consist of an application of bituminous material 1 on the prepared base course in accordance with this specification applied at the rate specified by the engineer, The type of bituminous material to be used shall be selected by the engineer from those included in this ' specification. 602-1.2 QUANTITIES OF BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The approximate amount of ' bitumirous material per square yard for the prime coat shall be as provided in the Table 1. Table 1.- Quantitles of Material ' Afateria!__ Amournt - Bituminous material V0.26 to 9.50 Rallon per square yd. ' Materials ' 602-2,1 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL. The types, grades, controlling specifications, and application temperatures fcr the bituminous materia'- are given below. The engineer shall designate the specific material to be used. i 1 ' DIV IT. Page 363 ,i 1 1 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-602 SITLURNOUS PRIHE UJAT t ppticaion Tvpe and grade Specihcafio'~ ten ilpicaf n Liquid asphalt - RC-7U/MC-70/ AASH bi 81/M-82/ SC-70 X141 120°-160° F. RC-260/MC-260/ ,AASHO M 81/M 82/ SC-260 111 141 1604--200° F. Tar RT-2 AASHO M 62 60°--12600 F. RT-3 - AASHO M 52 800--1200 F. ' Conatruc.Eon Methods 1 602-3.1 WEATHER LIMITATIAS. The prime coat shell be applied only when the existing surface is dry or containq sufficient w isture to get uniform F distribution c,f the bituminous material, when the atmospheric temperature is above 60. 1., and when the weather is not foggy or rainy. The ' temperature requirements may be waived, but only when so directed by the engineer. ' 602-3.2 EQUIPMENT. The equipment used by the contractor shall Include a self-powered pressure bituminous material distributor and equipment for heating bituminous material. The distributor shall have pneumatic tires of such width and number that the load produced on the surface shall not exceed 650 pounds per inch of tire width and shall be design Pd, equipped, and operated so that bituminous material at even heat can be applied uniformly on variable widths of surface at readily controlled rates from 0.05 to 2.0 gallons per square ' yard. The material shall be applied within a pressure range from 25 to 75 pounds per square inch and with an allowable variation from any specified rate not to exceed 5%. Distributor equipment shall include a thermometer ' for reading temperatures of tank contents. ' Page 364 DIV 11 1 024/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT ' 2-3.3_ APPLICATION OF BITUMIA OUS MATERIAL. Immedia'.ely before applying the ime coat, t a ull wilt of a surface to be prime] shall be swept with a Wer broom to remove all loose dirt and other objectionable material. a application of the bituminous material shall be made by means of a essure distributor at the temperature, pressure, and in the amounts rected by the engineer. ' ollowing the application, the primed surface shall be allowed to dry not :as than 48 hvirs without being disturbed or for such additional time as may e necessary to permit the drying out of the prima until it will not be (eked up by traffic or equipment. This period shall be determined by the igineer. The surface shall then be maintained by the contractor until the urfacing has been placed. Suito5le precautions s%all be taken by the ontractor to protect the primed surface against ftmaga during this interval, ncluding supplying and spreading any sand necessary to blot up excess ituminous materia). 02-3.4 BITUMINOUS MATERIAL CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY. Samples of the ' ' .ituminous materials that the contractor proposes to us o, together with a statement as to their source and character, must be submitted and approved iefore use of such material begins. The contractor shall require the canufacturer or producer of the bituminous materials to furnish material subject to this and all other pertinent requirements of the contract. Only satisfactory materials, so demonstrated by service teats, shall be scceptable. The contractor shall furnish vendor's certified test reports for each carload, or equivalent, of bituminous material shipped to the project. The report shall be delivered to the englnear before permission is granted for e use of the material. The furnishing of the vendor's certified test report for the bituminous material shall not be interpreted as basis for final acceptance. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by ' testing samples of materials received for use on the project. ' 60?-3.5 FR1WT AND WEIGH BILLS. Befora the final estimate is allowed, the contractor shall file with the engineer receipted bills wh n raLlroad shipments are made, ani certified weigh bills when materials are received i^ any other manner, of the bituminous materials actually used in the construction covered by the contract. The contractor shall not rcmr,r bituminous material from the tank car or storage tank until the initial outage and temperature measurements have been taken by the engineer, nur ' shall the car or tank be released until the final outage has been taken by the engineer. DIV 11 Page 34i I AC 150/5370-10 10/24.'74 ITEM P-602 BITUMINOUS PRIME COAT ' Copies of fre!.ght bills and weigh bills shall be furnished to the enginear ' during the progress of the work. Method of Measurement 602-4.1 The bituminous prime coat to be paid for shall be the number of ' gallons or tons of the material used as ordered for the accepted work, corrected to 600F., in accordance with the temperature-volume correction tables for asphalt and tar materials contained in ASTM D-1250 and ASTM D-633 ' respectively. Basis of Payment 602-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per gallon or per ' t'on o' r bituminous prime coat, This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, delivering, and applying the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will bo made under: ' Item P-602-5.1 Bituminous Prime Coat--per gallon or per ton. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS 'Feet and short title Material and short title • ASTM D-1250--Vol Corr. for Asphalts AASHO M 81-Asphalt RC ASTM D-633--Vol. Corr. for Tara AASHO M 82--Asphalt MC AASHO M 52--Ter WHO M 141--Asph4lt SC 1 i ' Page 366 DIV 11 a.; 10/24/74 X 150/5370-10 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT ' CONCRETE Description 610-1.1 This item shall consist of cithor plain or reinforced -tructural portland cement concrete, prepared and constructed in accordance with these specifications, at the locations and of the form and dimensions shown on the plans. The concrete shall be composed of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, ' portland cement, and crater. ' Materials QQ 2.1 MERAL. Only approved materialsr conforming to the requirements of ' these specifications, shall be used in the work. That- may be subjected to inspection and tests at any time during the progress of their preparation or use. The source of supply of each of the materials shall be approved by the ' engineer before delivery or usb is started. Representative preliminary samples of the materials shall he submitted ty the contractor, when required, for examination and test. HAte vials shall be stored and handled to inesirs the preservation of their quality and fitness for use and shall be located to facilitate prompt inspection. All equipment for handling and transporting materials and concrete must be clean before any material or concrete is placed therein. In no case shall the use of pit-run or naturally mixeA aggregates be permitted. Naturally mixed aggregate shall be screened and washed, and all fine and coarse aggregates shall be stored separately and kept c?.ean. The mixing of different kinds of aggregates from different sources in one storage pile or alternating br,tches of different aggregates will not lie permitted. ' 601-2.2 COARSE AGGREGATE. The coarse aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 80. The percentage of wear shall be not more than 45 1 at 500 revolutions as detemined by AASi10 T 96. Coarse aggregate shall be well graded from coarse to fine and shall meet one of the gradations shown in Table 1, using AASHO T 27. 610-2.3 FINE AGGREGATE. The fine aggregate for concrete shall meet the requirements o AASHO M 6. DIV ti Page 30W AC 150/5370-10 40/24/74 IT).}I P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CFMNT CONCRFTE The fine aggregate shall be well graded from finj to coarse and shall meet the following gradi:tg requirements, when, tested in accordance with AASHO T ' 27: Table I.-Requirements for Gradation of Coarse i ~ - - Aggregate 61eve designation) Percentate by weight passing etern (aqua,*opening$) 2N 1,lN IM LM ELM % NO. 4 No. 4 ~.o % Inch 100 90-100 . /7 2046 0-10 No. 4 ro 1 Inch 100 YO-100 95-60 0-10 No. 4 to 11A Inch 166 95-100 l6-- 70 10-60 0- 6 Table 2.--Requirements for Gradation of ' Fine Aggregate ' glove designation Pgrcentage by welght (square openings) passing sieves Inch 100 o. 4 _ 96-100 No. !0 26-- 66 ' o. 16 46- 60 No. 60 1o- !0 No. 100 2-- to Blending will be permitted, if n:cessary, in order to meet the gradation requirements for fine aggregate. Fine aggregate deficient in the.Corcentage of material passing the No. 50 mesh sieve may be accepted, provided that such deficiency does not exceed 5% and is remedied by the addition of potgolante or cementitious materials other than portiand cement, as specified ' In 610-2.6 on admixtures, in sufficient quantity to produce the required workability as approved by the engineer. 10-2.4 (E M NT. The cement used shall be portiand cement conforming to the requirements of the type specified: ' II Page 3)3 DIV = . OEM ;'W! 10/24/74 AC 15015370-10 1 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORUAND CEMENT CONCRETE (a) Portland cement - AASHO H 85 (b) Air-entraining portland cement-- ---------M SHO H 134 (c) Portlani blast-furnnce slag cement AASHO M 151 (d) Air-entraining poittand blast furnace-----MSkTO N 151 nlag cement----------------- The contractor shall furnish vendors' cerrtiffiede tp=ojecportshfore each shall carload, or equivalent, of cement shipped be delivered to the engineer before permission to use the cement i!s granted. All such test reports shall be subject to verification by testing sample ' materials received for use on the project. 610-2.5 WATER. The watso used in concrete shall be free from scdage, oil, In laccordance loam. AASHO water T 26. ' of questionablekquality,eitt shall be matter, and ' 610-2.6 ADMIXTURES, The use of any material added to the concrete mix shall e approved 6Y the engineer. Before approval of any material, the contractor shall be required to subrkt ►4e results of complete physical and chemical ' . analyses made by an accep►, le testing laboratory. Subetquent tests shall be made of samples taken by the engineer from the supply of the material being furnished oX proposed for use on the work to determine whether the admixture is uniform in quality with that approved. 2. ASM TC 40C 350 meeting requirents of or raw or Pozzolanic admixtures natural lpobe fly zzolans ash Air-entraining admixtures shall meet the requirements of AASRO H 154. ' Air-entraining admixtures shall be added at the mixer in the amount necessary to produce the specified air content, water-reducing, set-controlling admixtures shall meet the requirements of ' ASTH C 494, Type A, water-reducing or Type D, water-reducing and retarding. Water-reducing admixtures shall be added at the mixer separately from air-entraining admixtures in accordance with the manufacturer's printed ' instructions. 610-2.1 _MHOLDEDJ0INf MTERTAT.. Premuldad joint materiel for expansion eet the requirements of one of the following AASIIO H 33, H 90, points shall m _ H 1531 or H 213. DIY It Page iJ') AC 150/5370-10 1o/2.4/7I~ ' ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE ' 610-2.8 JOINT FILLER. The filler for joints shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 181 grade A or B, or Item P-605, unless otherwise specified in the ' proposal. 610-2,9 STEEL REINFORCEMENT. Concrete reinforcing shall consist of deformed bars of either structural, intermediate, or hard grade billet steel meeting AASHO M 311 deformed bars of rail steel meeting AASHO H 42; or welded wire fabric meeting AASHO M 55. To qualify as deformed, bars shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 137. 610-2,10 CALCIUM CH LORICF. When calcium chloride is permitted by the engineer in the concrete as an accelerator, it shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 144, 610-2.11 COVER MATERIALS FOR CURING. Curing materials shall conform to one of the following specifications: (a) Cotton Mats for Curing Concrete AASHO M 73 (b) Waterp►oof Paper for Curing Concrete AASHO M 139 (c) Polyethylene Sheeting for Curing Concrete AASHO H 171 ' (d) Burlap Cloth made from Jute or Kenaf----------- AASHO H 182 (e) Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for MSHO H 148 Curing Concrete (Type 2) e Construction Hethods 610-3.1 GENERAL. the contractor shall furnish all labor, materials, and services necessary for, and incidental to, the completion of all work as shown on the drawings and specified herein. All machinery and equipment owned or controlled by the contractor, which he proposes to use on the work, shall be of sufficient size to meet the requirements of the work, and shall be such as to produce satisfactory work; all work shall be subject to the inspection and approval of the engineer. The contractor shall employ, at all times, a sufficient force of workmen of such experience and ability that the work can be prosecuted in a satisfactory and workmanlike manner. r Page 40) DIY It Nuinso I MKI - 10/24/74 Ac: 15v/u3/u-tu ' ITEH P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEHENT CONCRETE ' 410-3.2 CONCRETE PROPORTIONS. The concrete shall consist of a mixture of coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, Portland cement, and water. All aggregates and bulk cement shall be measured by weight. In proportioning aggregates and ' mixing water, compensation shall be made for the weight of moisture in the aggregates, and this shall be determined periodically. Concrete Proportions (Materials for one cubic yard of concrete) ' Weights in pounds 't'ype of Cement water dry aggregate slump content coarse content Fine Total range ' aggregate (min. (max. (inches) bagel gallons) srgggre re• aggre- gate ga:u Gravel 6 86 1070--1100 8210 2-5 ' slag shed atone 6 88 1330-1470 2430 2---5 i The proportions in the above table are based on the use of well graded aggregates. If it is impossible with the aggregates selected to prepare concrete of the proper consistency without exceeding Vie maximum net water content specified, the total weight of aggregate shall be reduced by the engineer until concrete of the proper consistency is obtained without ext.seding the maximum net water content specified, However, the contractor shall not be compensated for any additional cement which may be required by such adjustment. ' The weights specified in the above table were calculated for aggregates of the following bulk specific, gravitieao Natural sand and gravel, 2.65; crushed stone, 2.70; slag 2.30. For aggregates of specific gravities differing Mora than + 0.02 from thosa given above, the weights given in the tables shall be corrected. The quantities shown for cement and water shall control, and the ' weights of aggregates shall be varied to secure the proper yield based on absolute volumes. When a special mix requiring a reduction in the amount of water Is desired, the quantities of aggregate shall be increased to maintain the specified yield, UIV II page 401 e 1 AC 150/5320-10 10,/24/'14 ' ITEM P-610 STRUGIVRAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Yield test, made in accordance with specifical.on AASHO T 121, shall be made by the engineer for the purpose of determining the cement content per cubic yard of concrete. If at any time such cement content is found to be ' loam than that specified per cubic yard, the batch weights shall be reduced until the amount, of cement per cubic yard of concrete conforms to the requirements. the not mixing water shall be adjusted for the moisture contained in the aggregates, and for the moisture which they will absorb, in order to determine the amount of water to be added at the mixer. The absorption of ' the fine and coarse aggregates shall be determined by AASHO T 84 and T 85. When an air-entraining agent or air-entraining portland cement is used, ' there will be a bulking of the mortar of the concrete due to the amount of entrained air. To keep the cement factor specified at the correct amount, the weight of the fine aggregate shall be reduced, as directed by the engineer. The reduction in the fine aggregate shall be determined by yield ' tests as spacifijed. Under average conditions the reduction of the sand should he about 3% of the total weight of the fine and coarse aggregate. The air content of the concrete shall be between 3 and 6%, by vnluma. 1 The air content by volume shall be based on measurements made on concrete immediately atter discharge from the mixer in accordance with AASHO T 121 ' or T 152. 610-3.3 CONTROL TESTS. When directed by the engineer, the contractor ' sialr` l-Make test cylinders or beams from the concrete as mixeO. for the work as hnrein specified, Concrete cylindrical test specimens 9% all be made in accordance with AASHO T 23 and bears specimens shall be made in accordance with WHO T 47. The contractor shall cure and store the tear. specimens under such conditions as ' directed. 1'he engineer wall make the actual testa on the specimens at no expense to the contractor. 610-3.4 PROPORTIONING AND MEASURING DEVICES. When package cement is used, the quantity or each batch shell e eq ual to one or more whole sacks of cement. The aggregates s hill be measured separately by weight. If aggregates are delivered to the mixer in batch trucks, the exact amount for Page 442 DIV It 10/24P4 tic 171 „3/V-.Lu ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL P,)RTL,IND CFMNi' ' CONCRETE each mixer charge shall be contained in each batch compartment, neighing boxes or hoppers shall be approved by the engineer and ehall provide means of regulating the flow of aggregates into the batch box So that the required and ' exact weight of '.ggrogates can be readily obtained. 610-3.5 CONSISTENCY. The consistency of the concrete shall be checked by !he slump teat specified in AASHO T 1190 III ' 610-3.6 HIXINQ. Concrete may bu mixed at the construction site, at a central point, or wholly or in part in truck mixers. Whichever mixing process is used. concrete of thet specified proportions and consistency shall be produced. 610-3.1 MIXING CONDITIONS. The concrete shall be Aixed only in quantities ' required for immediate use. Concrete shall not be mixed while the air temperature it below 40' F. without permission of the engineer. If permission is granted for mixing under such conditions, aggregates or water, ' or both, shall be heated and the concrete shall be placed at a temperature not less 0! an 50' nor more than 100' F. The contractor shall be held ~ reaponeible for any defective work, resulting from freezing or injury in any ' manner during placing and curing, and shall replace such work at hie axpenee. Ratempering of concrete by addin,d water or any other material shall not be permitted. ' The delivery of concrete to the job shall be in such a manner that batches of concrete will be deposited at uninterrupted intervals. 610-3.8 FORMS. Concrete shall not be placed until all the forma and ' reinforcements have been inspected and approved by the engineer. Forma shall be of suitable material and shall be of the type, size, shape, quality, and strength to build the structure as designed on the plane. The forms shall be true to line and grade and shall be mortar-tight and sufficiently rigid to ' prevent displacement and sagging between supports. The contractor shall bear responsibility for their adequacy. The surfaces of `arms shall be smooth and free from irregularities, dents, sage, and holes. t r DIV it Page 1i03 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/`74 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE The internal ties shall be arranged so that, when the forme are removed, no metal will rhow in the concrete surface or discolor the surface when exposed to weathering. All forms shall be wetted with water or with a nonstaining ' mineral oil which shall be applied shortly before the concrete is placed. Farms shall be constructed so that they can be removed without injuring the concrete or concrete surface. The forms shall twt be removed before the ' expiration of at least 30 hours from %srtical faces, wallet slender columns, and similar structures; forms supported by falsework under slabs, beams, girders, arches, and similar construction shall not be removed until tests indicate that at least 60% of the design strength of the concrete has developed, §10-3,4 PLACING REINFORCEMENT. All reinforcement shall be accurately placed, as shown on the plans, and shall be firmly held in position during concreting. Sara shall be fastened together at intersections. The rein{orcement shall be supported by approved metal chairs. Shop' drawings, listd, and bending ddtsils shall be supplied by the contractor when required, ' 610-3.10 EMBEDDED ITEMS. Before placing concrete, any items that .ire to be embed ed shall be firmly and securely fastened in place as indicated. All such items shall be clean and free from costing, xust,,scale, all, or any ' foreign matter. The embedding of wood shall be avoided. The concrete shall be spaded and consolidated around and against embedded items. t 610-3.11 PLACING CONCRETE. All concrete shall be placed during daylight, un ess otherwise approved. The concrete shall not be placed until the deptii aad character of foundation, the adequacy of form and falsework, and the placing of the steel reinforcing have been ap roved. Concrete shall be placed as soon as practical after mixing and ~n no case later than 1 hour after water has been added to the mix. The method and manner of placing ' shall be such to avoid segregation and displacement of the r0 nforcament, Troughs, pipes, and chutes shall be used as an aid in placing cr;crete when necessary. Dropping the concrete a distance of more than 5 feet, or depositing a large quantity at cno ruint, will not be perttiitted, Concrete shall be. placed upon clean, damp surfaces, free from running water, or upon properly consolidated toil. 1 page 404 D1V 11 10/24/7+ AC 150/5370-10 t ' ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND ME NP CONCRETE The concrete shall be compacted with suitable mechanical vibrators operating within the concrete. When necessary, vibrating shall be supplemented by hand spading with suitable tools to assure proper and adequate compaction. ' Vibrators shall be manipulated so as to work the concrete thoroughly around the reinforcement and embedded fixtures and into corners and angles of the forms, The vibration at any joint shall be of sufficient' duration to accomplish compaction but shall not be prolonged to the point where segregation occurs. Concrete deposited under water shall be carefully placed in a compact mass in its final position by meanp of a tremis, a closed bottom dump bucket, or other approved method and shall not be disturbed after being ' deposited. 610-3.12 CONSTRUCTION JOINTS. When the placing of concrete is suspended, necessary provisions shall be mAde for joining future work before the placed concrete takes its initial set. For the proper bonding of old and new ' concrete, such provisions shall be made for grooves, steps, keys, dovetails, reinforcing bare or other devices as may be prescribed. The work shall be arranged so that a section begun on any day shall be finished during daylight of the same day. Before depositing new concrete on or against concrete which ' has hardened, the surface of the hardened concrete shall be cleaned by a heavy vto.el broom, roughened slightly, vatted, end covered with a neat coating of cement paste or grout. ' 0-3.13 EXPANSION JOINTS. Expansion joints shall be constructed at such points and o such dimensions as may be indicated on the-drawings. The premoided filler shall be cut to the same shape as that of the surfaces being joined. The filler shall be fixed firmly against the surface of the concrete already in place in such manner that it will not be displaced when concrete is Jeposited against it. , ' 610-3,14 DEFECTIVE WORK. Any defective work disclosed after the forms have been removed shall be immediately removed and replaced. If any dimensions are deficient, or if the surface of the concrete is bulged, uneven, or shows honeycomb, which in the opinion of the engineer cannot be repaired satisfactorily, the entire section shall be removed and replaced at the expense of the contractor. DIV it Page 405 i 1 I I AC 10/24/'(4 ITPI P-610 STRUCTURAL POR'r1.At+D CEMENT CONCRETE 610-3,15 SURFACE FINISH. All exposed concrete surfaces shall be true, smooth, free from open or rough spaces, depressions, or projections. The concrete in horizontal plane surfaces shall be brought flush with the finished top surface at the proper elevation and shall be struck-off with a ' stratghtedge and floated. Mortar finishing shall not be permitted, nor shall dry cement or sand-cement mortar be spread over the concrete during the finishing of horizontal plane surfaces. ' ' Wan directed, the surface fintih of exposed concrete shall be a rubbed finish. If fcrms can be removed while the concrete is still green, the surface shall be pointed and wetted and then rubbed with a wooden float until all irregularities are removed. If the concrete has hardened before being rubbed, a carborundum stone shall be used to finish the surface, When approved, the finishing can be done with a rubbing machine. ' 610-3,16 CURING AND PROTECTION. All concrete shall be properly curete, and protected by the contractor. The work shall be protected from the elements, ' flowing water, and from defacement of any nature during the building operations. The concrete shall be cured as soon as it has sufficiently hardened by covering with an approved material. Water-absorptive coverings ' shall he thoroughly saturated when placed and kept saturated for a period of at least 3 days. All curing mate or blankets shall be sufficiently weighted or tied down to keep the concrete surface covered and to prevent the surface from being exposed to currents of air. Where wooden forms are used, they shall be kept wet at all times until removed to prevent the opening of joints and drying out of the concrete. Traffic shall not be allowtd on concrete surfaces for 7 days after the concrete has been placed. 1 610-3.17 DRAINS OR DUCTS. Drainage pipes, conduits, and ducts that are to be encased in concrete shall be installed by the contractor before the concrete is placed. The pipe shall be held rigidly so that it will not be displaced or moved during the placing of the,concrete, 610-3.18 COLD WEATHER PROTECTION. When concrete Is placed at temperatures 0 ow Gds F., the contractor shall provide satisfactory methods and means to protect the mix from injury by freezing. The aggregates, or water, or both, shall be heated in order to place the concrete at temperatures between 30° and 1000 F. Page 4"6 DIV it I~ 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-20 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE ' Calcium chloride may be incorporated in the mixing water when directed by the engineer. Not more than 2 pounds of Type I nor more than 1.6 pounds of Type 2 shall be added per bag of cement. After the concrete has been placed, the eontraator shall provide sufficient protection such as cover, canvas, framework, heating apparatus, etc., to enclose and protect the structure and maintain the temperature of the mix at not leas than a")• F. until at least ' 60% of the designed strength has been attained. ' 610-3.19 FILLING JOINTS. All joints which require filling shall be thoroughly cleaneds and any excess mortar or concrete shall be cut out with proper tools. Joint filling shall not be atarted until after final curing ' and shall be done only when the concrete is Completely dry. The cleaning and filling shall be carefully done with proper equipment and in a manner to obtain a neat looking Joint free from excess filler. Method of Measurement I 610-4.1 The yardage of portland cement concrete to be paid for shall be the num erwof cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted. In computing the yardage of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be those abown on the plans or ordered by the engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall be made for forma, falsework, cofferdams, pumping, bracing, expansion joints, or finishing of the concrete. No deductions in ' yardage shall be mare for the volumes of reinforcing steel or embedded items. ' 610-4.2 The poundage of reinforcing steal to be paid' for shall be the calculated theoretical number of pounds placed, as shown on the plans, complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used foi deformed bars shall ' be the weight of plain square or round bars of equal nominal size. If so indicated on the plans, the poundage to be paid for shall inc:ude the weight of metal pipes and drains, metal conduits and ducts, or similar materials indicated and included. 1 1 ' DIV II Page 407 1 1 e AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL. PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE Basis of Payment 610-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for ' structural portland cement concrete and per pound for reinforcing steel. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all matetials and for all preparation, delivering and installation of these maLerlals, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. ' Payment will be made under: e Item P-610-5.1 Structural Portland Cement Concrete - per cubic yard. . Item P-610-5.1 Steel Reinforcement - per pound. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ' Teat and short title Material and short title AASHO T 27--Gradation AASKO'M 80--Aggregate t, AASHO T 96--Abrasion AASHO M 6-Aggregate ' AASHO T 26--Water AASHO M 85--Portland Cement AASHO T 121--Yield AASHO M 134--Air-Entrained ' Portland Cement AASHO T 84--Absorption AASHO M 151--Slag Portland Cement Concrete ' AASHO T 85--Absorption ASTM C 350--Fly-Ash AASH O T 152--Air Content ASTM C 402--Poxtolana WHO T 23--Cylinders AASHO M 154--Air-Entrained Additives 10/24/y4 AC 150/5~ 0-i., ' ITEM P-610 STRUCTURAL PORTLAND CEMENT CONCRETE ' AASHO T 97--Beams AST14 C 494--Retarder AASHO T 119--Slump AASHO M 33-.-Joint Material AASHO M 90--Joint Material ' AASHO H 153--Joint Material AASHO H 213--Joint Material ' AASHO M 18--Joint material AASHO M 31--Steel ' AASHO M 42--Steel AASHOaM SS--Stv.: AASHO H 137--Steel ' AASHO it 144--Accelerator AASHO H 73--Cotton Mate AASHO H 139--Paper AASHO M X71--Polyo&'~ylene AASHO H 182--Burlap 1 AASHO M 148--Membrane I{ 1 DIv 11 Page 405(Reservo pages410 tnruugh 414) t ITLM P-620 - RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING 620-2.1 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING ' Runway and taxiway painting shall apply with the following modifica- tionst 620-2.11 PAINT, delete paragraph and substitute the followings ' The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-85 and the paint shall be used with reflective media. 620-2.2 REFLECTIVE MEDIA ' Delete the paragraph and substitute the followings They paint for runway and taxiway painting shall be reflective paint and this feature will be provided by the addition of a minimum of 10 pounds of glass spheres per gallon of paint to the surface of the pigmented binder. This reflective media shall conforn to Federal Specification TT-E-1325, Type III. 620-4.1 Delete the phrase "or one item complete in place". 620-5.1 Delete the first sentence and substitute the followings Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per square foot ' for painting. t t , 1 AG 150/5370--10 1o/ab/74 ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING Description 620-1.1 This item shall consist of the palutiug of numbers, markings, and attr prey on the surface of runways and taxiways applied in accordance with these specifications and at the locations shown on the plans, or as directed by the engineer. Materials ' 620-2.1 PAINT. The paint shall meet the requirements of Fed. Spec. TT-P-85. Tie paint may be used with or without reflective media, as specified. ' 620-2.2 REFLE CfIVE MEDIA. When reflective paint is specified, this feature ' will be provided by the addition of glass apheres to the surface of the pigmented binder. The reflective media shall conform to Fed. Spec. `I'-8-1325, Type 111. 1 Construction Methods ' 620-3.1 WEA111ER LIMITATIONS. ;*he painting shall be performed only when the existing surface is dry and clean, when the atmospheric temperature is above h0' F., and when the weather is not excessively windy, dusty, or foggy. The suitability of the weather will be determined by the engineer. ' 620-3.2 _EQUIPMENT. All equipment for the work shall be approved by the engineer and shall include the apparatus necessary to properly clean the existing surface, a mechanical marking machine, and such auxi Llary hand painting equipment as may be necessary to satisfactorily complete the ,fob. The mechanical marker shall be an approved atomizing spray-type marking ' machine suitable for application of traffic paint. It shall produce an even and uniform film thickness at the required coverage and shall be designed ou as to apply markings of uniform cross sections and clear-cut edges without running or spattering and within the limits for straightness set forth ' heroin. When needed, a dispenser shall be furnished which is properly designed for attachment to the mechanical markor and suitable for dispensing the required quantity of reflective media. ' DIV it Page 111r) 1 AC 150/5370-10 lo/24/74 ' ITEM P-620 RLB+dAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING Suitable adjustments shall be provided on the sprayer(a) of a single machine or by furnishing additional equipment for painting the width required. ' 620-3.3 PREPARATION OF EXISTING SURFACE. Immediately before application of the paint, the existing surface shall be dry and entirely free from dirt, grease, oil, acids, laitance, or other foreign matter which would reduce the bond between the coat of paint and the pavement. The surface shall be thoroughly cleaned by sweepi.lg and blowing as required to remove all dirt, laitance, and loose materials. Areas which cannot be satisfactorily cleaned by brooming and blowing shall be scrubbed as directed with a water solution of trisodium phosphate (10% Na3Po4 by weight) or an approved equal solution. After scrubbing, the solution shall. be rinsed off and the surface dried prior to painting. 874sting markings or stripes which are to be abandoned or removed shall be obliterated or obscured by the best methods suited for the purpose and to the ' satisfaction of the engineer. 620••3.4 LAYOUTS AND ALIGNMENT. On those sections of pavements where no ' p eviaus y applied figures, markings, or stripes are, available to serve as a guide, suitable layouts and lines of proposed stripes shall be spotted in advance of the paint application. Control points shall.be spaced at such ' intervals as will insure accurate location of all markings. The contractor shall provide an experienced technician to supervise the, ' location, alignment, layout, dimensions, and application of the paint. Single stripes shall be applied wholly on one side of te.e longitudinal pavement ,joints. Double or multiple stripes shall be cantered over similar t joints. ' 620•-3.5 APPLICATION. Markings shall be applied at the locations and to the dimssnsions and spacing indicated on the plans or as specified. Paint shall not be applied until the layouts, indicated alignment, .;nd the condition of ' the existing surface have been approved by the engineer. The paint shall be mixed in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions bel.ore application. The paint s ball be thoroughly mixed and applied to the ' surface of the pavement with the marking machine at its original consistency without the addition of thinner. If the paint is applied by brush, the surface shall receive two coats; the first coat shall be thoroughly dry ' before the second coat is applied. Pagn 416 DIV II 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM P-620 RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING t When reflectoriaed markings are applied, the reflective media shall be ' distributed to the surface of the pigmented binder immediately and tubedded at the rate and depth as required to provide adhesion and reflection. ' A period of several weeks shall elapse between application of the bituminous seal coat or the placement of the bituminous surface course and the marking of the pavement. The paint shall not bleed excessively, curl, or discolor when applied to bituminous surfaces. ' In the application of straight stripes, any deviation in the edges exceeding 1/2 inch in 50 feet shall be obliterated and the marking ' corrected. The width of the markings shall be as designated within a tolerance of 5%. All painting shall be performed to the satisfaction of the eoaineer by compentent and experienced equipment operators, laborers, ' and artisans in a neat and workmanlike manner. Paint shall be applied uniformly by suitable equipment at a rate of not less than 105 nor more than 115 square feet per gallon. Class spheres ' shall be applied at the rate of 10 pounds per gallon of paint. High-intensity granules shall be applied at the rate of 1.7 pounds per .1 of paint. sells. t The contractor shall furnish a certified report on the quality of materials ordered for the work. This report shall not be interpreted as a basis for ' final acceptance. The engineer shall be notified upon arrival of shipment for inspecting and sampling of the materials. When required, all emptied containers shall be returned to the paint material storage pr made available for tallying by the engineer. The containers shall not be removed from the airport or destroyed without permission. The contractor shall make an accurate accounting of the paint materials used in the accepted work. t 620-3.6 PROTECTION. After application of the paint, all markings shall be protected while the paint is drying. The fresh paint shall be protected from injury or damage of any kind. The contractor shall be directly responsible and shall erect or place suitable warning signs, flags or barricades, protective screens, or coverings as required. All surfaces shall be protected from disfiguration by spatter, splashes, spillage, drippings of paint or other materials. ' DID' II Page 1117 ' AC 15015370-10 10/24/74 ITEM P-620 RtN WAY AND TAXIWAY PAINTING 620-3.7 DEFECTIVE WORKMANSHIP OR MATERIAL. When any material not confotming ' to the requirements of the specifications or plans has been delivered to the project or incorporated in the work or any work performed is of inferior quality, such material or work shall be considered defective and shall be ' corrected as directed by the engineer, at the expense of the contractor. Method of Measurement 620-4.1 The quantity of runway and taxiway numbering and marking as shown on ' t i plans to be paid for shall be the number of square feet of painting or one item complete in place, all performed in accordance with the specifications and accepted by the engineer. ' Basis of Payment ' 620-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price per sgvare foot or contract lump sum for painting. This price shall be full compensation for ' furnishing all materials and for all preparation, layout, and application of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: ' Item P-620-5.1 Runway and Taxiway Painting - per square foot. Item P-620-5.1 Runway and Taxiway Painting - lump sum. TUr INC AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ' Test and short title Material and short title None 1TT-P-65-Paint Y TT-B-1325--Reflective Beads 1Federal Specification 1 ' Page 1018 DIV 11 i 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 DIVISION IV ' DRAINAGE e ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS Description ' 701-1,1 This item shall consist of pipe of the types, classes, sites, and dimensions required on the plans, furnished and installed at the places designated on the plans and profiles, or by the engineer, in accordance with ' these specifications and with the lines and grades given. The item shall include the bid price per linear foot of pipe in place, the cost of common excavation and backfill, the cost of furnishing and installing ' all trench bracing, all fittings required to complete the pipe drain as shown on the plans, and the material for and the making of all joints, including all connections to existing drainage pipe and structures, ' Materials 701-2,1GENERAL. The pipe shall be of the type called for on the plans or in Re proposal and shall be in accordance with the following appropriate ' requirements. When harmful concentrations of petroleum fuels are wasted to the piping, pipe containing bituminous products in its coating end/or paving, nor pipe jointing made with material, such as rubber, that •+ould also be adversely affected shall not be used. 701-2.2 VITRIFIED u LAY PIPE. Vitrified clay pipe shall conform the requirements of AASK0 M 65; or the appropriate AS114 C-13, C-2610 or C-462 for ' standard strength pipe, and ASTM C-200, C-278, or C-463 for extra strength pipe. 701-2.3 CONCRETE SEWER PIPE. Concrete sewer pipe, standards nonreinforced, shall conform to the requirements of AASHO H 86 or ASTH C-14. DIV 'IV Page 463 1 1 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS ' 701-2.4 CONCRETE CULVERT AND SEWER PIPE. Concrete culvert and sewer pipe, reinforced, shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 170 or ASTM C-76. ' 701-2.5 CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE, Corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec, WW-P-405, r 701-2.5.1 STRUCTURAL PLATE PIPE PIPE ARCH Ma, pipe are n, and arch shall 'Co; orm to the tegquuirrements ofuFed.pSpec. ' WW-P-405. 701-2.5.2 ASBESTOS-BONDED CORRUGATED 5TEEL PIPE. Asbestos-bonded corrugated r steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec, WW-P-405. ' 701-2.6 BITUMINOUS-COATED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Bituminous-coated corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405. ' 701-2.6.1 BITUMINOUS -COATED STRU T H tumir;ous-coated structural PLATE PIPE PIPE A,.^H AND ~ .Cg' P ateMI P , pipe arch, and arch shall con orm to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-p-405. 701-2.6,2 BITUMINOUS-COATED ASBESTOS-B(V DED CORRUGATED STEEL PIPE. Bituminous-coated, asbestos-bonded corrugated steel pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405. ' 701-2,7 CORRUGATED ALUMINUM 898,11 conform to the requirements oflFed. Spec.gWW-P-4(►2minum alloy pipe r 701-2,8 BITUMINOUS-COATS D CORRUGATED ALUMINUM ALLOY PIPE, ' Bituminous-coated, corrugated alua,inus alloy pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-402. 701.2.9 ASSSSTOS-CElENT SEWER PIPE. Asbestos-cement sewer i n sh conform to the requirements of Fed. Spne. SS-P-331- p p all 1 1 Page 464 DIV 1 1 i 10/21/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS 701-2.10 MORTAR. Mortar for pipe joints and connections to other drainage structures shall be composed of 1 part, by volume, of portland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand. The portland cement shall conform to the requirements ' of AASHO H 85, Type 1. The sand shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 45. Hydrated lime may be added to the mixture of sand and cement in an amount equal to 15% of the weight of cement used. The hydrated lime shall ' meet the requirements of ASTH C-6. I 701-2.11 CONCRETE. Concrete for pipe cradles shall conform to the requirements of Item P-610. ' 701-2.12 OAKUH PACKING. Oakum packing for joints in bell and spigot pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-P-117. ' 701-2,13 RUBBER GASKET JOINTS. Rubber-type gaskets for concrete nonpressure pipe ~►afl conform to the requirements of ASTM C-443. If the gaskets are to be exposed to petroleum products, a swelling test based on Methods 6001 and 6211 of Fed. Std, 601 shall be used. When the latter method is used with No. 3 oil for 70 hours at 212' F., the swelling shall not ' exceed 1001, by volume. (Gaskets shall meet the low-temperature flexibility requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-G-156). 1 ?01-2.14 COMPOSITION GASKET JOINTS. Factory fabricated jointing connections vaing materials having resilient properties on vitrified clay pipe shall conform to the requirements of ASTH C-425. If the gaskets are to be exposed to petroleum products, a swelling test based on Methods 6001 and 6211 of Fed. Std. 601 shall be used. When the letter ' method is used with No. 3 oil for 70 hours at 21e' F., the swelling shall not exceed 100%, by volume. (Gaskets sham meet the low-temperature flexibility requirements of Fed. Spec. HH-0-156). ' 701-2.15 JOINT-SEALING COMPOUND. Joint-sealing compound used in filling ' joints of bell and spigot sewer pipe shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. SS-S-169 or SS-S-210. DIV IV Page 465 rpm AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS Construction Methods 701-3.1 EQUIPXENT. All equipment necessary and required :or the proper construction of storm sewers and culverts shall be on the project, in first-class working condition, and approved by the engineer before construction is permitted to start. The contractor shall provide appropriate hoisting equipment to handle the pipe while unloading and placing it in its final position without damage to ' the pipe. The contractor shall provide hand tampers and pneumatic tampers to obtain 1 the required compaction of the pipe bed and the backfill, as specified. 701-3.2 EXCAVATION. (a) Coommon. The contractor shall do all common excavation to the depth shown on the plans. Common excavation shall consist of all excavation not included under rock excavation. (b) _wk. The contractor shall do all rock excavation to the specified ' depth shown on the plans plus the required addtional depth for bedding. Rock excavation shall consist of the removal of boulders and detached rock, 1/2 cubic yard in volune or greater, and of all rock in place in ledges or e masses which can be removed only by the use of bars and sledges or by blasting. Where rock, or soil containing rocks or gravel, hard pan, or other unyielding foundation material is encountered in trench excavation, the pipe shall be bedded in accordance with the requirements of one of the classes of bedding but with the followi,lg additions: The hard unyielding material ' shall be excavated belew the elevation of the bottom of the pipe or pipe bell to a depth of at least 8 inches or 1/2 inch for each foot of fill over the top of the pipe, whichever is greater, but not more than three-fourths ' the nominal diameter of the pipe. The cushion shall consist of a fina compressive material, such as silty clay or loam, lightly compacted, and shaped as required for the specified class of bedding. The cost of furnishing and placing the cushion material shall be included in the. bid price per cubic yard for rock excavation. Before any rock is removed, the engineer shall have the opportunity to obtain the necessary data to determine the yardage to be used for payment. The bottom of the trench shall be excavated to a horizontal section as far as practicable. Page 466 DIV IV AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM .WERS AND CULVERTS (c) General. Excavated may the rial contractor as directed by the Tngineer. it e a shall be disposed of by Common excavation shall not be carried below the required depth; lout ie, the trenc;r shall backfilled at ttA thetdeneityaof~thesautro dingrial ' approved by the engineer and compacted the FAA coop action control tests T 611. earth material as s determined by or the u of the When directed, unstable soil eand or with all be app removed fgranular material. T}1e ' and able trench and replaced of uns the engineer shall determine the The backfi la shall bet coop cted and shaped to emount firm of but b slightly y yielding lding condition to form the bed for the pipe. When ' a not a fir specified d in in the special provisions, the cost of removing unstable soil and repl..cing it with approved material shall be covered by a supplemental agreement for the cubic yards of excavation and ofrfapproved ace grade to the, invert The depth of cut shown on the plans is from the au a show of the pipeline. In case not the deth exceed 6of cut is chsntea fromsiontin a on the plans, the change shall if the depth of cut nvolved, contract unit price rer linear foot of pipes gdeducti Of work is changed more than inchaed,c sholl be mpensatiP ovidediarin asupplemental involy whether increased ' agreements shall The minimum width of the trench at thetcoaa of tr the uction pigs, of j when joints and placed, be a width which will permit the Proper ons rides of the tsenrh shall be ' compaction of backfill around the pipe. The The ma,ximum allowable vertical, unless otherwise approved by the engineer. width of the trench shall not red ed t12 hen gis on eich side of the pipe when ' placed, unless otherwise by es The bed for the pipe shall be so shaped that at least the lower quarter of the pipe circumference shall be in continuous contact with the Sottom of the ' trench. ench bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary The contractor snail do such tr removed to perform and protect the excavation as regoorshoring shall not be conformance ' to governing laws. The bracing, sheathing, asi:~e stages as determined by the in one operation but shall be done in succe during backfilling operations, or shoring, and the removal of same, engineer to prevent overlsheath of ing, the pipe ' The cost of the bracing, Will be included in the unit price bid per toot for the pipe. Pa go 467 DIV IV 1 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM D-101 PIPE FOR STORM SEWrRS AND CULVERTS ' 701-3.3 CRADLES. When the engineer finis the bottom of the trench to be an insufficient foundation for the pipe, he shall determine the locations and diinensions of the necessary cradles to properly support the pipe. The design details for the cradles shall be as shown on the plans. ' 701-3.4 LAYING AND INSTALLING PIPE. (a) ~a~gpa and oncrata Y10b,. The contractor shall provide the necessary mason's lines and supports to insure installatiot of the pipe to line and grade, as staked "y the engineer. The contractcrf,x facilities for lowering the pipe into the tren bed.all bE such that neithet the pipe nor the trench will be damaged or ~ r ' The engineer shall inspect all pipe befogs it is laid, and reject any section that is damaged by handling or is defective to a degree which will materially affect the function and service of the pipe. The laying of the pipe in the finished trench shall be started at tha-lowast po!,nt and laid upgrade. When bell and spigot pipe is used, the bell shall be laid upgrade. If tongue sad groove pipe is used, the grooved and shall be laid upgrade. ' ilia pipe shall be firmly and accurately met to line and grade so that the invert will be smooth and uniform. The pipe shall be protected from water during placing and until the mortar in the joints has thoroughly set. ' When bell and spigot pipes are used, spaces for the pipe bells shall be dug in the pipe subgrads to accommodate the bells. These spaces shall be deep enough to insure that the bells do not bear the load of the pipe; they shall not be excessively wide in relation to the longitudinal direction of the trench. When the pipes are laid, the barrel of each section of pipe shall be thets full length, in contact with the quadrant-shedhcbedding aethload roughout exclusive of the bell, to support pipe. Pipe shall not be laid on frozen ground. with with elliptical top orpe when all placoing riented rinaacpipe cordane constructed ' sh bottom. The upgrade and of pipelines not terminating 'n a structure shall be plugged or capped as approved by the engineer. D1V IV ' Page 468 ' 10/24/'14 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS Pipe which is not true in alignment, or which shows any settlement after laying, shall be taken up and reiaid without extra compensation. ' The contractor shall provide, es may be necessary, for the temporary diversion of steam flow in order to permit the installation of the pipe under dry conditions. ' (b) Corrugated tael Pipe. Corrugated steel pipe shall be laid with separate sections joined firmly together with coupling bandr, conforming to Fed. Spec. WW-P-4050 with outside laps of circumferential joints pointing ' upgrade, and with longitudinal laps on the sides. Proper facilities shall be provided for lowering the pipe when it is to be placed in a trench. The pipe shall be laid carefully and true to lines and grades on a bed which is uniformly firm throughout its length. Any pipe which is not in true alignment, or which shows any undue settlement after ' being laid or is damaged, shall be taken up and relaid without extra compensation. The pipe shall be placed so that the element of the cylindrical pipe ' constituting the centerline of the paved section shall coincide with the flow line of the culvert or sewer. Sections of paved pipe shall be laid so that the flow line is smooth and continuous across joints. All pipe shalt be handled so as to prevent bruisfng, or breaking of the speltor coating or the bituminous coating. All spots on the pipe where the spelter or bituminous coating has been injure4 or destroyed shall be painted with two coats of asphaltic paint, or otherwise repaired in a satisfactory manner. ' Where elongated pipe is shown on the plans or specified in the proposal, the pipe shall conform to the requirements of red. Spec. WW-P-405. 701-3.5 MORTAR. The mortar shall be of the desired consistency for calking and filling the joints of the pipe or for calking and :Illing between the ' pipe and the drainage structures. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Retempering of mortar shall not be permitted. DIV IV Pago;a69 AC 150/5370-10 10/2L/74 1 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS ' 701-3.6 PIPE JOINTS. Pipe joints for clay or concrete pipe may be of the bell and spigot type or the tongue and groove type unless one type is specified by the engineer. One of the following methods of jointing pipe 1 shall ba used: (a) Cement Mortar Joints. ' (1) Hell and spigot pipe. The first pipe shall be bedded to the established grade line, placing the bell end upstream. The interior surface of the bell shall be carefully cleaned v+... a wet brush, and the lover ' portion of the bell filled with mortar to such a depth as to bring the inner surfaces of the abutting pipe flush and even. The spigot and of each subsequent pipe shall be cleaned with a wet brush and uniformly matched into ' the bell so that the sections are closely fitted. After each section Is laid, the remainder of the joint shall be filled mortar, and a bead shall be formed around the outside of the joint with a sufficient amount of additional mortar. The cement mortar shall be protected from rapid drying from exposure to sun or wind by suitable covering ouch no damp burlap kept moist for at least 24 hours. If the mortar is not sufficiently stiff to prevent appreciable slump before setting, the outside of the joint should be wrapped ' or bandaged with cheesecloth to hold the mortar in place. (2) Tongue and groove pipe. The first pipe shall be bedded 1 carefully to the established Scale line with the groove upstream. A shallow excavation shall be made underneath the pipe at the joint and filled with mortar to provide a bed for the second, pipe. The grooved end of the first pipe shall be carefully cleaned with a wet brush, and a layer of soft mortar applied to the lower half of the groove. The tongue of the second pipe shall be cleaned carefully with a wet brush, and while in a horizontal position, a layer of soft mortar shall be applied to the upper half of the tongue. The 1 tongue end of the second pipe shall then be injected in the grooved end of the first pipe until mortar is squeezed out on the interior and exterior surfaces. Sufficient mortar shall be used to completely fill the joint and 1 to form a bead on tha outside. The cemc rtar shall be protected from rapid drying from exposure to sun or wind by suitable covering such as a damp burlap kept moist for at least 24 hours. If the mortar is not sufficiently stiff to prevent appreciable slum before setting, some method shall be provided to hold the mortar in place. 1 Page 470 DIV IV 1 10/24/74 Ac 150/5370-10 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SWERS AND CULVERTS (b) Cement Grout ,Joints. 1 (1) Bell andspigot pipe. The pipe shall be bedded and installed as described in a a ove, with the exception of placing mortar. Suitable means shall be furnished for centering the spigot into the bell. The joint shall be sealed with cement grout poured or pumped into diaper bands, Dicper bands shall be made from a suitable fabric of sufficiently close weave to prevent the lose of cement from the grout but shall not be waterproof. The longitudinal edges of the bands shall be rolled and hemmed in a manner to t contain a steel wire or strap along each edge. The width of the band shall be such that it will tie back of the bell and yet extend over the joint. The length shall extend to at least 90% of the outside diameter of the pipe, but ' the steel wires or straps shall be of sufficient extra length so the ends can be twisted or fastened together at the top of the pipe to hold the diaper tight against the pipe, After securing the band, an inspection shall be made ' to insure that the band is positioned completely around the pipe and that the joint is covered. The fabric of the band shall be dipped in cement mortar before placing, but the fabtic shall not be dry nor the mortar set before po•iring the joint. The cement grout shall consist of the same materials as specified for mortar but shall contain sufficient water to maintain a free-pouring conslatency. Tho grout shall be poured between the band and the pipe through the openings in the diaper at the bottom of the pipe. The ' pouring of grout shall alternate from side to aide of the pipe, and successive pourings shall fill the joint in almost equal lifts on each side. Care shall be exercised to seal the joint at the bottom of the pipe. The diaper shall be left in place. No bacl:filltng shall be done until the joints have been inspected and approved. (2) Tongue and groove pipe. The pipe shall be bedded and installed as described in a above, with the exception of placing the mortar. Suitable means shall be furnished for centering the tongue into the groove, The joint shall be sealed with cement grout poured or pumped into ' diaper bands. The bands shall meet the requirements of (b)(1) above. The diaper band shall be approximately A inch-we in width and shall be placed symmetrically over the joint. The sealing of the joint shall meet the ' tequirements of (b)(1) above. No backfilling shall be done until the joints have been inspected and approved. (c) Rubber Gasket ,loints. The gasket shall be installed in accordance ' with the manufacturer's instructions. t ' DIV 1V Page 471 ' AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS ' (d) Composition Casket Joints. The gasket shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. (e) Joint-sealing Compound. Joint-sealing compound, hot-pour, mineral-filled, shall be used in filling joints of bell and spigot sewer ' pipe. The bell and spigot pipe shall be installed and centered to that the annular apace is uniform. This annular space shall be calked with oakum joint packing and then shall be sealed with a joint compound conforming to the requirements of Fed. Spec. SS-S-169. The oakum shall be packed into the ' joint so as to leave a apace, measured from the end of the bell, for pouring the compound. The space shell be at least 1 inch for pipes 15 inches or less in diameter, shall be at least 1 1/2 inches for pipes IS to 24 inches in ' diameter, and shall be at least 2 inches for pipes larger than 24 inches in diameter. When jointing pipe in its final position, a suitable joint runner previously coated to facilitate removal shall be placed around the pipe, ' leaving an opening at the top of the runner. The joint shall be poured until completely filled with the compound= the pouring shell be made as rapidly as possible without entrapping air. After the compound has cooled and set., the runner may be removed. The joint shell be inspected for unfilled spaces or unaatisfactnry jointing. Alternate joints may be poured before the pipe is lowered into the trench. In. this case, the joint shall be poured with the pipe in a vertical position without the use of the runner. The compound ' shall be,thornughly sat before the pipe In moved, When previously jointed, the pipe shall be handled carefully so as not to move or deform the jointing. 701-3.7 BACK I INO. All trenches and excavations shall be backfilled within a reasonable time after the pipes are installed, unless other protection of the pipo.is directed. The backfill, material shall be selected ' granular material from excavation or boxrow; material which is placed at the sides of the pipe and 1 foot over the top shall be material which can be readily compacted. It shall not contain stones retained on a 3-inch sieve, frozen lumps, chunks of highly plastic clay, or any other material which is objectionable to the engineer. The xaterial shall be moistened or dried, if necessary, to be compacted by the method in use, Backfill material shall be approved by the engineer. The backfill shall be placed in loose layers Lot to exceed 6 inches in depth ' along each side of the pipe. Special care shall be taken to secure thorough compaction under the haunches and at the sides of the pipe. This backfill shall be brought up evenly on each side of the structure to an elevation of 1 foot over the top of the pipe, or such greater elevation as directed by the ' engineer. Backfilling shall be done in a manner to avoid injurious top ~jr side pressures on the pipe. Page 472 DIV IV 10/24t14 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS AND CULVERTS In embankments and for other areas outside lateral pdistance equal to avements, the fill twice the compacted at each side of the pipe for a outside diameter or 12 feet, whichever is less, and carried up to an ' elevation of at least 1 foot above the top of the pipe. The backfill shall be compacted to the density required for eehankments in unpaved areas under Item P-152. Under paved areas, the subgrade and any backfill shall be ' compacted to the density required for asbankments for paved areas under Item P-152. Movement of canstruction machinery over a culvert shall be at the contractor's risk. Any pipe damaged thereby shall be replaced at the expense of the contractor. 701-3.8 CONNECTIONS. Where the plans call for connections to existing or ' smoothauniformtflowglithese ne connections a 701-3.9 CRANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be deposited in embankment, shoulders, or as ordered by the engineer. Except for paved areas of the airport, the contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. goodlca tools dition~ other After all work is cChol entire tsitenfree, tclear~lendremove r equipment, leaving Performance of the work described in this section is not payable directly but ' shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under the contract unit price for the pipe. ' 701-3.10 INSPECTION. Prior to final approval of the drainage system, the engineer, accompanied by the contractor's tepresentative, shall make a thorough inspection, by an appropriate method, of the entire I nstallatio . ' Any indication of defects in material or workmanship, in the pipe system, shall be further investigated and corrected. Defects dins the t engineer. Contractor without to the contractor's lnrected by corrected additional compensation and as di 1 1 DIV IV Page 473 ' ' AC 150/5.370-10 10/24/74 1 ITEM 11-701 PIPE FOR STORM SEWERS A.4u CULVERTS Method of Measurement 1 701-4.1 The footage of pipe to is paid for shall be the number of linear feet of pipe in place, completed, and approved to be measured along the centerline of t,~e pipe from end or inside face of structure to the end or inside face of structure, whichever is applicable. The several classes, types, and sizes shall be measured separately. All fittings shall be included in the footage as typical pipe sections in the pipeline being 1 measured. 701-4,2 The volume of concrete for pipe cradles to be paid for shall be the ' auober of cubic yards of concrete complete in place and accepted as determined from the dimetsions shown on the plans or as ordered by the engineer. ' 701-4.3 Rock required to be removed shall be computed by the cubic yard for tTa Specified width of the trench and to a depth of 4 inches below the bed of the pipe. No payment shall be made for the cushion material placed for the bed of the pipe or for additional backfill material. ' Basis of Pa,,ment ' 701-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per linear foot for ea kind of pipe of the type, class, and site designated; at the contract ' unit price per cubic yard of concrete for pipe cradles; and at the contract unit price per cubic yard for rock excavation. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, ' equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item, Payment will be made under$ Item D-701-5.1 Site inch JVLe of i e per linear foot. ' Item D-701-5.1 Concrete for Pipe Cradles - per cubic yard, ' Item D-701-5.1 Rock Excavation - per cubic yard, Page 4-14 DIV IV ' A: 150/5370-10 10/?4/74 ' ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR S70Rm SEWERS AND CULVERTS ' TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title FAA T-611--Density AASHO :4 65--VC Pipe ASTM C-13--VC Pipe AITH C-261--VC Pipe ' AST?t C-462--VC Pipe ASTM C-200 -VC Pipe t ASTH C-278--VC Pipe ASTM C-463--VC Pipe ' AASHO M 86--Sewer Pipe ' ASTM C-14--Sewer Pipe WW-11-405--Corrugated ' Pipe 1 /IoN-P-40 2--Aluminum Pipe ' AASHO M 190--Bituminous CS Pipe ' SS-P-331--Asbestos CS Pipe ' AASHO M 85--Portland Cement AASHO M 45--Sand ASTM C-6--Lime ' L/ HH-P-117--Oakum Pegs 475 DIV IV 1 AC 150/5310-10 1024174 1 ITEM D-701 PIPE FOR STORM S04ERS AND CULVERTS 1/HH-C-156--Flexibility Fed. Std. 601--Casket Swell ASTM C 443--Rubber Casket ASIM C 425--Casket i 1/ SS-S-210--Sealer 1/SS-S-169--Sealer I , ASTK C-76 RC--Pipe 1 AASHO M 170 RC--Pipe NOTE: (Others as required by referenced specifications, -Federal Specification I 1 ~M 1 Page 476 DIV IV '5370-10 jo/2h/74 ' DRAINAGE STRUCTURES H BASINS, INLETS ' I'TE'.M D-15J XA tp ESt CATCH AND INSPECTION HOLES Description ' 751-1.1 Thia item shall cousist of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and the s inspection holes, conforming to the lines, grades, andcdimensions shownPonithed t lxatione and planu or required by the engineer. ' Naterialu 751~2~1 _BHICK. '11v! brick shall conform to the requirements of AASHO H 91. ' TA she mortar for brick masonry and similar work shall be 751-2.2 cmpu of ' casnposed of ~ Vart of 4ortland cement and 2 parts of mortar sand, by volume. The X 85. The Portland f' shall confo to the requirementshofrAASHOeH 45, oHydrated lime may be shall conform to mount not to exceed 15% of j eansl ' added to the mixture of sand and cement its an a the wolght of cement used., The hydrated lime shall meet the requirements of ious acid G b. Ties, orrorganic AaterialandifYthe watereisrof questionable ' kit elksl y, it shall bo tested in nccordaner, with AASHO T 26. qudualit '151•-2.3 CONCl1E't1;• Plain and reinforced concrete or edofnstruetureess rrancations of ppoK with structures, and the supp frasnee shall conform to che. requirements of item P-610. ' 151-2.4 PRECAS'f_CONC1t~M.YIPYLAMOLE RINGS. M recast concreteotipe m ehole Unless rwi rings eed conform to the requirements specified, , the risers and offset ffset cone sections shall have an inside diameter of not less than 36 iacheu nor more than 4s inches. Page 4E3 ttlV IV t I AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES 751-2.5 CORRUGATED METAL. Corrugated metal shall conform to the I requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-P-405. ;31-2.6 FitAMES. COVERS. AND GRATES. The castings shall conform to one of t the following requirements: 1 (a) Gray iron castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO H 105. (b) Malleable iron castings shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 106. (c) Steel cast+.ngs shall meet the requirements of AASUO H 103. (d) Structural steel for grates and frames shall conform to the requirements of AASHO M 94. All castings or structural steel units shall conform to the dimensions shown on the plane and shall be designed to support the loadings specified: I Each frame and corer or grate unit shall. be Provided with fastening members to prevent it from being dislodged by traffic out which will alLov easy ' removal for access to the structure. All castings shall be thoroughly cleaned and given two coats of approved bituminous paint. After fabrication, structural steel units shall be galvanized to sleet the requirements of AASHO M 111. I 751-2.7 STEPS. The steps or ladder bare shall be gray or malleable cast Iron, galvanized wrought iron, or galvanized steel. Wrought iron shall meet the requirements of AASHO M 100. The steps shall be the size, length, and shape shown on the plans and those steps that are not galvanized shall be given a coat of bituminous point, when directed. I I 1 1 Page 490 DIV IV 1 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSIECTION HOLES ' Construction Methods ' 751-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED E%CAVATIOK. (a) The contractor shall do all excavation for structures and structure footings to the lines and grades or elevations, shown on the plans, or as staked by the engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit O the placing of the full width and length of the st?ucture or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as sham on the plans, shall be considered as approximately only; and the engineer may order. In writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to ' secure a satisfactory foundation. (b) Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in 1 excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose rAter!al and cut to a firm surface either level, stepped, or serrated, as directed by the engineer. All seams or crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock ' and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of tfa excavation, and excavation to final grade shall not be made until just befoie ' the concrete or reinforcing is to be placed. (c) The contractor shelf do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring ' necessary to implement and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws, The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for the structur,i. ' (d) inless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved in the construction of this item shall be removed by the contractor after the ' complet;cn of the structure. Removal shall be affected in a manner which will not disturb or mar finished masonry. The cost of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for the structure. (e) Aft(.r each excavation is completed, the contractor shall notify the engineer to that effect; and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. 1 DIV IV page )141 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEPf D-751 ?fANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPXTION HOLES 751-3.2 BRICK STRUCTURES. (a) Po n ions. A prepared foundation shall be placed for all brick structures after the foundation excavation is completed and accepted. Unless otherwise specified, the base shall consist of reinforced concrete ttiixed, prepared, and placed in accordance with the requirements of Item P-610. The foundation shall be built to the correct elevation and shall be finished to cause the least possible resistance to flowing water. (b) j.ayj0j Brick. All brick shall be clean and thoroughl,- wet before laying so that they will not absorb any appreciable amount of additional water at the time they are laid. All brick shall be laid in freshly made mortar. Mortar that is not used within 45 minutes after water has been added shall be discarded. Rete" ring of mortar shall not be permitted. An ample layer of mortar shall be spread on the beds c.nd a shallow, furrow shall be Wade in it which can be readily closed by the )eying of the brick. All bed and head joints shall be filled solid with mortar. End joints of stretchers and side or cross joints of headers shall be fully buttered with mortar and a shoved joint made to squeeze out mortar at the top of the joint. Any bricks 111 that may be loosened after the mortar has taken Its set, shall be removed, cleaned, and relaid with fresh mortar. No broke.i or chipped brick shall be ' used in the face, and no spalls o; bats shall ba used except where necessary to shape around irregular openings or edges; in which e:iae, full bricks shall be placed at ends or corners where possible, and the bats shall be used in the interior of the course. In making closures, no piece of brick shorter than the width of a whole brick shall be used; and wherever practicable, whole brick shall he used and laid as headers. (c) Joints. All joints shall be slushed with mortar at every course, but slushing alone will not be considered adequate for making an acceptable joint. Exterior faces shall be laid up in advance of backing. Exterior faces shall be back plastered or pargeted with a coat of mortar not less than 3/8-inch thick before the backing is laid up. Prior to pargeting, all joints on the back of face courses shall be cut flush. Unless otherwise noted, joints shall be not less than 1/4-inch nor more than 1/2-inch wide and whatever width is adopted shall be maintained uniform throughout the work. (d) Pointin. Face joints shall be neatly struck, using the weather "I joint. All joints shall be finished properly as the laying of the brick progresses. When nails or line pins are used the holes shall be immediately plugged with tartar and pointed when the nail or pin is removed. r Page 492 DIV IV AC 15015370-10 10/2+/74 ' ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES ' (u) Cleaning. Iron completion of the wor% all exterior surfaces shall be thoroughly cleaned by scrubbing and washing down with water find, if necessary to produce satisfactory results, cleaning shall be done with a 5% solution of muriatic acid which shall then be rinsed off with liberal quantities of clean fresh water. M Curi_ Ind Cold weather Protection. In hot or dry weather, or when t e ric masonry shall be protected and kept moist directed by the engineer, a for at least 48 hours after laying the brick. Brick masonry work or pointing shall not be done when there is frost in t'.e brick or when the air temperature is below 50° F. unless the contractor has on the project reedy to use, suitable covering and artificial heatit.- devices necessary to keep the atmosphere surrounding the masonry at a temperature of not less than 60° F. ' for the duration of the curing period. 751-3.3 CONCRETE STRUCTURES. Concrete structures shall be built on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and form indicated on the plans. The construction shall conform to the requirements specified in Item P-610. Any reinforcement required shall be placed as indicated on the plans and t, shall be approved by the engineer before the concrete is poured. All invert channels shall be constructed and shaped accurately so as to be ' smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flowing water. The interior bottom shall be sloped downward toward the outlet. ' 751-3.4 PRECAST CONCRETE PIPE STRUCTURES. Precast concrete pipe structures shall be constructed .,n prepared or previously placed slab foundationsi and shall conform to the dimensions and locations shown on the plans. All i precast concrete pipe sections necessary to build a completed structuureeshall be furnished. The different sections shall fit together readily, and all jointing a,A connections shall be cemented with mortar. The top of the upper precast contr~te pipe member shall be suitably formed and dimensioned to receive the metal frame and cover or grate, or other cap, as required. Provision shall be made for any connections for lateral pipe, including drops and leads that may be ins-tailed in the structure. The flow metal steps which smooth, uniform, and cause minimum resistance to flow. are embedded or built into the side walls shall be aligned and placed at vertical intervals of 12 inches. When a metal ladder replaces the steps, it shall be securely fastened into position. 1 DIV IV Page 493 AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ' ITEM D-751 MAKHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES ' 751--3.5 CORRUGATED KiTAL STRUCTURES. Corrugated metal structures shall be constructed on prepared foundations, conforming to the dimensions and locations as shown on the plans. T1te structures shall be prefabricated. Standard or special fittings shall be furnished to provide pipe connections ur branches of correct dimertaions. The connections or branches shall be of sufficient length to accommodate connecting bands. The fittings shall be welded. in place to the metal structures. When indicated, the structures Fhall be placed on a reinforced concrete base. The top of the metal ' structure shall be designed so that either a concrete slab or metal collar may be attached to which can be fastened a standard metal frame and grate or cover. Steps or ladders shall be furnished as shown on the plans. 751-3.6 I,W-IT AND VUTUT PIPES. Inlet and outlet pipes shall extend through the walls of the structures for a sufficient distance beyond the outside ' surface to allow for connections but shall be cut off flush with the wall on the inside surface, unless otherwise directed. For concrete or brick structures, the mortar shall be placed around these pipes so as to form a ' tight, neat connection. 751-3.7 PLACEMENT AND TREATMENT OF_CASTTNGS„ TRAMS, AND FITTINGS. All ' castings,, frames, and fittings shall be placed in the positions indicated on the plane or as directed by the engineer, and shall be set true to line and to correct elevation. If frames or fittings are to be set in concrete or cement mortar, all anchors or bolts shall be in place and position before the. concrete or mortar is placed. The unit shall not be disturbed until the mortar or concrete hag set. ' When frames or fittings are to be placed upon previously constructed masonry, the bearing surface or masonry shall be brought true to line and grade and shall present an even bearing surface in order that the entire face or back ' of the unit will come in contact with the masonry. The unit shall be set in mortar beds and anchored to the masonry as indicated on the plans or as directed and approved by the engineer. All units shall set firm and secure. ' After she frames or fittings have been set in final position and the concrete or mortar has been allowed to harden for 7 days, then the grates or rovers shall be placed and fastened down. t Page 494 DIV IV 10/24/74 AC 130/5370-10 ITEM D-751 MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES ' 751-3.8 INSTALLATION OF STEPS. The steps shall be installed as indicated on the plans or as directe4 by the engineer. When the steps are to be set in concrete, they shall be placed and secured in position before the concrete is poured. When th,e steps are installed in brick masonry, they shall be placed as the masonry is being built. The steps shall not be ' disturbed or used until the concrete or mortar has hardened for at least 7 days. After this period has elapsed, the steps shall be cleaned And painted, unless they have been galvanized. When steps are required with precast concrete pipe structures, they shall be cast Into the sides of the pipe at the time the pipe sections are manufactured or set in place after the structure is erected by drilling holes in the concrete and cementing the steps in place. When steps are required with corrugated metal structures, they shall be ' welded into aligned position at a vertical spacing of 12 inches. j In lieu of steps, prefabricated ladders may be installed. In the case of ' brick or concrete structures, the ladder shall be held in place by grouting j the supports in drilled holes. In the case of metal structures, the ladder shall be secured by welding the top support and grouting the bottom support into drilled holes in the foundation or as directed. 751-3.9 BACKFILLING. ' (a) After a structure has been completed, the area around it shall be filled with approved material, in horizontal layers not to exceed 9 inches ' in loose depth, and compacted to the density required in Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control tests T 611. Each layer shall be deposited all around the structure to approximately the same elevation. The ' top of the fill shall meet the elevation shown on the plans nr as directed by the engineer. (b) Backfilling shall not be placed against any structure until t permission is given by the engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under supervision of the engineer ' establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. 1 DIV IV Page 495 t AC 150/5370-10 t0/24/74 ' ITCH D-751 MAN14OLES, CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES (c) . Backfill shall not be measured for direct payment. Performance of ' this work shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor covered under the contract unit price for the structure involved. 751-3.10 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt may be ddposited iv,embankments, shoulders, or as ' ordered by the engineer. The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. ' After all work is completed, the contractor shall remove all tools and equipment, leaving the entire site free, clear, and in good condition. ' Method of Measurement 751-4.1 Manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes shall be measured by the unit. ' Basis of Payment 1 751-5.1 The accepted quantities of manholes, catch basins, inlets, and inspection holes will be paid for at the contract unit price per each, complete and in place. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing ' all materials and for all preparation, excavation, backfilliug and placing of the materials; furnishing and installation of such specials and connections to pipes and other structures as may be required to complete the item as ' shown on the plans; and for all labor equipment, tools and incidentals necessaryto complete the structure. Payment will be made under: Item D-751-5.1 Manholes--per each ' Item D-751-5.1 Catch Basins--par each Item D-751-5.1 Inlets--per each i i ' Page 496 DIV Iv t ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM D-751 MANHOLESs CATCH BASINS, INLETS AND INSPECTION HOLES ' Item D-•151-5.1 Inspection Holes--per each v TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENT Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 26--Water AASHO M 91--Brick t FAA T-611--Density AASHO M 85--Portland Cement AASHO M 45--Sand ASTM c-6--Lime ' ASTM C-478--MarLhole Ring i~ WW-P 405--CMP AASHO M 105--Gray ' Iron AASHO M 106--Malleable Iron AASHO M 103--Steel ' AASHO M 94--Grate and Frames ' AASHO M 111--Galvanize AASHO M 100--Wrought Iron NOTE; Others as required by referenced specifications. 1/Federal Specification DIV IV Page 497 (Reserve Page 498) 1 ti 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 1 ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELIANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES Description O 752-1.1 This item shall consist of either plain or reinforced concrete culverts, headwalls, and miscellaneous drainage structures constructed in ' accordance with these specifications, at the specified locations and conforming to the lines, grades, and dimensions shown on the plans or required by the engineer. t Materials 752-2.1 CONCRETE. Plain and reinforc.pd concrete shall meet the nts of Item P-610. requireW R ' Construction Methods ' 752-3.1 UNCLASSIFIED EXCAVATION. ' (a) Trenches and foundation pits for structures or structure footings shall be excavated to the lines and grades or elevations shown on the plans or as staked by the engineer. The excavation shall be of sufficient size to permit the placing of the full width aid length of the structure or structure footings shown. The elevations of the bottoms of footings, as shown on the plans, shall be considered as approximate only; and the 1 engineer may order, in writing, changes in dimensions or elevations of footings necessary to secure a satisfactory foundation. (b) Boulders, logs, or any other objectionable material encountered in ' excavation shall be removed. All rock or other hard foundation material shall be cleaned of all loose material and cut to a firm surface either level; stepped, or serrated, as directed by the engineer. All seams or ' crevices shall be cleaned out and grouted. All loose and disintegrated rock and thin strata shall be removed. When concrete is to rest on a surface other than rock, special care shall be taken not to disturb the bottom of ' the excavation, and excavation to final ,,rade shall not be made until just before the concrete or reinforcing steel is to be placed. DIV W Page 499 AC 150/5370-10 io/24/74 ' iTLA D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURF,S (c) The contractor shall do all bracing, sheathing, or shoring necessary to perform and protect the excavation and the structure as required for safety or conformance to governing laws. The cost of bracing, sheathing, or shoring shall be included in the unit price bid for excavaPiLon, ' (d) Unless otherwise provided, bracing, sheathing, or shoring involved therewith shall be removed by the contractor after the completion of the structure. Removal shall be effected in s manner which vill not disturb or, mar finished concreto. The coot of removal shall be included in the unit price bid for excavation. (e) After each excavation is completed, the'contractor shall notify the engineer to that effect, and concrete or reinforcing steel shall be placed after the engineer has approved the depth of the excavation and the character of the foundation material. 752-3.2 BACKFILLIN6. (a) After a structure has been completed, backfilling with approved material shall be accomplished by applying the fill in horizontal layers not to exceed 8 inches in loose depth, and 4ompacted to the density required in Item P-152, and as determined by FAA compaction control tests T-611. (b) No bac-Afilling shall be placed against any Structure until permission is given by the engineer. In the case of concrete, such permission shall not be given until the concrete has been in place 7 days, or until tests made by the laboratory under the supervision of the engineer t establish that the concrete has attained sufficient strength to provide a factor of safety against damage or strain in withstanding any pressure created by the backfill or the methods used in placing it. ' (c) Fill placed around concrete culverts shall be deposited on both sides at the same time and to approximately the same elevation. Care shall be taken to prevent any wedging action against the structure, and all slopes bounding or within tha areas to be backfilled shall be stepped or serrated to prevent wedge action. (d) Backfill will not be measured for direct payment. Performance of this work under the contract is not payable directly but shall be considered as a subsidiary obligation of the contractor, covered under the contract unit price for Unclassified Excavation for Structures." ' Page 500 DIV IV AC 150/5370-10 j o/24/74 ' ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES 752-3.3 WEEP HOIZ S. Weep holes shall be constructed as shown on the plans. 752-3.4 CLEANING AND RESTORATION OF SITE. After the backfill is completed, the contractor shall dispose of all surplus material, dirt, and rubbish from the site. Surplus dirt pray be deposited in embankment, shoulders, or as ordered by the engineer. The contractor shall restore all disturbed areas to their original condition. tools and condition. After all w equipmeat,leaving cthhe entire tsite ofree, clear, and in good all ' ' Method of Mssnurement 752-4.1 The yardage of unclassified excavation for structures to be paid or shall be the number of cubic yards, measured in original position, of material e-Leavated in accordance with the plans, or as directed by the ' engineer; but in no case shall any yardage to included in the measurement for &nd parallelfto theme t lines of vertical 18 iinchpaesyment ' 752-4.2 The yardage of concrete to be paid for shall be the number of cubic yards of concrete, complete in place and accepted. In computing the yardage t of concrete for payment, the dimensions used shall be those shown on the plans or ordered by the engineer. No measurements or other allowances shall be made for forms, false work, cofferdams, pumping, bracing, expansion ' joints, ivolumes of reinorcing steel or deductions embedded iitems. shall be made for the 752-4.3 The poundage of reinforcing steel to be paid for shall be the calculated theoretical number of pounds placed as sham on the plans, complete in place and accepted. The unit weight used tfor deformed he cafe may bars of ' shall be the w31 ht of lain square or round bare, equal nominal size. 1 ' DIV IV Page 501 ' ~-c 150/5370-10 10/24/7+ e ITEM D-752 CONCRETE CULVERTS, HEADWALLS, AND MISCELLANEOUS DRAINAGE STRUCTURES ' Basis of Payment 752-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for unclassified excavation for structures; at the contract unit price per cubic yard for concrete for the structures; and at the contract unit price per pound for reinforcing steel. These prices shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, excavation, and placing the materials, and for all labor, uquipment, teals, and incidentals necessary to ' complete the structure. Payment will be made cndert Item D-752-5.1 Unclassified Excavation for Structures per cubic yard. ' Item D-152-5.1 Structural Concrets - per cubic yard. Item D-752-5.1 Reinforcing Steel - per pound. ' TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREME)C S ' Test and short title Katerial ar.'. short title FAA T-611--Density None ' NOTE. Others as required by referenced specifications. 1 DIV IV Page 502 ITEM T-901-SEEDING ' T-901 SEEDING. All paragraphs under Item,T-901, Seeding, shall apply with the following modifications: 901-2.1 SEED. Delete these paragraphs and substitute (tin folloOng: The grass seed shall be common bermuda and shall conform to the requirements of Federal Specification JJJ-S-181. All seed must meet the requirements of the Texas Seed Law including and labeling requirements for showing purity, germination, name and type of seed, ' Seed furnished shall be of the previous season's crop and the date of analysis shown on each bag shill be within nine months of the time of delivery to the project. All seed uses} shall be hulled bernuda grass seed having a purity of 1 95• and a gemination of 90%. Voe application rate shall be 8 pounds per acre and the recomaended planting date will be January 1 to May 15. Bermuda grass seed shall be furnished in sealed, standard containers unless written exception is granted. Seed that is wet or moldy or that has been otherwise damaged in ' transit or storage will not be acceptable. The seed shall be free of field bindweed, hedgewee.d, and nutgrass seed. Seed shall not contain other noxious weed seed in excess of the limits allowable under the Federal Seed Act and ' applicable state seed laws. peed labeled as mixture or pasture mixture will not be acceptable. Common bermuda grass stied shall not contain in excess of 3% of giant strains of bermuda grass. Each seed container shall bear the date )f the last germination, which date shall be within a period of six months prior to ' commencement of planting operations. 901-2.2 LIME. Delete this paragraph. 901-2.3 FERTILIZER. Delete the paragraphs and substitute following ' All fertilizer used shall be delivered in bags or containers clearly labeled shoving the analysis. The fertilizer is suhject to testing and shall be in accordance with the Texas Fertilizer Law. A pellated or granulated fertilizer shall be used with analysis of 16-20-0 representing the percent of nitroge:i, phosphoric acid, and pot ash nutrients respectively. in :he event it is necessary to substitute a fertilizer of a different analysis., ' it shall be pellated or granulated fertilize: with a lower concentration. The total amount of nutrients furnished and aprii.d per acre shall equal or exceed 16-20-0. Fertilizer shall be applied unifrraly at the average of 400 pounds per acre for all types of turfing. 9_01-4.1 MEASUREMENT. Delete the paragraph and substitute the following: Thu quantity of seeding to be paid f,)r shall be the number of acres measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted. The quantity of fertilizer to be paid for shall be the number of tons used. 901-5.1 PAYMENT. Delete the paragraph and substitute the following: ' The quantity of seeding determined as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price per acre, or fraction thereof, for the pay item listed below which price and payment shall be full compensation for furnishing and placing all material and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. This quantity of fertilizer shall be paid for by the ton. ' .%STING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS ' Test and short title Material and short title None I/ JJJ-S-181--Seed t i AC 150/5370-1C 10/21►/'f ' DIVISION V TURFING ITEM T-901 SEEDING Description ' asldirected This item hall consist of seeding the shwn on the plans or Haterials 901-2.1 SEED. The kinds 4f grass, legume, and cover-crop seed furnished shall be those stipulated in the +%cial provisions. Seed shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. JJJ-S-181. Seed shall be furnished separately or in mixtures in standard containers with the seed name, lot number, net weight, percentages of purity and of germination and hard seEd, and percentage of maximum weed seed content clearly marked fo: each kind of seed. The co:itraetor shall furnish the engineer duplicate signed copies of a statement by the vendor certifying that each lot of seed has been tested by a recognized laboratory for seed testing within G months of date of delvery.ssatemeor shall Include: dame and address of laboratory, date i test, eac of purity and ' seed, and the results of tests as to name, perlotot number 6 of for germination, and percentage of weed content for each kind of seed furnished, and, in case of a mixture, the proportions of each kind of seed. ' 901-2.2 LIME';. Lime, if specified, shall be ground limestone containing not less than SSR of total carbonates, and shall be ground to such fineness that 90% will pass throe;+,h a No. 20 mesh sieve and 50% will p^ss t:hrotcgh a No. 100 mean sieve. Coarser material will be acceptable, providing the rates of application are incxeag d to provide not less than the minimum quantities ' and depth specified in the special provisions on the basis of the tVn shut, requirements above. Dolomitic lime or a high magaesito lime shall. contain at least 10% of magnesium oxide. r llIV V aGc 507 ' 1 AC 130/5370-10 10121V7 ITEM T-901 SEEDING ' 90 12,3 FERTILIZER. Fertilizer, if specified, shall be standard fortilizers supplied separately or in mixtures contaiutn~ of total nitrogen, available phosphoric acid, and water-;;olubloe Percentages 'he of They shall be applied at the rate and to the depth specified in tile npecial provisions, and shall meet the specified requirements of the applicable State and federal laws. They shall be furnished in standard containers with name, weight, and guaranteed analysis of contents clearly marked thereon. No cynrramide compounds or hydrated lime shall be permitted in mixed fertilizers ' The fertilizers may be supplied in one of the following forms; ' (a) A dry, free-flowing fertilizer suitable for application by a common fertilizer spreader; (b) A finely-ground fertilizer soluble in water, suitable for ' application by power sprayers; or (c) A granular or pellet form suitable for application by ' Mower equipment. ! 901-2.4 SOIL FOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill and topsoiling of areas to be ' repaired shall be nL least of equal quality to that which exists in areas adjacent to the arcs to he repaired. 11re soil shall he relatively free from large stones, roots, stumps, or other materlala thnt will interfere with ' subsequent sowing of seed, compacting, and establishing turf, and 1:ha11 be approved by the engineer befor.~ being placed. ' Construction Mothcds 901-3.1 ADVANCE PREPARAT1('6 AN» ClEANUP. After grading of nrcas tins been completed and before applying fertilizer and ground limestone, areas to be seeded shall be raked or otherwise cleared of stones larger than 2 inches in ' any di rs^eter, sttcks, stumps, and uthpr dc•bri3 which mlght interfere with sowing of seed, growth of graguay, or suhsegkient Mnintenance of grass-coveroc areas If any dnmagu by erosion or other cauvies has occur•rod after the comipletion of grading and before beginning the appltention of fertilizer and ground limestone, the contractor ahnll repair such d.an,ige. This may include filling gullics, smoothing irrvgularitf- , and repairing other incidental damage. t Pn ge 5'kl n[v v t AC 150/5310-10 10/,^.li/7u t ITF11 T-901 SEEDING An nrea to be seeded shall be considered a satisfactory seedbed without ' additional treatment if it has recently been thoroughly loosened and worked to a depth of no' less than 5 inches as a result of grading operations and, if Imediately prior to seeding, the top 3 inchv-9 of soil is loose, friable, ' reasonably free from large clods, rocks, large roots, or other undesirable matter, and if shaped to the required grade. However, when the area to be seeded is sparsely sodded, needy, barren and unworked, or packed and hard, any grass and weeds shall firut be cut or otherwise satisfactorily diaposed of, and the soil then scarified or otherwise loosened to a depth not less than 5 inches. Clods shall be broken ' and the top 3 inches of soil shall be worked into a satisfactory seedbed by discing, or by use of caltipack ers, rollers, drags, harrows, or other appropriate means. 01-3.2 DRY APPLICATION METHOD. (a) jM"n. Line, if required, shall be applied separately and prior to the application of any fertiliser or seed and only on seedbeds which have previously been prepared as described above. The lime shall then be worked ' into the top 3 inches of soil after which the seedbed shall again bn properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. ' (b) Fertilizes, Following advance preparations and cleanup, and the specialwhich minimum be quantityl stated spread in at the rat liming geess fertilizer will provide not l provisions. (c) 56eding, Grass seed shall be sown at the rate specified on the plans or in the special provisions immediately after fartiliting, and the r fertilizer and seed shall be raked within the depth range stated in the special provisions. Seeds of legume, either alone or in mixtures, shall be inoculated before mixing or sowing, in accordance with the instructions of ' the manufacturer of the inoculant. When seeding is required at other than methoda cover the aeosown by nthon the e same plans shall b ' (d) Vg1j n, After the seed has been properly covered, the seedbed shall be immediately compacted by means of an approved lawnroller, weighing 40 to 65 pounds par foot of width for clay soil (or any soil having a ' tendency to pack), and weighing 150 to 200 pounds per foot of width for sandy or :.fight soils. 1 , r DIV V Pagc r r Ac 150l5370-10 10,24,7+ r ITEM T-901 GEEDINO r 901-3.3 WET APPLICATION METHOD. r T (a) Ceneral. The contractor may elect to apply seed and fertilizer (and lime, if required) by spraying them on the previously prepared seedbed ' in the form of an aqueous mixture and by using the methods and equipment described herein. The rates of application shall be as specified in the special provisions. r (b) SPraviri& Equipment. The spraying equipment shall have a container or water tank equipped with a liquid level gauge calibrated to read in increments not largo r than 50 gallons over the entire range of the tank capacity, mounted so as to be visible to the nozzle operator. The container or tank shall also be equipped with a mechanical power-driven agitator capable of keeping ali the solids in the mixture in complete suspension at ' all times until used. The unit shall also be equipped with a pressure pump capable of delivering r 100 gallons per minute at a pressure of 100 pounds per square inch. The pump shall be mounted in a line which will recirculate the mixture through the tank whenever it is not being sprayed from the nozzle. All pump passages and pipe lines shall be capable of.providing clearance for 5/8 inch solids. The ' power unit for the pump and senator shall have controls mounted so as to be accessible to the nozzle operator. There shall be an indicating pressure gauge connected and mounted immediately at the back of the nozzle. ' The nozzle pipe shall be mounted on an elevated supporting stand in such a wanner that it can be rotated through 360 degrees horizontally and inclined vertically from at least 20 degrees below to at least 60 degrees above the horizontal. here shall be a quick-acting, three-way control valve connecting the recirculating line to the nozzle pipe and mounted so that the nozzle operator can control and regulate the amount of flow of mixture delivered to the nozzle. At least three different types of nozzles shall be supplied so that mixtures may be properly sprayed over distance varying from 20 feet to 100 feet. One shall be a close-range ribbon nozzle, one a medium-range ribbon nozzle, and one a long-range jet nozzle. For case of removal and cleaning, all nozzles shall be connected to the nozzle pipe by means of quick-release couplinq.9. in order to reach areas inaccessihia to the regular equipment, an extension hose at least 50 feet in length shall be provided to which the nozzles may be connected. 1 1 nIV v Pag 510 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 O ITEM T-401 SEEDING (c) Mixtures. Lime, if required, shall be applied sapairately, in the quantity specified, prior to the fertilizing and seeding operations. Not more than 220 pounds of lime shall be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons of water. Seed and fertilizer shall be mixed together in the relative proportions specified, but not more than a tonal of 220 pounds of these combined solids shalt be added to and mixed with each 100 gallons of ' Later. I All water used shall be obtained from fresh eater sources and shall be free from injurious chemicals and other toxic substances harmful to plant life. Brackish water shall not be used at any time. The contractor shall identify to the engineer all sources of water at least 2 weeks prior to use. The engineer may take samples of the water at the source or from the tank at any ' time and have a laboratory test the samples for %h emical and saline content. The contractor shall not use any water from any source which is disapproved by the engineer following such tests. ' All mixtures shall be constantly agitated from the time they are mixed until they are finally applied to the seedbed. All such mixtures shall bA used within 2 hours from the time they were mixed or they shall be wasted and disposed of at locations acceptable to the engineer. (d) 8aravin.A. Lime, if required, shall be sprayed only upon previously ' prepared seedbeds. After the applied lure mixture has dried, the lime shall be worked into thA top 3 inches, after which the seedbed shall again be properly graded and dressed to a smooth finish. r Mixtures of seed and fertilizer shall only be sprayed upon previously prepared seedbeds on which the lime, if required, shall already have been worked in. The mixtures shall be applied by means of a hig)-pressure spray which shall always be directed upward into the air so that the mixtures will fall to the ground like rain in a uniform spray. 'Nozzles or sprays shall. never be directed toward the ground in such a manner as might produce erosion ' or runoff. Particular care shall be exercised to insure that the application is made uniformly and at the prescribed rate and to guard against misses and ovarlsppfd areas. Proper predetermined quantities of the mixture in accordance with specifications shall be used to cover opecified sections of known area, Checks on the rate and uniformity of application may be made by ' observing the degree of wetting of the ground or by distributing test sheets of paper or pans over the area at intervals and observing the quantity of material deposited thereon. e DIV V Parr AC 130/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM T-901 SEEDING On curfaces which are to be mulched as ladicated by the plans or designated b) the engineer, seed and fertilizer applied by the spray method need not be raked Into the soil or rolled. However, on surfaces on which mulch is not to be uaed, the raking and rolling operations will be required after the soil has dried. 901-3,4 MAINTENANCE OF SEEDED AREAS. The contractor shall protect seeded areas against traffic or other uss by warning signs or barricades, as approved by the engineer. Surfaces gttllied or otherwise damased following seeding shall be repaired by regrading and reseeding as directed. The e w.tractor shall mow, water as directed, and otherwise maintain seeded areas in s satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. When either the dry pr wet application method outlined above is used for work done out of season, it will be required that the contractor establish a good stand of grass of uniform color and density to the satisfaction of the engineer. If at the time when the contract has been otherwise completed it is not possible to make an adequate date ruination of the color, density, and ' uniformity of such stand of grass, payment for the unaccepted portions of the areas seeded out of season will be withheld tintil such time as these re•;uirements have been met. Method of Measurement 901-4.1 The quantity of seeding to be paid for shall be the number of units aT 1,000 square feet, measured on the ground surface, completed and accepted. Basin of Payment 901-5.1 The quantity, determined as provided above, will be paid for at the contract unit price per 1,000 square feet, or fraction thereof, for the pay item listed below, which price and payment shall be full compensitLn for furnishing and placing all materir.l and for All labor, equipment, tools, and Incldentala necessary to completes the work prescribed in this item. 1 Page DIV V r r 10/24/74 Ac 15015370-10 r r ITEM T-901 SEEDING Payment will be made under: Item 901-5.1 Seeding - per 11000 square feet. r TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS r Test and short title Material and short title None JJJ-S-181--Seed r yFederal Specifitation r r r r r r r r r r Div v :~r~, C13 Fete 514) r io/24/14 AC 15015370-10 ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING ' Description 903-1.1 This item shall consist of planting sprigs of living grass plants at the locations shown an the plans or as directed by the engineer In ' accordance with these specifications. Materials 903-2.1 SPRIGS. Sprigs shall be healthy living stems (stolons or ' rhizomeaj, of the grass species stated in the special provisions, harvested without adhering soil and obtained from sources where the sod is heavy and thickly matted. The presence of weeds or other material which might be detrirt ntal to the proposed planting will be cause for refar.tion of sprigs. 903-2,2 LIME. Lime, if specified, shall conform to the requirements of 901-2. I ' 903-2.3. FERTILIZER. Fertilizer if specified shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.3. ' 903-2.4 WATER. All water used shall be sufficiently free from oil, acid, alker if; salt, or other harmful materials that would inhibit thn growth of grass. Brackish stater shall not be used at any time. It shall be subject ' to the approval of the engineer prior to use. ' 903-2,5 SOIL rOR REPAIRS. The soil for fill, and topsoiling of areas to be repaired, shall conform to the requirements of 901-2.4, ' ConstrucCion Methods 903-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to bn sprigged and the location of sprigging matarial, if available on the site, shall be shown on the plans. Areas requiring special ground surface preparation such as tilling, and those in a satisfactory condition to remain undisturbed, shall also be shown on the plans. DIV V Page 515 ' AC 1501`i370-10 10/24/4 ' ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING Suitable equipment necessary for proper pre,paratiun of the ground surface and for the handling and placing of all required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and shall be approved by the engineer before the various operations are started. The contractor shall dem)nstrate to the engineer, hefore starting the various operations, that the planting and application of required materials will be made at the specified rates. When weather conditions are such that unsatisfactory work shall be stopped until the desired results can be obtained. occur, the 903-3.2 ADVANCE PREPARATION AND CLEANUP, After grading of areas has been completed and before applying fertilizer and limestone, areas to be t sprigged shall be raked or othertaise cleared of stoner larger than 2 inches in any diameter, sticks, stumps, and other debris which might interfere with sprigging, growth of grasses, or subsequent aaintenaace of grass-covered areas. If any damage by erosion or other causes bas occurred after grading of areas and before beginning the application of fertilizer and ground limestone, the contractor shall repair such damage. This uay ' include filling gullies, smoothing irregularities, and repairing other incidental damage. 903-3.3 APPLYING FERTILIZER AND GROUND LIMESTONE. Following advance preparation and cleanup, fertilizer shell be uniformly spread at a rate .which vIll provide not leas than the minimum quantity of each fertilizer ingredient as stated in the special provisions. If ose of ground limestone is required, it shall then be spread at a rate which will provide not less than the minimum quantity stated in the special provisions. These materials shall be incorporated into the soil to a depth of not less than 2 inches by discing, raking, or other methods acceptable to the engineer. Any stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter, large clods, roots, and other litter brought to the surface by this operation shall be reanved. On steep slopes where fertilizer and ground limestone cannot be incorporated gffectively by mechanical equipment, they may be applied with ' power sprayers, blower equipment, or other approved method, and need not be incorporated into the soil. 903-3.4 HAM STING SPRIGS, The sprigs obtained from sourcea off the site shell be from suitable areas as close as practical to the planting site. ' P,egardless of the source, sprigging material which contains grass and weeds ' Page ~1G bIV V ~.nrw.e.o Ac 150,15370-10 1 ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING ' taller than 6 inches shall be mowed to a height of 3 inches, and the clippings raked and removed before harvesting begins. Harvesting may be performed by any met'ood acceptable to the engineer, Including crisscross ' cultivation, shallow plowing, or other acceptable methods to thoroughly loosen the sprigs from the soil and to bring them to the surface. After loosening the sprigs from the soil, they shall be gathered in small piles cr windrows, watered, and kept moist until planted. Not more than 24 hours shall ela`se between harvesting and planting sprigs, except that, when weather or other uncontrollable conditions interrupt the work, a time extension may be granted, provided the sprigs are still moist and viable. Sprigs that have heated in stockpiles, have become frozen, permitted to dry out, or otherwise seriously damaged during harvesting or ' delivery shall be rejected and shall be disposed of as directed by the engineer. ' 903-3.5 PLANTING SPRIGS. Sprigging shall be done only within the periods stipulated in the special provisions. Sprigging shall not be done during windy weather, or when the ground is dry, excessively wet, frozen, or otherwise untillable. If the soil is not moist when the sprigs are being set, water shall be applied until the soil is moist and in a workable condition. One or more of the following methods shell be used, whichever ' is shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions: (a) Broadcast 3grr-i &In. - Sprigs shall be broadcast by hand or by ' suitable equipment in a uniform layer over the prepared surface with spacing-between sprigs not to exceed 6 inches. The sprigs shall then be forced into the Roil to a depth of 2 to 4 inches with a straight spade or similar tool, or wit': a disc harrow or other equipment set to cover the sprigs to the required depth. (b) Row Spr RxinR, Furrows shall be opened along the approximate contour of slopes at the spacing and depth stated in the special provisions. Sprigs shall be placed without delay in a continuous row in the open furrow with successive sprigs touching, and they shall be covered ' immediately. (c) apOt oo d Qin Spot sprigging shall be performed as specified under row sprigging, except that groups of 4 sprigs or more shall be spaced 18 inches apart in the rows. Div V Pago 517 e AC 150/5370-10 10/24/7 ITEM T-903 £PRIGGTNG 903-3.6 MULCHING AND COMPACTING. After planting of sprigs has been completed and prior to compacting, the surface shall be cleared of stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter, large clods, roots, and other litter brought to the surface during sprigging. ' If mulching o: sprigged areas is shown on the Plans or stated in the special provisions, the sprigged areas shall be covered with mulch in accordance viih the requirements of Item T-90,8 within 24 hours from tha time sprigging has been completed, weather and soil conditions permitting. If mulching is not shown on the plans nor stated in the special provisions, the sprigged area shall be compacted within 24 hrrure from the time sprigging ' has been -omplated, weather and soil conditions permitting, by cultipackers, rollers, or other satisfactory equipment operated at right angles to the slope. Compaction shall not be done when the soil is !n such condition that ' it is picked up by the equipment. 903-3.7 ESTABLISHING TURF. The contractor shall be responsible for the ' proper care of the sprigged areas during the period when be plants are bf!,~oming established and he shall protect the sprigged areas against traffic by warning signs or barricades approved by the engineer. Surfaces gullied or otherwise damaged following sprigging shall be repaired by regrading and resprtgging as directed. The contractor shall mov, water as directed, and otherwise maintain sprigged areas in a satisfactory condition until final inspection and acceptance of the work. i Method of Measuremeat 903-4.1 The qt.antity of sprigging to be paid fox shall be the number of units of 1,000 square feet, measured on the ground surface, completed tod accepted. Basis of Payment ' 903-5.1 The quantity, determined as provided above, will be paid for at the contract vnit price per 1,000 square feet or fraction thereof for the pay item lister; below, which price and payment shall be full compensation ' Page 518 nrv v AC 15015370-10 ' 10/24/74 ' ITEM T-903 SPRIGGING for furnishing and placing all material including any required mulching of sprigged areas, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the work prescribed in this item. ' Payment will be made under: Item 903-5.1 Sprigging - per 1,000 square feet. TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMINTS t Test and short title Material and short title None None NOTE: Others as required by referaaued specifications r t v t ' DIV V Page 519 (Reserve Page 520) ' 10124/74 AC 15015370-10 1 ' ITEM T-905 TOPSOILINC Description 905-1.1 This item shall consist of prepating the ground surface for topaoif application, removing topsoil from designated stockpiles or ateas to be stripped on the site or from approved sources off the site, and byithethiR ' and spreading shown on prepared the e plans or i as accordan at the lothe cations tosoil on specification engineer. Materials 905-2.1 TOPSOIL. Topsoil shall be the surface layer of soil with no admixture of refuse or any material toxic to plant growth, and it shall be reasonably free from subsoil and stumps, roots, brush, stones (2 inches or more in diameter), clay lumps or similar objects. Brush and other vegetation which will not he Incorporated with the soil duringe handling operations shall be cut and removed. Ordinary sods and cous growth such as grass and weeda are not to be removed but shall be thoroughly broken up and intermixed with the soil during handling operations. The topsoil or soil mixture, unless otherwise specified or approved, shall have a pH range of approximately 5.5 pH to 7.6 pH, when tested in accordance with the methods of testing of the Association of Official Agricultural Chemists in effect on the date of invitation of bids. The organic content shall be not less than 3% not more than 20% as determined by the wet-combustion method (chromic acid reduction). There shall be not less than 20% nor more than 80% of the material passing the 200 mesh sieve as determined by the wash test in accordance with AASHO T 11. Natural topsoil may be amended by the contractor with approved materials and methods to meet the above specifications. 905-2.2 INSPECTION AND TESTS. Within 10 days following acceptance of the ' id, t e engineer ehall a notified of the source of topsoil to be fu minhed toy the contractor. The topsoil shall be inspected to dotermine if the selected soil meets the requirements specified and to determine the depth to which stripping will be permitted. At this time, tite contractor may be required to take representativa soil samples from sever locations within the area under consideration and to the proposed stripping ocatio for testing purposes as specified in 905-2.1. DIV V Page 527 a t AG 10J5370-.10 10/24/74 ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING Construction Methods t 905-3.1 GENERAL. Areas to be topsoiled shall be shown on the plans. If topsoil is available on the tits, the location of the stockpiles or areas to bs stripped of topsoil and the stripping depths shall be shown on the ' plans. Suitable equipment necessary for proper preparation and treatment`of the 1 ground surface, stripping of topsoil, and for the handling and placing of t11 required materials shall be on hand, in good condition, and approved by the engineer before the various operations are started. 905-3.2 PREPARING THE GROUND SURFACE. Immediately prior to dumping and ' spreading the topsoil on any area, t n surface shall be loosened by discs or spike-tooth harrows, or by other r4ana approved by the engineer, to a minimum depth of 2 inches to facilitate bonding of the topsoil to the, covered subgrade soil. The surface of the area to be topsoiled shall be ' cleared of all stones larger than 2 inches in any diameter and all litter or other material which may be detrimental to proper bonding, the rise of capillary moisture, or the proper growth of the desired planting. Limited areaA, as shown on the plans, which are too compact to respond to these operations shall receive special scarification. Grades on the area to be topsoiled, which have been established by others as shown ou the plans, shall be maintained in a true and even condition. Where grades have not been established, the areas shall be smooth-graded and the surface left at the prescribed grades in an even and properly ' compacted condition to, prevent, insofar as practical, the formation of low places or pockets where water will stand. 905-3.3 OBTAINING TOPSOIL. Prior to the stripping of topsoil from des grated areatr, any vegetation, briers, stumps and large roots, rubbish or stmas found on such areas, which may interfere with subsequent operations, shall be removed using methods approved by the engineet. Heavy sod or other cowr, which cannot be incorporated into the topsoil by discing or other means shall be removed. ' Page 518 DIV V 4~ ~ Y p ,~.G 1 ~ ~ ~ ~'~L' r.•~a ~ 1 ~ ;,d tip, v~ 'Y.Y Ail ~+S3t ° *°1i t i i. i Air".~ e. Ac 150/5370-10 10/24/74 e ITEM T*905 TOPSOILING Whs.-ft suitable topsoil is available on the site, the contractor ijh~tll remove teas material from the designated areas and to the depth as diviccnd by the eapineer. The toN oil shall be spread'on areas already tille3 +nd stmooth-graded, or stockpiled in areas approved by the engineer. Any topsoil stockpiled by On* contractor shall be rehandled and placed without additional compensation. Any topsoil that has been stockpiled on the site by others, and is required for topsoiling purposes, shall be removed and placed by the contractor. The sites of all stockpiles and areas adjacent ' thereto which have been disturbed by the contractor shall be graded if required and put into a condition at,ceptable for seeding. Uben suitable topsoil is secured off the airport e:te, the contractor shall locate and obtain the supply, subject to the approval of the engineer. The contractor shall notify the engineer sufficiently in advance of operations in order that necessary measurrAents and tests can be made. The contractor shall remove the topsoil f rou approved areas and to the depth as directed. The topsoil shall be hauled to the site of the work and placed for spreading, or spread as required. Any topsoil hauled to the site of the work and stockpiled shall be rehandled and placed without additional compensation. 905-3.4 PLACING TOPSOIL. The topsoil shall be evenly spread oi% the prepared areem to a uniform depth of 2 inches after compaction, unless otherwise shown on the plans or stated in the special provisions. Spreading shall nut be done when the gxo-w.d or topsoil is Itroten, excessively wet, or otherwise in a condition detrimental to the work. Spreading shall be carried on so' that turfing operations can proceed with a minimum of soil preparation or tilling. After spreading, any largo, stiff clods and hard lumps shall be broken with ' a pulverizer or by other affective means, and all stones or rocks (2 inches or more in diameter), roots, litter, or any foreign matter shall be raked up and disposed of by the contractor. After spreading is completed, the ' topsoil shall be satisfactorily compacted by rolling with a eultipacker or by other means approved by the engineer. The compacted topsoil surface shall conform to the required lines, grades, and moss sectioha. Any topsoil or other dirt felling upon pavements as a result of hauling or handling of topsoil shall be promptly removed. ' OIV,V Page 529 ; AC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING Method of Measurement 905-4.1 The yard+ge of topsoil obtained on the site to be paid for shall e' the number of cubic yards of to=woil measured in its original position and stripped or excavated. The yardage of topsoil stockpiled by others and removed for topsoiling by the contractor to be paid for shall be the number ' of cubic yards of topsoil measured in the stockpile. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yiiis computed by the method of and areas. 905--4.2 The yardage of topsoil obtained off the site to be paid for shall be Mm number of cubic yards of topsoil measured in its original position ' and stripped or excavated. Topsoil shall be measured by volume in cubic yards computed by the method of end areas. Basis of Payment _ 905-5.1 Payment will be made at the contrac+: unit price per cubic yard for topsoiling (obtained on the site). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing, and ' spreading of the materials, and for ill labor, equipment. tools, and incidentals necessary to Complete the ite:►. ' 905-5.2 Payment will be made at the contract unit price per cubic yard for topsoiling (obtained off the site). This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, placing, and ' spreading of the materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete the item. ' Paywait. Will be made under= Item T-905-5.1 Topsoiling (Obtaiwo'on Site or Removed from ' Stockpile) - per cubic yard. Item T-905-5.2 Topsoiling (Furnished from Off the Site) - per cubic yard. Page 530 DIV V t 7 -T- i AC 150/5370-10 0 10/24/74 t ITEM T-905 TOPSOILING TESTING AND MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS Test and short title Material and short title AASHO T 11--Gradation None 1 DIV V gage 531 (Reserve Page 532) t l0/24/7 At: 150/5370-10 ITEM L-110 INSTAUAY TION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUA'D EM'MCAL DUCT ' Description 110-1.1 This item shall consist of underground electrical ducts installed ircao ordance with this specification At the locations and in accordance with the dimensions, designs, and details shown in the plane. This item shall include the installation of all underground electrical duute or underground conduits. It shall also include all trenohing, backfilling, removal, and restoration of any paved areasl manholes, concrete encasem..st, mandreling installation of steel drag wirer and duct markers, capping, and the testing of the installation as a completed duct system ready for ' installation of cables, to the satisfaction of the engineer. Equipment and Materials 110-2.1 GEt,'M, All equipment and materials covered by referenced speoi- ' fications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certifica- tion of compliance with the applicable rpecificatiou when so requested by the engineer. ' 110-2.2 BITUMIMUS FIBFR DUCT. Bituminous fiber duct and fittings shall conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-0-581 or W-0-575 and shall be ' one of the following, as specified in the propt)aalc (a) Type I, for concrete encasement. a (b) Type II, for direct burial, ' 110-2.3 ASBESTOS CE7Wn DUCT. Asbestos cement duct and fittings shall' conform to the requirements of Fed. Spec. W-C-571 and shall be one of the following, as specified in the proposals (a) Type I, for concrete encasement. (b) Type II, for,direct burial. 110-2. STEEL CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings chall conform to he requirements of Fed. Spec. WW-C-581. DIV VI Pago 613 t _.1n.1W 1" .e'L' 10 24/74 ' ITEM L-110 IWWUTION OF AIRPOR'T' U,'MERGROUND RLECTRICAL DUCT ' 110-2.6 ComFe'TE. Concrete shall conform to Item P-610, Sti: 5ural Portland Cement Concrete, using 1-inch maximum size coarse aggregate. 1 110-2. PLASTIC CONVJIT. Plastic conduit and fittings shall conform to the requirencents of Fed. Spec. W-C-1094 and shall be one )f the following, ' as speoified in the proposals (a) Type I - Suitable for undergroundi use either directly In the earth or encased in concrete. (b) Type II - Suitable for either above ground or underground use. i Construction Methods e 110- 3:R.'=-iAL. Ths contractor shall install underground ducts at the appro;Va tta to tions indicated in the airport layout plans. The eng`neer shall in-lieate specific locations as the work progresses. Ducts shall be of the size, material, and type indicated in the plans or specifications. Where no size is indicated in the plans or specifications, the ducts shall be not less t &n 3 inches inside diameter. All duct lines shall be laid so as to grade toward hand:roles, manholes and duct enr's for drainage. Grades shall be at least 3 iress per 100 feet. On runs where it is not practi- cable to maintain the grade all one way, the duct lines shall be graded from the center in loth directions toward manholes, handholes, or duct ends. ' Pockets or traps where moisture q v accurm late shall be avoided. The contractor shall mandrel each duct. An iron-shod mandrel, not more ' than I/4-inch smaller than the born Of the duct shall be pushed through each duct by =ears of jointed conduit rods. The mandrel shall have a leather or rubber gasket slightly larger than the duct hole. ' kll ducts instilled shill be provided with a No. ".0 gauge galvanized iron or steel drag wire.fcr pAtlling•the permanent wiring. Sufficient length shall be left in ranho2i-'j or handholes to bend the drag wire back to prevent,it from sli;.;ing back $rta the duct, Where spare ducts are installed, as indicated on the pans, the open ends shall be plugged with removable tapered p1•4s, des:fined b-1 the duct manufacturers, or with hardwood plugs ' conformi- accurately t~ the shape of the duct and having the larger end of the plug a:. ler,st _/L-ins: greater in dia.,neter than the duct. ' Paae 614 DIV VI 7 4 • r i r 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 ' ITEM L-110 IIJSTALi4ATION OF AIRPORT r UBIDEROROUND ELECTRICAL DUCT All ducts shall be securely fastened in place during construction and ' progress of the work and shall be plugged to prevent seepage of grout, water, or dirt. Any duct section having a defective joint shall not be installed. r All ducts, except steel conduit, installed under runwaye, taxiways, aprons, W other paved areas shall be encased in a concrete envelope. Where turf is well established and the sod can be removed, it shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. ' Trenches for ducts ..,y be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls 'c.' ftrenches shall be essentially vertical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Blades of road patrols or graders r shall not be used to excavate the trench. The, contractor shall ascertain the type of soil or rock to be excavated before bidding. All excavation shall be un,.Iassified. r r 1_10-3.2 DUCTS ENCASED IN CONCRETE. Unless otherwise shown in the plans, concrete-encased ducts shall be installed so that the top of the concrete envelope is not less than 18 inches below the finished subgrade where installed under runways, taxiways, aprons, or other paved areas, and not less than 18 inches below finished grade where installed in unpaved areas, r ructs under paved areas shall extend at least 3 feet beyond the edges of the pavement or 3 feet beyond any underdrains which may be installed alongside the paved area. Trenches for concrete-encased ducts shall be opened the complete length before concrete is laid so that if any obstruc- tions are encountered, proper provisions can be made to avoid them. All duets for oonerete encasements shall be placed or a layer of concrete not leea*than`3 inches thick prior to its initial set. Where two or more ducts are encased in concrete, the contracto. shall space them not less than 1 1/2 inches apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) using spacers applicable to the tjpe of duct. Aa the duct, laying progresses, concrete not less than 3 inches thick shall be placed around the aides and top of the duct bank. End belle or couplings shall be installed flush with the concrete encasement where required. 1 When specified, the contractor shall reinforce the bottom sid and top of encasements with steel reinforcing mesh or fabric or other approved metal reinforcement. When direot%d, the contractor shall supply additional ' supports where the ground is soft and boggy, where ducts cross under r DTV VI Page 615 r ib1am @ A• } . -yt y :r 7 P.. Ac 10/24/74 1 ITF24 L-110 I?STALLATION of AIRPORT ' LP,McRGROM& ELECTRIUL DUCT roadwrial or where otherwise shown on the plans. Urder such condition, e the"ecmpleti duct structure shall be supported era reinfoveed concrete. footing;a, piers, or piles located at approximately 5-foot intervals. When c_ay or soapstone duets are specified, they shall be installed v!+^. concrete encasement as described above. Clay conduit shall be of the single- bore type. Where the self-centering socket-joint type of single clay duct is usel, conduit shall be built up, tier by tier, and separated oily by sufficient nortar or fine aEgregate concrete to bed the ducts evenly and fill all voids between ducts. Single ducts shall be jointed together and the joints gnuted with portend cement mortar. A suitable gasket (of ' rubber or other approved raterial) shall first be placed in the receptacle end of the duet, prior to the joining operation, in order to exclude all mortar from the du-t. ' Where the square bore butt-,point type of clay duct, single or multicell. is used, sections shall be eligned with at least four steel dowel pins ' and jo!-nts wrapred with duct tape 6 inches wide and lapped 6 inches. All joints in a bai* of single-bore ducts shall be staggered, beginning evenly from the manhole or handhole, by means of short lengths 6, 8, y, 12, and 15 inc.es lorw,. Cement mortar shall be trowled around each and every joint, ' Voids in the duct bans, caused by the external shape of the corners of the conduit, shall also be filled with mortar. The joining and joints of aoapstc :e duct well '.,e done :n accordance with the manufacturer's ' recomendations. 110-3.3 YJCTS_WITHOUT CONTPOM ENCASF7MEb"r. Trenches for single-duet lines t shall bs no, less than inches nor more than 12 incites wide, and the trench for 2 cr more ducts installed st the same level chall be proportionately wider. Trench bottom: for ducts without concrete encasement shall be made to con4'c_-i accurately :o grade so as to provide uniform support for the duet along '.ts entire length. e A layer of fine earth materiAl, at least 4 inches thick (loose measurement) shall ba placed in the batt.ca of the trench as bedding for the duct. The bedding material shall consist of soft dirt, sand or other fine fill, and ' it shat.: contain no partic_es that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. The bei:,:rg naterlal shall be .&iped until firth. ' Page 61_ DIV VI . r .a, ' 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-•10 ITEM L-110 I;iSIYL~::=G:' OF AIRPORT UIIDEROROUA~D DUCT Unless othei^wise shown in plans, for direct burial shall be installed so that the tops of all ducts are at :.east 18 inches below the finished grade. ldhen two or more ducts are installed in the same trench without concrete encasement, they shall be spaced not less than 2 inchea apart (measured from outside wall to outside wall) in a horizontal direction and aiot less than 6 inches apart in a vertical direction. Trenches shall be opened the complete length before duct is installed so that if any obstructions are encountered, proper provisions can be made ' to avoid them. 110-3.4 DUCT MARKERS. The lo:-&-.':n cf -,e ends of all ducts shall be 1 marked by a concrete slab tnarker c fe.. sq-:are and 4 inches thick extending approximately 1 inch above tLie -:.e markers shall be located above the ends of all ducts or duct tares, e ct ,t -Mere ducts terminate in a handhold, manhole, or building. ' The contractor shall impress the word "DUCT" on each marker elab. He shall also impress on the slab the number and size of ducts beneath the marker. ' The letters shall be 4 incr/js high and 3 inches wide with width of stroke 1/2-inch and 1/4-inch d3ep or as large as the available space permits.. ' 110-15 BACUILLM. After cone.e.e-encased ducts have been properly installed and the concrete has had ._r.e to set, the trench stall be backfilled in at least twe layers t excavated material not larger than ' 4 inches in diameter and thoroug:^:3• ILTped and compacted to at least the density of the surrounding undistt&--e! soil. If necessary to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as 'required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet. and shall not contain pools of wRter ® during backfilling operations. ■ The trench shall be completely bacXfillel and tamped level with the adjacent surfaca: except that, when sod is to be placed over the trench, ' the backfilling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of ttie sod to be used, with proper allo-eance "or settlement. DIV VI Page 617 r Et a, n i L 4p bs 77- 1. ' iC 150/5370-10 10/24/74 IiW4 L-110 INWALLATION OF AIRPORT Ui1DE OROVND ELECTRICAL DUCT Any excess excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance o with instructions issued by the engineer. For ducts without concrete envolope, 8 inches of Band, soft earth, or other .ins fill (looge measurement) shall be placed around the ducts and carefully tamped around and ever them with hand tampers. The remaining trench may be filled with regular run of excavated material and thoroughly tamped as specified abovR. 110-3,6 RESiORATIO:1. Wnere sod has Teen removed, it shall be replaced e as soon as poss=ble after the backfilling is completed. All aiea9 disturbed by the trer.caing, storing of dirt, cable laying, pad construction and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessa:,/ topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sprigging, or mulching. Al! such work shall be performed in accordance with the FAA Standard 7u^fing Specifications. The contractor shall be held responsible for mal=taining all disturbed surfaces and replacements until final acceptance. VAthod of Measurement 110-E4._ The gaar," *of of underground duct to oe paid for under this item shall oe the nwxbar of linear feet of duct installed, measured in place, completed, and accepted. Separate measurement shall be made for the various types and sizes. 1 Basis of Payment 110-5.1 Pa;=ent will be rude at the contract unit price for each type and ne of single-way or Qul1%0-i-way duct completed and accepted. This price ' shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembl„ and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equi_xent, teols, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. 1 1 Page E.3 DIV YI Y t S. 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 e ITEM L,11' INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT UNDERGROUND E? ECTRICJLL DUCT Payment will be made under: Item L-110-5.1 Single-way or Multi-way Electrical Duct— per linear foot. t Federal Specifications Referenced in Item I~110 Number Title W-C-571 Conduit and Fittings, Nonmetal, rigid; (Asbestos-Cement or Fire-Clay Cement), (for Electrical Purposes). W-C-575 Conduit and Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, Bituminized Fiber; Lamine4ted Wall. W-C-581 Conduit and Fittings; Foremetallic, Rigid, (8itv-dnized Homogeneous Fiber). r~ W-C-1044 Conduit &net Fittings; Nonmetallic, Rigid, (Plaotie). ® WW-C-581 Condul t, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elb^w; and Nipple, ' Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. 5 i, DIV VI Page. 619 (Reserve Pages 620 through 624"') -7 'Pow t 10/24/74 AC 150/5370-10 1 DIVISION VII t TESTS AND APPENDIX ' TESL' 611 C014PACTION CONTROL TESTS ' General 611-1.1 DESCRIPTION. This specification shall govern the determination of the maxi.mmt density, field density, and percent compaction of those materials for which a minimum percent compaction is specified. It covers the basic procedures to be followed in ;.erforming the test for maximum density, field density, and percent compaction. In all cases density shall be stated as the dry weight in pounds per cubic foot. ' 611-2.1 MAXIt++!W DENSITY. Maximum density is defined as the taxi.-gad dry weight in pounds per cubic foot obtained when a material is mixed with different percentages of water and compacted in a standard manner. The percentage of water at which maximum density is obtained is termed the optimum moisture content. 611-2.2 LABORATORY COMPACTION TESTS. The mW-=t+m density shall be ' deteimined by the appropriate method shown below: (a) Where All of the Material Passes a loo. 4 Sieve. Use AA.SHO T 1809 ' Method A (of 9 for areas designed for aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more, and AASHO T 990 Method A (or B) for areas designed for aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds. (b) Where the Material Contains Particles Larger Than a No. 4 Sieve. Use AASHO T , Method C or D for areas designed for aircraft weighing 30,000 pounds or more and AASHO T 99, Method C (or D) for areas designed for aircraft weighing less than 30,000 pounds. (e) Where the Naterial contains Particles Larger Than 3/4 Inch. ' rollow the replacement procedure given in the note under Method C of 1 !.SHO T 99 or T 180. 1 e DIV VII Page 657 P 'PIT ' ITEM L-147 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES Desnription 107-1.1 This item shall consist of an airport wind cone furnished an a-Tn- in accordance with this specification at the location ' and in accordance with the dimensions, design, and 3etails shown in the plans. The work shall include the furnishing and installation of a support ■ for mounting the wind cone, the specified wire, and a concrete ® foundation. The item shall also include all cable connections, conduit and conduit fittings, the furnishing and installation of ' all lamps, ground rod and ground connection, the testing of the installation, and all in:,identals necessary to place the wind cone iD operation as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the ' engineer. Equipment and Materials ' 107-2.1 GENERAL. ' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 20590, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certifitation of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the engineer. ' 107-2." WIND CONES. ' (a) The 12-foot wind cone shall conform to Military Spectfi- cation IL-I-7854, Indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted and Externally Lighted. It shall be mounted on a hinged support conforming to the requirements of AC 150/534S-14, Specification for L-827 "A"-Framed Hinged Support for 12-Foot Wind Cone. l 1 ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 1 12-FOOT WIND CONES (h) The 8-foot wind cone and hinged steel pole shall conform 1 to the requirements of Advisory Circular 150/5345-27, Specification for L-807 Eight-Foot Illuminated Wind Cone. 1 107-2.3 WIRE. Wire in conduit rated up to 5,000 volts shall conform to Advisory Circular 150/5345-7, Specification for L-824 Underground Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits, for rubber insulated neoprene ' covered wire, of Federal Specification J-C-30, Type RHW, for rubber insulated fibrous covered wire. For ratings up to 600 volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30, Types TW, THW, and TIIWN, shall be used. The wires shall be of the type, size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. 1 107-2.4 CONDUIT. Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall conform to the requ rements of Federal Specification WW-C-581. 107-2.5 CONCRETE. The concrete for foundations shall be pro- , p ace and cured in accordance with Item P-610, .tructural Portland Cement Concrete. 1 107-2.6 PAINT. (a) Red lead priming paint for ungalvanized metal surfaces, 1 and the mixing thereof, shall conform to the 97-4 grade Federal Specification TT-R-191. The red lead shall be furnished in paste form and delivered to the job in the original unbroken packages 1 bearing the maker's name and brand designation. The raw linseed ail, turpentine, and drier shall be in accordance with the Federal Specifications listed below; 1 Raw Linseed Oil-TT-L-215 T:~rpentine TT-T-801 Drier; Paint, Liquid, Type I---------------TT-D-651 1 (b) Priming paint frr galvanized metal surfaces shall be zinc dust-zinc oxide priner paint conforming to Federal Specifi- 1 cation TT-P-641. If necessary, add not more than 1/2 pint of turpentine to each gallon. i i 1 1 1 ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES (c) Orange paint for the body and the finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall consist of a ready-mixed nonfading paint meeting the requirements of Federal Specification,TT-P-59. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standards 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. ' (d) White paint for body and finish coats on metal and wood surfaces shall be ready-mixed paint conforming to Federal Specifi- cation TT-F-102. (e) Priming paint for wood surfaces shall be mixed on the job by thinning the above specified aviation-orange or white paint by ' adding 1/2 pint of raw linseed oil to each gallon. Construction Methods 107.3.1 INSTALLATION. The hinged support or hinged pole shall o nsta a on a concrete foundation as shown in the plans. 107-3.2 COUNTER11EIGHT, The contractor shall furnish and install a counterweight on the inged support for the 12-foot wind cone. The counterweight may consist of lead weights which may be furnished with the "A" f:ame assembly or it may consist of concrete poured around the bottom of the hinged support. Where concrete is used, i the counterweight shall be approximately 12 inches wide by 24 inches deep and should weigh approximately 500 pounds. The counterweight should be 25 to SO pounds less than the weight needed to balance the assembly. The counterbalancing should operate to the satisfaction of the engineer. 107-3.3 ELECTRICAL CONNECTION. Tho contractor shall furnish all a or an materials an s a make complete electrical connections in accordance with the wiring diagram furnished with the project ' plans. If underground cable from the transformer vault to the wind cone site and duct for this cable installation under paved areas is ' required, the cable and duct shall be installed in accordance with and paid for by linear foot measurement as described in Item L-108, Installation of Underground Cables for Airports, and Item L-110, ' Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct. ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES ' 107-3.4 BOOSTER TRANSFORMER. If shown in plans or specified in T6t--sped-ficat ons, a booster transformer to compensate for voltage drop to the lsmps shall be installed in a suitable weatherproof hUUSing. The booster transforme.• shall be installed as indicated in the plans and described in the proposal. If the booster trans- former is required for installation in the transformer vault, it shall be installed in accordance with and paid for as described in Item L-109, Installation of Airport Transformer Vault and Vault Equipment. ' 107-3.5 GROUND CONNECTION AND GROUND ROD. The contractor shall urns an Install a group ro , group ng cablo, and ground clamps for grounding the "A" frame of the 12-foot assembly or pipe support of the 8-foot support near the base. The ground rod shall be of the dianeter and length specified in the plans and shall be copper or copper clad. The ground rod shall be driven into the ground adjacent to the concrete foundation so that the top is at least 6 inches below grade. The grounding cable shall consist of No. 8 AWG bare stranded copper wire or larger and shall be ' firmly attached to the ground rod by means of a ground connector or clamp. The other end of the grounding cable shall be securely attached to a leg of the "A" frame or to the base of the pipe support with noncorrosive metal and shall be of substantial ' construction. The resistance toeground shall not exceed 25 ohms. 107-3.6 PAINTING. Three coats of paint shall be applied (one pripto, ' one-body, an one finish) to all exposed material installed under this item except the fabric cone, obstruction light globe, and lamp reflectors. The wind cone assembly, if painted on receipt, shall ' be given one finish coat of paint in lieu of the three coats specified above, The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-P-59. The color shall be in accordance with Federal Standard 595, Aviation Gloss Orange Number 12197. 107-3.7 LAMPS. The •-ontractor shall furnish and install four 200- watt, 5-vo t general lighting service lamps in the reflectors for the 12-foot cone or four 150-rratt, 115-volt lamps for the 8-foot cone. A clear 100-watt, 107-watt, or 116-watt, 115-volt traffic signal lamp with a medium screw base, or a 100-watt, A-21 bulb, t 115-volt, medium preiocus base lamp shall be furnished and installed in the obstruction light as required. 1 ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12-FOOT WIND CONES 107-3.8 CHAIN AND PADLOCK. The contractor shall furnish and install a su to le operating chain for lowering and raising the ' hinged top section. The chain shall be attached to the pole support in a manner to prevent the light fixture assembly from striking the ground in the lowered position. ' A padlock shall also be furnished by the contractor on the 8-foot wind cone for securing the hinged top section to the fixed lower section. Keys for the padlock shall be delivered to the engineer. Method of Measurement ' 107.4.1 The quantity to be paid for under this item shall be the number of wind cones installed as completed units in place, ac- ' copted, and ready for operation. ' Basis of Payment ' 107-S.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for oac completed and accepted job. This price shall be full compen- sation for furnishing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, ' equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete this item. Payment will be made under: Item L-107-5.1 (a) 12-Foot Wind Cone, in Place--per unit. ' Federal Specifications Referenced.in Item L-107 1 Number Title J-C-30 Cable and Eire, Electrical (Power, Fixed ' Installation). 1 1 ITEM L-107 INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT 8-FOOT AND 12400T WIND CONES TT-D-651 Drier; Paint, Liquid. 1 TT-1,-215 Linseed Oil, Raw, (for Use in Organic Coatings). TT-11-59 Paint: Ready-Mixed, International Orange. TI ..'-641 Primer, Paint; Zinc Dust-Zinc Oxide. TT-P-102 Paint, Oil: Titanium-Lead-Zinc and Oil, Ready-Mixed, White and Light Tints. ' TT-R-191 Red Lead, Dry and Paste In Oil. TT-T-801 Turpentino; Gum Spirits, Steam Distilled, ' Sulphate Wood, and Destructively Distilled. W-P-115 Panel, Power Distribution. ' WW-C-581 Condult, Metal, Rigid; and Coupling, Elbow; and Nipple Electrical Conduit: Zinc-Coated. ' clod, Std. 595 Colors. Military Specifications Referenced in Item L-107 ' Number Title MIL-I-9854 Indicator Assemblies, Wind Cone, Unlighted and a Externally Lighted. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L-107 ' Number Title AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Cables ' for Airport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-14 Specification for L-827 "A" Frame Hinged Support for 12-Foot Wind Cone. AC 150/5345-27 Specification for L-807 Eight-Foot Illuminated ' Wind Cone. e - e ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS ' Description 108-1.1 This item shall consist of underground cable furnished and ' InstalTed in accordance with this specification at the locations and in accordance with the design, dimensions, and details shown in the plans. This item shall include the excavation and backfill of the trench and the install#tion of cable and counterpoise ' wire in trench, duct or conduit. It shall include splicing, cable marking, and testing of the installation and all incidentals nec- essary to place the cable in operating condition as a completed ' unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. This item shall not include the installation of the duct or conduit. ' Equipment and Materials 108-2.1 GENERAL. ' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials. covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Avi- ation'Administration, Airports Service, Washington, D. C. 205919 1 and shall be listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other ref- ' rronced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification, when requested by the engineer. ' 108-2.2 CABLE. Underground cable shall conform to the requirements oT-specification for L-824, Underground Electrical Cables for Air- port Lighting Circuits. The fallowing types are covered in Spec- ification L-824: (a) Type A--Single a,ia multiple conductor cable with 600-volt performance type insulation with an overall neoprene jacket. (b) Tyne B--Single and multiple conductor cable with 3,000-or S, 000-volt zone Resistant" insulation with an overall neoprene t jacket. 1 I 1 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS All cable for airport lighting service shall be stranded viz: 600-volt-- 7-strand; 3,000- and 5,000-volt--19 strand. For ' power cable, conductor size shall not be smaller than No. 8 AWG. Control cable, conductor size shall be not less than No. 12 AWG. These limits on conductor sizes shall not apply to leads fur- nished by manufacturers on transformers and fixtures. If telephone control cable is specified, copper shielded, poly- ethylene insulated and jacketed, No. 19 AWG telephone cable conforming to the United States Depnrtment of Agriculture, Rural Electrification Administration (REA) Bulletin 345.14, REA Spec- if'cation for fully Color-Coded, Polyethylene Insulated, Double ' Polyethylene-Jacketed Telephone Cables for Direct Burial, zhalt be used. Where counterpoise conductors are to be installed and where soil conditions would adversely affect bare copper wire, thermoplastic wire conforming to Federal Specification J-C-30, Type TW, 600- volt, may be used. ' Cable type, size, number of conductors, strand and service voltage shall be specified in the plans and/or proposal. 108-?.3 BARE COPPER WIRE (Counterpoise). Bare copper wire for co- unlerpa se Installation s shall be stranded wire conforming to ASTM Specifications B3 and B8. ' 108-2.4 CABLE CONNECTIONS. In-line connections of underground primary cables shall be o the type called for in the plans or in the proposal, and shall be one of the types listed below. When the plans or the proposal permit a choice of connection, the contractor shall indicate in the bid the type of connection he proposes to furnish, ~a The Cast 'S lice. A cast splice, employing a plastic molu and using epoxy resin equal to that manufactured by Minnesota ' Mining and Manufacturing Company, "Scotchcast" Kit No. 82--A, or as manufactured by Hysol Corporation, "Hyseal Epoxy Splice" Kit No. 1135, for potting the splice is approved. This means of ' splicing is the only type approved for telephone control cable. 1 f ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS (b) The Vulcanized Splice. A vulcanized splice employing Joy Manufacturing Company's Ju can zing hit No. X-1604-8 or equal is approved for field vulcanized splices. The proper molds for various ' cable sizes shall be usf;d. (c) The Field-attached Plug-in Spitce. Figure 14 of Spec- ' ificat~on for L-823 Plug and Receptacle, Cable Connectors, em- ploying connector kits, is approved for field attachment to single conductor cable. (d) The Factory-molded Plu -in-S lice. Specification for L-823 Connectors, Factory-Molded to individual Conductors, are approved. ' (e) The Taped S lice. Taped splices employing field-applied rubber, or synthetic rubber tape covered with plastic tape are ' approved. The rubber tape should meet the requirements of Military Specification MIL-1-3825 and the plastic tape should comply with Mil. Spec. Mil-I-7798 or Fed. Spec. HI1-1-595. In all the above ' cases, connections of cable conductors shall be made using crimp connectors utilizing a crimping tool designed to make a complete crimp before the tool can be removed. No. 19 AWG telephone control wires may be connected by means if wrapped and soldered ' splice, 3M Company Moisture Proof UR Tyvv Connector, or equal, or by a method approved by the en;ineer. ' 108-2.5 CONCRETE. Concrete for cable markers shall conform to peci ication tem P-610, "Structural Portland Cement Concrete." ' Construction Methods 108-3.1 GENERAL. The contractor shall install the specified ca le at the approximate locations indicated in the airport ' lightin^ layout plans. The engineer shall indicate specific locations. Cable connections botwcen lights will be permitted only at the light locations for connecting the underground cable to the primary leads of the individual insulating transformers. The ..ontractor shall be responsible for providing cable in continuous lengths for home runs or other long cable runs without connections, unless otherwise authorised in writing by the engineer or shown in the plans. I 1 4 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS ' 108-3.2 INSTALLATION IN DUCT OR CONDUIT. This item includes the nstallat ono the ca le n duct or conduit as described below. The maximum number and voltage ratings of cables installed in ' each single duct o: conduit, and the current-carrying capacity of each cable shall be in accordance with the latest National Electric Code, or the code of the local agency having Jurisdiction. ' The contractor shall make no connections or joints of any kind in cables installed in conduits or ducts. ' The duct or conduit shall be installed as a separate item in accordance with Item L-110, "Installation of Airport Underground Electrical Duct." The contractor shall make sure that the duct is open, continuous, and clear of debris before installing cable. The cable shall be installed in a manner to prevent harmful stretching of the conductor, injury to the insulation, or damage to the outer protective covering. be sealed with moisture-seal tape beforenpdullinglIntohthe conduit and it shall be left sealed until connections art made.. Where more than one cable is to be installed in a duct Linder the same ' contract, all cable shall be pulled in the duct at the same time. The pulling of a cabla through ducts or conduits may be accom- plished bi, handwinch or power winch with the use of cable grips ' or pulling eyes. Pulling tensions should be governed by rec- ommended standard practices for straight pulls or bends. A l be used where ubricant recommended for the type of cable being installed shall markers temporarily pulling rremoved lubricant excavations.shalltberreplaced as required. p 108-3.3 TRENCNINC, Where turf is well established a;;d the sod can a removed; t shall be carefully stripped and properly stored. ' Trenches for cables may be excavated manually or with mechanical trenching equipment. Walls of trenches shall be essentially ver• tical so that a minimum of shoulder surface is disturbed. Road e patrols or graders shall not be used to excavate the trench with their blades. The bottom surface oc trenches shall be essentially smooth and free from coarse aggregate. Unless otherwise spec- ified, cable trenches shall be excavated to a minimum depth of 18 ' inches below finished grade, except as follows: (a) When off the airport or crossing under a roadway or ' driveway, the minimum depth shall be 36 inches unless otherwise specified. r ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE f FOR AIRPORTS (b) Minimum cable depth when crossing under a railroad track, shall be 42 inches unless otherwise specified. The contractor shall excavate all cable trenches to a width not less than 6 inches. The trench shall be widened where more than ' two cables are to be installed parallel in the same trench. Un- less otherwise specified in the plans, all cables in the same location and running in the same general direction shall be in- stalled in the same trench. When rock excavation is encountered, tha rock shall be removed to a depth of at lbgst 3 inches below the required cable depth ane ' it shall ba replaced with bedding material of earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch ,ieve. The contractor shall ascertain the type of ' soil or rock to be exo.avated before bidding, All excavation shall be unclassified. 1083.4 INSTALLATION IN TRENCHES. The contractor shall not use n cable `plow for nsta=nEt t e cable. Mechanical cable-laying equipment may be used in conjunction with a trenching machine f specified on project plans and specifications; and it should ' rovide for physical inspection of cable prior to backfilling. Sharp bends or kinks in the cable shall not be permitted. Cables shall be unreeled in place alongside or in the trench and shall be carefully placed along the bottom of the trench. The cable shall not be unreeled and pulled into the trench from one end. Where two or more cables are laid parallel in the same trench, they shall be placed laterally a minimum distance of 3 inches apart, and the trench shall be widened sufficiently to accomplish this. ' Cables crossing over each other shall have a minimum of 3-inch vertical displacement with the topmost cable depth at or below the minimum required depth below finished grade. Not less than 1 foot of cable slack shall be left on each side of all connections, insulating transformers, light units, and at all other points where cable is connected to field equipment. the slack cable shall be placed in the trench in R series of S curves, Additional slack cable shall be left in runway light „efes, handholes, manholes, etc,, where it is required to bring ' U e cable above ground level to make connections. The amount of slack cable shall be stipulated by the engineer, or as shown in the plans and specifications. 1 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE 108.3.5 BACKFILLING. After the cable has been installed, the trenc shall e 3 nches deep, loose measurement, and shall be either earth or sand containing no mineral aggregate particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. This layer shall 110t be compacted. The second layer shall be 5 inches deep, loose measurement, and shall contain no particles that would be retained on a 1-inch sieve. The remainder of th6 backfill shall be excavated or imported mineral and shall not contain stone or aggregate larger than 4 inches maximum diameter. The third and subsequent layers of the backfill shall not exceed 8 inches in ' maximum depth, loose measurement. The second, and si''asequent layers shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted to at least the density of the adjacent undisturbed soil, and to the satisfaction of the engineer. If necessaryy to obtain the desired compaction, the backfill material. shall be moistened or aerated as required. Trenches shall not be excessively wet and shall. not contain pools of water during backfilling operations. The trench s;,.:ll be completely backfilled and tamped level with the adjacent si.irface,, oxcept that when sod is to be placed over the trench, the oack- filling shall be stopped at a depth equal to the thickness of the sod to be used, with proper allowance for settlement. Any excess ' excavated material shall be removed and disposed of in accordance with instructions issued by the engineer. 109-3,6 RESTORATION. Where sod has been removed, it shall be rep ace as soon as possible after the backfilling is comppleted. All areas disturbed l,y the trenching, storing of dirt, cablt, laying, pad construction, and other work shall be restored to its original condition. The restoration shall include any necessary topsoiling, fertilizing, liming, seeding, sodding, sprigging mulching. All such work shall he performed in accordance with ' the PAA Standard Turfing Specifications. The contractor shall be held responsible for maintaining all disturbed surfaces and re- placements until final acceptance. ' 108-3.7 CABLE MARKERS. The location of runway light circuits s a a marked y a concrete slab marker, 2 feet square and 4 inches thick, extending approximately 1 inch above the surface. Each cable run from the line of runway li•hts to the equipment vault shall also be marked at approximates! every 200 feet along the cable run, with an additional marker at each change of direc- tion of cable run. All other cable buried directly in tho 1 ' ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS earth shall be marked in the same manner. The contractor shall not install slab markers where cable lies in straight lines between Obstruction light poles which are spaced 300 foot apart, or less. ' Cable markers shall be installed immediately above the cable. The contractor shall impress the word "CABLE" and directional arrows The 4OnIeanchcheschable andk3ninches. wide, with letters width shall of stroke d/2minchy and 114 inch deep. The location of each underground cable connection, except at lighting units or insulating transformers, shall be marked by a concrete marker slab placed above the connection. The contrac- tor shall impress the word "SPLICE" on each slab. fie also shall impress additional circuit identifi_c-tion symbols on each slab if so desired by the engineer, 108-3.8 SPLICING. Connections of the type shown in the plans t s a a ma e y experienced personnel regularly engaged in this type of work and shall be made as follows: (a) Cast s lice These shall be made by using crimp connectors or o nt ng conductors. Molds shall be assembled, and the compound shall be mixed and poured in accordance with ' manufacturer's instructions and to the satisfaction of the engineer. (b) Vulcanised S lives. These shall be made by using crimp connectors or o n~ conductors. The splice shall be made, using compounds furnished by the manufacttfror, in accordance with his instructions and to the satisfaction of the engineer, ' in aceordancelw-iihtmanudaf ct~n S- nst Splices. These shall 5p assembled sha21 be made b uctions. These Qnlices t all cases the joint where directly Into Tbe wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rubber tape and one layer pf plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at ' least 1-1/2 inches on each .ide of the joint. (d) factor -molded Plu -in S lives. ;hose shall be made by ' plugging d rect y nto mat ng connectors, In all cases, the joint where the connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least one layer of rubber or synthetic rub!jer tape and one layer of ' plastic tape, one-half lapped, extending at least 1.1/2 inches on each side of the joint. ' ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS ' fe) Taped Splices-, A taped splice shall be made in the following manner: ' Bring the cables to their final position and cut so that the con- ductors will butt. Remove insulation and jacket allowing for bare conductor of proper length to fit compression sleeve connector with 1/4 inch of bare conductor on each side of the connector. Use a sharp knife to pencil insulation and jacket at approximately the same angle as a pencil point. Care must be taken to avoid nicking ' or injuring the conductor during removal of insulation or pencil- ing. Do not use,emery paper on splicing operation since it contains metallic particles. The copper conductors shall be thoroughly cleaned, Join the conductors by inserting them equidistant into the compression connection sleeve. Crimp conductors firmly in place with crimping tool that requires a complete crimp before tool can be removed. 'Cost the crimped connection by pulling on the cable. Scrape the insulation to assure that the entire surface over which the tape will be applied (plus 3 inches on each end) is clean. After scraping wipe the entire area with a clean lint-free cloth. ' Do not use solvents. Appply high-voltage rubber tape one-half lapped over bare conductor. T1; is tape should be tensioned as recommended by the manufacturer. ' Voids in the connector area may be eliminated by highly elongating the tape stretching it just short of its breaking point. Through- out the rest of the splice less tension should be used, Always ' attempt to exactly half-lap to produce a uniform buildup. Continue buildup to 1.1/2 times cable diameter over the body of thn splice with ends tapered a distance of approximately 1 inch over the ' original jacket, Cover rubber tape with two layers of vinyl pres- suie-sensitive tape one-half lapped. Do not use glyptol or lacquer ever vinyl tape as they react as solvents to the tape. No furthor cable covering or splice boxes are required. If shielded cable is to be spliced, prepare cable as for a regular taped splice, except that the neoprene jacket shall be removed a e distance not less than S inches from the beginning of the penciled portion. Carefully unwrap the shielding tape from that portion where jacket has been removed and cut off so that it extends about ' 1 inch from end of the jacket. Proceed with the toped splice as described above and tape up to 1/4 inch from the shield on both ends. Build up rubber tape to a thickness equal to the insulation thick- ness or 5/16 inch over connector. ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS ' Neat wrap one-half lapped layer of Semi-conducting tape (Scotch No. 13 Semi-Conducting Tape, or equal) over splicing tape and 1/4 inch onto the shielding tape. Wrap a fine, flat shielding braid one-half lapped over the splice extending 1/2 inch onto the metallic shielding. Solder ends of braid to metallic shielding tape. A bonding wire, (Minimum No. 14 stranded copper) equal to the current carrying capacity of the metallic shield, should have the individual strands wrapped around the metallic shield at both ends of the splice. T places. The hese strands should be tack soldered to the shield In several one-half lapped cable layers sheath of vinyl should tape replaced extending by 2 wrap inc es gontohtheo ' cable jacket. ' The above described splice is for a straight-through splice with continuity of shielding. 1081-3,g~ BARE COUNTERPOISE WIRE INSTALLATION AND GROUNDING FOR s own the plans or spec e n ob spot icat ons, a stranded bare copper wire, No. 8 AWp minimum size, shall be installed for lightning protection of tht under- ground cables. The bare counterpoise Vire shall be installed in the same trench for the entire length of the insulated cables it is designed to protect, and shall be placed at a distance of approximately 4 inches from the insulated cable. The counterpoise wire shall be securely attached to each light fixture base, or mounting stake. The counterpoise wire shall also be securely at- tached to copper or copper-clad ground rods installed not more than 1,000 feet apart around the entire circuit. The ground rods shall be of the length and diameter specified in the plans, but in no case shall they be less than 8-feet long nor less than 5/8 inch in 1 diameter. The counterpoise system shall terminate at the transformer vault or at the power source. It shall be securely attached to the vault or equipment, grounding system. The connections shall be made as shown in the project plans and specifications. 108-3.10 TESTING. The contractor shall furnish all necessary equ pment arm appliances for testing the underground cable circuits after installation. The contractor shall test and demonstrate to the satisfaction of the engineer the following: (a) That all lighting power and control circuits are continuous and free from short circuits. C 1 ITEM L-lu8 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS ' (b) That all circuits are free from unspecified grounds. of all non- groundedcseriestcircuitsuistnot lesssthaneSo meghms. (d) That the insulation resistance to ground GE all non. grounded conductors of multiple circuits is not less than 50 megohms. (e) That all circuits are properly connected in accordance with applicable wiring diagrams. (f) That all circuits are operable. Tests shall be conducted that include operating each control not less than 10 times and the ' continuous operation of each lighting and power circuit for not less than 1/2 hour. ' Method of Measurement 108.4.1 The quantity of trench to be paid for shall be the linear eet a trench, including the excavatAon, backfill, and reconditioning, ' completed, measured as excavated, and accepted as satisfactory. When specified in the proposal, separate measurement shall be made ' for trenches of various specified widths. 108-4.2 The footage of cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench To` be paid far shall be the number of linear feet of cable or counter- poise wire installed in trenches measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be made for each cable or counterpoise wire installed in trench. 108.4.3 The footage, of cable or counterpoise wire installed in duct or conduit to be paid for shall be the number of linear feet measured in place, completed, ready for operation, and accepted as satisfactory. Separate measurement shall be msde for each cable or counterpoise wire installed In duct or conduit. - i i 1 ' ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS 1 Basis of Payment 1 108-5.1 Payment will be made at the contract unit price for trenc ing cable and bare counterpoise wire installed in trench ' or duct in place by the contractor and accepted by the engineer. This price shall ba full compensation for furni5hiny all materials and for all preparation and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to ' complete this item. Payment Mill be made under: Item L-108-5.1 Cable Trench--per linear foot, ' Item L-108-5.1 Underground Cable, installed in trench--per linear foot. Item L-108.5.1 Underground Cable, installed in duct or ' conduit--per linear foot. Item L-108-5.1 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in trench, t including ground rods and grounding connectors-- per linear foot. ' Item L-108-5.1 Bare Counterpoise Wire, installed in duct-- per linear foot. FAA Specifications Referenced in Item L_-1.08 ' Number r Title ' AC 150/5345-7 Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-26 Specification for L-823 Plug and Receptacle Cable Connectors. Federal Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Number Title ' J-C-30 Cable and Wire, Electrical Power, Fixed Installation, 1111-I-595 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive Plastic, for Low-Temperature Application. 0 ITEM L-108 INSTALLATION OF UNDERGROUND CABLE FOR AIRPORTS r ASTM Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 1 Number Title $-3 Soft or Annealed Copper Wire. i B-8 Concentric-Lay-Stranded Copper Conductor, [lard, Medium-Hard, or Soft. ' Military Specifications Referenced in Item L-108 Number Title MIL-I-3825 Insulation Tape, Electrical, Self-Fusing, for Use in Electronics, Communications, and Allied Equipment. MIL-I.7798 Insulation, Tape, Electrical, Pressure-Sensitive Adhesive, Plastic. ITEM L-109(S), INSTALLATION OF AIRPORT LIGHTING REGULATOR AND TERMINAL BUILDING EQUIPMENT Description ' 109-1.1 This item shall consist of the replacing of an existing airport lighting regulator with one of larger capacity. This work shall also include the installation of conduits and wiring; the marking and labeling of equipment and the labeling or tagging of wires; the testing of the installation; and the furnishing of all incidentals necessary to place it in operating condition as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the ENGINEER. Related descriptions of work requirements are displayed on the drawings. Equipment and Materials 109.2.1 General ' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior apppproval of the Federal Aviation Administration, Airports Service, Washinggton, D.~ , 20590, and shall be listed in Advisory Circular ISO/S34S-iX$ Approved Airport ' Lighting Equipment. (b) Circuit breakers, panelboards, fuses, wire, terminal ' blocks, and all other regularly used commercial items of electrical equipment not covered by FAA equipment specifications shall conform to the applicable rulings and standards of Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers or the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. In all cases, equipment shall be new and a first- grade product. This equipment shall be supplied in the quantities requires! for the specific project and shall incorporate the elec- trical aAd mechanical characteristics specified in the proposal and plans. (c) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through manufact+:rer's certification of compliance with the applicable specification when requested by the ENGINEER, 109-2.2 FAA-Approved Equipment ' Certain items of airport lighting equipment are covered by indi- vidual FAA equipment specifications. The specifications ire listed below: i i AC 250/5345-3B, Specification for Control Switches in Airport Lighting Ponel. AC 150/5345.70, Specification for L-824 Underground Electrical Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. AC 150/5345-11, Specification for L-812 Static-indoor Type Constant Current Regulator Assembly; 4KW and 7-1/2KW; With Brightness Control for Remote Operation. 109-2.5 Wire Wire in conduit rated 5,000 volts shall conform to Advisory Circular 150/5345-7C, Specification L-824 Underground Electrical e Cables for Airport Lighting Circuits. For ratings up to 600 volts, thermoplastic wire conforming to UL Standard No. 83, Types TIIW and TIIHN, shall be used. The wires shall be of tho type, ' size, number of conductors, and voltage shown in the plans or in the proposal. 109_-2._4 Rigid Steel Conduit Rigid steel conduit and fittings shall be in accordance with Federal Specification WW-C-581. Construction Methods ' 109-3.1 General The CONTRACTOR shall furnish, install and connect all equipment, equipment accessories, conduit, cables, wires, buses, grounds, breakers, fuses, and support necessary to insure a complete and operable electrical distribution center for the airport lighting system as specified herein and shown on the plans. The equipment installation and mounting shall comply with the requirements of the National Electrical Code and local code agency having jurisdiction. i i ' 109.3.2 Power Supply Equipment Regulator and control switch shall be installed where indicated. ' Remove related existing equipment to accommodate the new regulator. The regulator shall be set on steel channels, in turn setting on a concrete pad. ' 109-3.3 Marking and Labeling All equipment, control wires, terminal blocks, etc., shall be ' tagged, marked, or labeled as specified below: (a) Wire Identification. The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and ' install self-sticking wire labels or identifying tags on all control wires at the point where they connect to the control equipment or the the terminal blocks. Wire labels, if used, shall be of the self-sticking preprinted type and of the manufacturer's rec- ommended size for the wire involved. Identification markings designated in the plans, or by the ENGINEER, shall be followed. Tags, if used, shall be of fiber not less than 3/4-inch in diameter and not less than 1/32-inch thick. Identification markings designated in the plans or by the ENGINEER ;shall be stamped on tags by means of small tool dies, Each tag shall be securely tied to the proper wire by a nonmetallic cord, (b) Labels. The CONTRACTOR shall stencil Identifying tables on the cases of regulators, overcurrent devices with white oil paint as designated by the ENGINEER. The letters and numerals shall be not less than 1 inch in height and shall be of propor- tionate width. The CONTRACTOR shall also mark the correct circuit ' designations in accordance with the wiring diagram on the terminal marking strips which are a part of each terminal block. Basis of Payment 109-4.1 Payment will be made at the contract lump-sum price for e the completed installation of the regulator, new service, new service panel, control panel, and all required connections. This price shall be full compensation for furnirhing all materials and for all preparation, assembly, and installation of these materials, and for all labor, equipment, tools, and incidentals necessary to complete the item. Payment will be made under: Item L-109-4.1, Installation of Airport Lighting Regulator t and Control Switch - Lump Sum 1 ITEM L-116 INSTA uTION or )MDnN MvMS17y RUNWAY AND TAXIWAY LIGHTS WM Snjn MOUNTING ' Des!!r~ 116-111 This item shall consist of medium intensity runvtiy or taxivay lights for series circuits, mounted on metal stakes, furnished and installed ' in accordance with this specification at the locations and in conformity with the dimensions, design, and details shove on the plane, Included I in this item shall be the furnishing and installing of transformers ' and, if specified, a concrete anchor. This item shall also include all cable connections, the furnishing and installing of all lamps, the testing of the installation, and all incidentals necessary to place these lights in operation as a completed unit to the satisfaction of the engineer. ' E uipment and Mate dais 116-2.1 General. ' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administratiou, Airports Service, Hashiqton, D. C, 2;090.. and shall be listed ' in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting fluipment, (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable specifications, (e) Lists of the equipment and materials required for a particular ' system are contained in the applicable advisory circulars. 116 2;2 Tape, ' Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tape Numbers 23 e,-d 88, respectively, as manufactured by the Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or an approved equal, fib-2,3 Concrete, ' Concrete for backfill shall be proportioned not leaner than a 1-3-6 six by volume and shall have a compressive strength of not less than 2,000 P81s Approved clean aggregate shall be used to produce the concrete, Construction Methods ' 116-3.1 placing the Lights. The elevated lights shall be installed at the locations sbown on the plans. ' 116-3.2 Trarzformer Installation. I The transformer shall be buried in the ground at a suitable location adjacent to the stake. No portion of the transformer case shall be less than 10 inches below the ground level. The transformer shall be laid on a side with leads horizontal and trained tovard the stake. The primary cable connections shall be made as described in paragraph 116-3.6 (a) or (b), as required. The secondary lead of -he transformer shall be brought into position at the bottom of mounting sasembly fitting. Rte attached connector on the transformer lead ,'hall be fastened to the fitting by means of the holding ring provided for this purpose, The primary leads shall be positioned with the cable connectors in place on the clamp support attached to the stake. The transformer shall be placed on a 3-inch layer of bedding material ' and shall be covered with a layer of the sage material and of the same thickness. Bedding and cover material shall be either earth or I Ad containing no particles that would be retained on a 1/4-ineh siate. All backfill material shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted, If ' necessary to obtain compaction, the beckfill material aha11 b~1 moistened or aerated as required, 116-3.A StakeInstallation. Rte stake shall not be installed by driving. The excavation for the stake shall be not less than 6 inches in diameter. The stake shall be 1 installed to a sufficient depth so that the shearing groove of the breakable coupling shall not extend more than 31 inches above finished grade. Backfill shall be made with earth containing no particles that ' would be retained on a 1-inch sieve, All backfill material shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted. If necessary to obtain compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. The stake shall be vertical to within 3'- The stableness of the stakes installed in place shall be to the satisfaction of the engineer. 116.3.4 Concrete Anchor. If shown on plans or specified in job specifications, the stake shall be backfilled with concreto to form an anchor. The design of t,ie eonor~ete 1 i i anchor shall be in accordance with dimensions shown on the plans. If ' used, construoticn forms shall to removed after the concrete has set. Precast concrete t%nchors on stakes are permissible, if specified. 116-3.5 Assembling the Unit. The elevated light shall be assembled in accordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. The transformer secondary shall be connected ' to the lamp leads by means of the disconnecting plug and receptacle provided with the unit, and this joint shall not be taped, A lamp of the proper rating shall be installed in the fixture, 116-3.6 Cable Connections, ' Underground cable will be installed between the units as a separate item under Item L-1082 "Installation of Underground Cable for Airports". The contractor shall connect this cable to the transformer. The cotuiection to the underground cable supply shall be made by one of ' the following methods: (a) Direct Connection, The transformer primary lead connectors shall be plugged directly into mating connectors of Field-Attached or Factory-Molded Plug-In Splices or the supply cables, whichever is called for on the plans, The splices shall be attached to the ' supply cables ad specified in Item L-108, (b) Pigtail Splicing Lead Connection. When the plane specify that pigtail splicing leads are to be supplied with the transformers, ' the pigtail leads shall be connected to the supply cable by means of either a Cast Splice;ra Vulcanized Splice, whichever is called for on the plans. The splices shall be made ' as specified in Item L-108. i The joint where the transformer mating connectors cane together shall be wrapped with at least two layers of plastic tape, one-half lapped, ' extending at least 1i inches e9ch vide of the joint. 116-3.7 Leveling and Beam Adjustment, The optical system shall be leveled to within 16. Leveling shall be accomplished as recommended by the manufacturer. I The contractor shall b: held responsible for the correct i s•sss~ leveling, adjustaent# and orientation of all elevated lights installed ' by him. Final adjustmetut shall be made at night,, and shall be to the satisfaction of the engineer. 116-3.8 Identification Numberso An identifying number shall be assigned to eaeb unit in accordance with ' the plans. The placing of numbers to identify the unit shall be accomplished by one of the following methodst ' (a) Numbers shall be stenciled on the runway side of the fixture. (b) A noncorrosive tag shall be fastened to the fixture. (c) A noncorrosive metal disc of 2 inches minimaas diameter, with numbers permanently stamped or cut out shall be attached to the fixture. 116-3 The installation shall be fully tested by continuous operation foe ' a period of not less than J hour as a completed unit prior to acceptance, and these tests shall include the functioning of eac'l control not less than 10 times. The completed oircuit shall be tested in accordance with ' the applicable provisions of Items L-108, "Timstallation of Wderground Cable for Airports". Method of Measurement ' 116-4.1 ' The quantity of lights to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each type of medium intensity runway or taxiway lights installed with stakes as completed units in place, ready for operation, and ' accepted by the engineer. Basis of pancent ' 116-9.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for each complete ' stake mounted medium intensity runway or taxiway light installed in place and accopted by the engineer. 'this prig shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, assembly, and installation ' of these materials= and for all labor, equipments tools and incidentals ' necessary to complete this item. payment will be made under: ' Item L-116-5.1 'installation of !Medium Intensity Ruw&y Lights Stake Mounted - per each. Item L-116-5.1 Installation of Taxiv&y Lights Stake Mcwted - per each. 1 1 1 1 1 i 1 ITEH L-117 INSTALIATION OF INTERNALLY LIGHTED TAXI GUIDANCE SIGNS WITH STAKE HOUNTING G Description 117-i.1 This item shall consist of internally lighted taxi guidance signs ' for series circuits, mounted on metal stakes, furnished and installed in accordance with this specification at the locations and it. con- formity with the dimensions, design, and details shown on thot plans. ' included in this item shall be the furnishing and installing of transformers and, if specified, a concrete anchor. This item shall also include all cable connections, the furnishing and installing of all lamps, the testing of the installation, and all incidentals ' necessary to place these signs in 3peration as a completed iinit to the satisfaction of the engineer. Equipment and Materials 117-2.1 General ' (a) Airport lighting equipment and materials covered by FAA specifications shall have the prior approval of the Federal Aviation Administ..-ation, Airports Service, Washington, D.C. 25090, and shall b~ listed in Advisory circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment, ' (b) All other equipment and materials covered by other referenced specifications shall be subject to acceptance through the manufacturer's certification of compliance with the applicable ' specifications. (e) Lists of the equipment and materials required for a particular ' system ere contained in the applicable advisory circulars, 117-2.2 Taxi Cuidancn Signs The taxi, guidance signs shall conform to the requirements of Specification L-829, "Specification for Internally Lighted Airport Taxi Guidance Sign." Each unit shall be furnished complete with the specifies panels, mounting assem4lies, breakable couplings, transformer(s), and stake(s'. e ' x,17-2,3_Ineulating Transformers Insulating Transformers shall conform to: Specificatio,. L-830, Isolation Transformers for Airport Lighting Systems. 117-2.4 Tame Rubber and plastic electrical tapes shall be Scotch Electrical Tope hur,bers 23 and 88, respectively, as manufactured by thu ' Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Company, or an approved equal. 117-2.5 Concrete ' Concrete for backfill shall bo proportioned not leaner than a 1-3-6 mix by volume and shall have a compressive strength of not, less than 2,000 PSI. Approved clean aggregate shall be used ' to produce the concrete. Construction Metlods ' 117-3.1 Placing the Sians The taxi guidance signs shall be installed at the locations shown ' on the plans. 117-3.2 TYanaformer Installation r The transformer shall be burled in the ground at a suitable location adjacent to the stake. No portion of the transformer case shall be ' less than 10 inches below the ground level. The transformer shall be laid on a side with reads horizontal and tveined toward the stake. The primary cable connections shall be made as described in paragraph 116-3.6 (a) or (b), as required. Tha secondary lead of the transformer ' shall be brought into position at the bottom of mounting assembly fitting. The attached connector on the transformer lead shall be fastened to the fitting by means of the holding ring provided frr this ' purpose, The primary lead: shall be positioned with the cable con- nectors in place on the clamp support attached to the stake. ' The transformer shall be placed on a 3-inch layer of bedding material and shall be covered with a layer of the same material and of the name thickness. Redding and cover material shall be either earth or sand containing no particles that would be retained on a 1/4-inch sieve. ' All backfill material shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted. if necessary to obtain compaction, the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. 1 e - e }x:3.3 Stake Installation e The stake shall not be installed by driving. The excavation for tLe stake shall be not less than 6 inches in diameter. The stake shall be installed to a sufficient depth so that the shearing groove of the ' breakable coupling shall not extend more than 31 inche.+ above finished grade. &►ckfill shall be made with earth containing nt; particles that would be retained on a 1-inch sieve. All backfill material shall be thoroughly tamped and compacted. If necessary to obtain compaction, ' the backfill material shall be moistened or aerated as required. The stake shall be vertical to within 30. The atiblenesa of the stakes installed in place shall be to the satisfaction of the engineer. e 117-3.4 C.)ncrete Anchor e if shown on plans or specified in job specifications, the stake shall- be backfilled with concrete to fern an anchor. The design of the cone crete anchor shall be in accordance with dimensions shown on the plans. if used, construction forms shall by removed after the concrete has e set. Precast concrete anchors on stakes are permissible, if specified. 117-3.5 Assembling the Unit e je taxi guidance sign shall be assembled in accordance with the manu- facturer's installation instructions, The transformer secondary shall be connected to the lamp leads by means of the disconnecting plug and recap- s tacle provided with the unit, and this joint shall not be taped. A lamp, or lamps of the proper rating shall be installed in the fixture. The distance from the finished grade to the top of the sign shall be as indi- ct cated on the plans but in no event shall bu less than 20 inches nor more than 30 inches. 117-3.6 Cable Connections e Underground cable will be installed as a separate item under Item L-108, "Installation of Underground Cable for Airports." The contractor shall e connect this cable to the transformer. The connection to the-under- ground cable supply shall lie made by one of the following methods: (a) Direct Connection. The transformer primary lead connectors shall e be plugged directly into mating connectors of Field-Attaches: or Factory-Molded O ug-ln Splices on the supply cables, whichever Is called for on the plans. The splices shall be attached to the e supply cables as specified in Item L-108. (b) Pigtail Splicing Lead Connection.' When the plans specify that pig- tail splicing leads are to be supplied with the transformers, the e pigtail leads shall of connected to the supply cable by means of either a Cast SpliceA a Vulcanized Splice, whichever is called for on the plans. The splices shall be made e as specified in Item L-108. The joint where the transformer mating connectors come together shall be wrapped with at least two layers of plastic tape, one-half lapped, e extens!ing at least lk inches each side of the joint, e ' 117-3.7 Identification Numbers An identifying number shall be assigned to each sign in accordance with the plans. The placing of numbers '.o identify the unit shall be accomplished by one of the following methods; (a) 'lumbers not less than 2 inches high nor mote than k inches ' high shall be painted or stenciled on one and of the sign in yellow paint. ' (b) A noncorrosive metal disc of 2 inches to!.iimum diameter, with numbers permanently stamped or cut out shall be attached to one end of the sign ty at least two metal screws. 117-3.8 Tests ' The installation shall be fully tested by continuous operation for a period of not less than k hour as a completed unit prior to ac- ceptance, and these tests shall include the functioning of each ' control not less than 10 times. The completed circuit shall be tested in accordance with the applicable provisions of Items L-1.08, "Installation of Underground Cable for Airports." Method of Measurement 117-4.1 The quantity of signs to be paid for under this item shall be the number of each taxi guidance sign of like size, installed as com- pleted units in place, ready for operation, and accepted by the engineer. ' Basis of Payment L111.5. 1 e 120-5.1 Payment shall be made at the contract unit price for each complete taxi guidance sign of like size installed in place by the contractor and accepted by the engineer. This price shall be full ' compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, assembly,, and installation of these materials; and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete Phis item. Payment will be made under: Item L-120.5.1 Airport Taxi Guidance Signs, In Place-- per unit of like size. ITEM L-V INSTALLATION OF VISUAL APPROACH SLOPE INDICATOR, AND ACCESSORIES ' Description ' This itcn shall consist of a visual approach slope indicator (VASI) system, having four lamp housing assemblies (thus describ- ed more completely as a VASI-4), a power control assembly, and ' an aiming instrument set. This VASI-4 system shall be achieved in part by the relocation and re-use of two (2) existing lamp housing assemblies and an existing power control assembly, such components presently serving as a VASI-2 system. This item shall 1 include all devices, material, labor, and incidentals necessary to situate this'system in complete ope.'ating condition to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Concrete bases, cables, cable con- nections, and careful attention to adjustment of visual angles are matters included in this item. ' L-V-1.2 This specification refers to L-Stl Visual Approach Slope Indicators and Accessories, and to related equipment, material, and work. Related Documents ' L-V-2.1 FAA Documents. The following publications of the issue in e ect on the ate of application for qualification form a part of this specification and are applicable to the extent ' specified herein. L-V-2.1.1 FAA Specifications, ' FAA-G-2100/lb Electronic Equipment, General Requirements, Part 1 Basic Requirements for all Equipment FAA-G-2100/lb Amendment 2, Electronic Equipment, General Requirements FAA-G-2100 Supplement 4, Electronic Equipment, General Requirements L-V-2.1.2 FAA Standards. FAA-STD-013a Quality control Program Requirements L-V-2.1.3 FAA Drawings. ' B-4904 Frangible Coupling, Type i and IA, Details 1 L V 2,1 4 FaA Advisory Circulars. AC 150/5345-I.E Approved Airport Lighting Equipment L-V-2,2 Federal Publications. The following publications of 'the ssue in a ect on t e ate of application for qualification form a part of this specification and are applicable to the extent specified herein. I.-V-2,2.1 Federal Specifications. QQ-A-200/8 4 9 Aluminum Alloy Bar, TWO Shapes, Tube and Wire, Extruded QQ-A-250 Aluminum Alloy Plate and Sheet, General ' Specification for QQ-B-626 Brass, Rod, Bar and Strip TT-E-489 Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss L-P-383 Plastic Material, Polyester Resin, Glass Fiber Base, Low Pressure Laminated QQ-A-S91 Aluminum Alloy Die Castings QQ-A-601 Aluminum Alloy Sand Castings ' TT-E-527 Enamel, Alkyd, Lusterless TT-P-1757 Primer Coating, Zinc Chromate, Low-Moisture- Sensitivity L-V-2 2 2 Military Specifications. MIL-C-5541 Chemical Conversion Coatings on Aluminum ' and Aluminum Alloys MIL-R-7575 Resin, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating MIL-S-7720 Steel, Corrosion Resistant and Aluminum ' MIL-A-8625 Anodic Coating, f um Alloys MIL-C-9084 Cloth, Glass, Finished, for Resin Laminates MIL-3:-15617 Mats, Fibrous-Glass, for Reinforced Plastics MIL-C-22750 Coati,,^.o, epoxy Polyamide MIL-C-25050'Colors, Aeronautical Lights and Lighting Equipment General Requiremerjts for ' L-V-2,2,3 ;ederal Standards. ' FED-STD-59S Colors L-V-2,2.4 Military Standards. MIL-STD-810B Environmental Testing Methods MIL-STD-462 Electromagnetic Interference Character- istics, Measurements of MIL-STD-889A Dissimilar Metals .F 1 L-V-2.2.5 National Bureau of Standards. NBSIR-74/603 Standard Procedure for Setting Photoelectric Controls L-V-2.3 Other Publications. The following publications of 'tie issue in effect on t e ate of application for qualification form a part of this specification and are applicable to the extent specified herein. L-V-2.3.1 National Electrical Manufacturers Association NL.IA) Stds. SG -5 Standards for Power Switchgear Assemblies ' L-V-2.3.2 National Boatd of Fire Underwriters Standard. NFPA No. 70 National Electrical Code _V-3.1 VASI-4. (a) Four lamp rousing assemblies complete with lamps ' and mounting hardware in accordance with paragraph 3.4. ' (b) One aiming instrument set complete with level, aiming bar, calibration bar, and storage case in accordance with paragraph 3.5. r (c) One power and control assembly including all compo- nents in accordance with paragraph 3,6. (d) Two instruction books in accordance with paragraph 3.12. L-V-3.2 Geneial Functional Requirements. The equipment specified herein is a prec sion opt ca assem y an with its control circuitry is to be used at airports to pr,ivide accurate visual glide path ' information to landing aircraft. The equipment consists of the lamp housing assembly (3.4), f-bc aiming instrument set (3.5), and the power and control assembly (3.6). L-V-3.3 Environmental Requirements. The equipment shall be designed or out ooi~inst- aTlat 5W-and continuous operation, and shall meet all specification requirements while operating under the following environmental conditions. L-V-3.3.1 Temperature. A temperature range from 7430C to +550C. L-V-3.3.2 Altitude. Any altitude from sea level to 10,000 feet m a ove sea level. l M r L-V-3.3.3 Humidity. A humidity range from 101 to 9St at +SSoC ambient tempera ure. i [,-V-3.3.4 Sand and Dust. Exposure to airborne send particles ~ ' 011countere on oserts or the the result of air blast from jet aircraft. I._-V-3.3.S Salt Spry. Exposure to a salt-laden atmosphere. L.-V-3.4 Lamp Housing. ' !.-V-3.4.1 General. The VASI-4 lamp housing contains three lamps. be lamp No-using is an optical bench consisting of (1) a lamp bulkhead for mounting three PAR-64 lamps, of not more than 200 watts each, (2) a lens bulkhead for mounting three filter-lend assemblies, (3) a transition bar, (4) a vertical cutoff bar, and (S) a horizontal aperture, all in an aluminum or reinforced fiber glass housing shell. A centerline marking or projection shall be placed on the topp of the housing at front and rear to facilitate field alignment. The lamp housing shall also be provided with a gzounding lug, cable clamp, terminal block, and means for trans- versa leveling and adjusting the vertical angle of the optical centerline. The housing shall be designed to maintain the desired light beam orientation under the environmental conditions specified in paragraph 3.3 and shall hold its shape during normal shipment, ' installation, and maintenance operations. The design shall pro- hibit birds or rodents from entering the rear portion of the lamp housing. ' L_V-3.4.2 Optical Bench. The optical bench shall be constructed o aluminum an shall Ti`e directly connected to the mounting legs. ' The aluminum shall be as specified in paragraph 3.7.2 and shall be of sufficient thickness to obtain the required rigidity. The dimensions for the optical bench shall be as shown in Figure 2. ' L-V-3.4.3 Housing _Shell. The optical bench shall be enclosed by a Rousing e3l made` of either aluminum or fiber glass as specified in paragraph 3.7. If of fiber glass, the housing shall not be G constructed as part of the optical bench. Dimensions and shape of the housing shell are optional provided they accommodate all essential components of the optical bench. The housing shell shall cover that portion of the bottom of the optical bench from the rear and to 3 inches (7.S cm) in front of the lens bulkhead. The remaining portion of the bottom may be either screened in or closed. Adequate drain holes shall be provided in the covered bottom surfaces. Provisions may be made on the rear vertical surface of the shell for mounting the power and control assembly. L-V-3.4.4 Access. A hinged or sliding cover plate shall be prove a on t e ousing to permit access to the lamps, filter lens, and electrical components. The access cover plate shall have a positive latch to permit securing in the closed position. The ' latch shall be easily opened and secured with a gloved hand. L-V-3.4.5 Bulkheads. Bulkheads shall be provided at the locations ' shown on Figure or mounting the lamps and filter lens. The bulkheads may be of the removable type if required to facilitate replacement of lamps and filter legs. If of the removable type, quick-disconnect hardware shall be used that permit,, easy removal ' without the use of tools. The bulkheads and retaining hardware for the lamps and filter lens shall insure no movement which could affect the optical performance. L-V-3.4.5.1 Lam I~tountingg. The lamp bulkhead shall be designed to provide or t e amp Feing mounted in such a manner as to provide positive positioning of the lamp seating lugs against the lamp seating plane. The PAR-64 lamps are to be held firmly in place by a lamp,mounting system to maintain pproper seating of the lamps yet allow lampps to be easily replaced b one person. The vertical ' plane formed by the lamp seating lugs shall be perpendicular to the lamp housing optical centerline. L-V-3 4.5.2 Filter-Lens Assembly. Filter-lens assemblies shall be supp a or eac amp in a amp housing. They shall consist of an aviation red (per MIL-C-25050) filter (or fil'i.%r lens if required) at the top and clear glass (or lens if required) at the bottom. The fitter (lens) assemblies and retaining hardware shall be positively keyed to assure correct mounting in relation to the lens bulkhead. The filter (lens) assemblies shall be easily removable for replacement purposes. L-V-3.4.6 A erture. The aperture is an open space typically 2 inches f 1/32 inch (5.08 f .08cm) in height and is located, with respect to the lamp and lenses, as shown in Figures 1 and 2. The bottom surface of the aperture shall be parallel with the bottom surface of the transition bar. The width of the aperture shall be sufficient to allow the required horizontal beam spread of the light beam, see figures 3 and 4. The design shall provide for an optional feat:tre to be included, when specified by the purchaser, which will permit reducing the horizontal beam width to at least 12 degrees. ' L-V-3.4.7 Transition Bar. A transition bar shall be provided for m ng t e housing and providing proper definition the purposes of aiming- between the red and white signal. The overall height of the transition bar is typically 1 inch (2.54 cm) with a ledge located ' 1/2 inch (1.27 cm) above the bottom of the transition bar to rest the aiming bar on. The width of this ledge should be sufficient to support the level included in the aiming set for transverse 1 leveling. See Figure 2 for details and tolerances. r t L-V-3.4.8 Cutoff Bar. A cutoff bar shall be provided as shown ' In~Ffgure 2 If required to prevent stray light reflections. L-V-3.4.9 Terminal Block. A terminal'block shall be provided in the rear o the amp ousing. The terminal block shall be of rugged construction incorporating noncorrosive-type terminals rated to carry 10 amperes at 480 Vac. Electrical contact surfaces or terminals shall be brass, bronze, or copper. Pressure screws ' of the electrical terminals shall be brass, bronze, or stainless steel. The terminal buck shall have sufficient terminals to accommodate all internal connections plus connection of external ' ower cables using conductors ranging in size from 112 AWG to 8 A11G. L-V-3.4.10 Lam Connectors. Lamp connectors, General Electric f or equal quality c all be provided with each housing for connecting each lamp tthe terminal block. The leads shall be 116 AWG minimum, heat resistant (900C) insulated, stranded copper ' conductors. Wiring is not to interfere with the removal of lamps, filters, or bulkhead or in making adjustments. ' L-V-3.4.11 Power Input Cables. Space shall be provided in the rear o the amp ous ng to permit the connections of power and inter- connecting cables to the terminal block. At least two holes or knockouts shall be provided in the bottom rear of the housing to ' accommodate at least 1 1/4 inch (3.2 cm) flexible conduit connectors. L-V-3 4 12 Weight. The weight of the lampp housing assembly, excluding lamps and mounting legs, shall be held to a minimum, ' consistent with the required rigidity, and shall not exceed 100 pounds (45 kg). L-V-3.4113 }lousing Mounting. The VASI lamp housing shall be mounted on our support legs which shall be adjustable to permit aiming the light beam to any vertical angle from horizontal up to 6 degrees. where The legs shall permit I inch transverse lower than leveling the other the side unit after either side may be installation. 1.-V-3.4.13.1 Su art Lie mss. ira housing support legs shall consist essentially y or-111-mounting and adjustment hardware, (2) 2-inch (5 cm) EMT tubing, (3) frangible couplings conforming to FAA Drawing B-4904, and (4) aluminum flanges. The aluminum flanges shall be designed for installation on a concrete pad and shall have a boss threaded to receive the frangible coupling. The adjustment hardware shall be designed so as to prevent any unin- tentional displacement of the lamp housing due to vibration. The EMT tubing is not furnished under this equirtlent specification, ' but shall be a part of the Contract require,rnts. t ' L-V-3.4.14 Lam -Out Features. Means shall be provided to compensate Ir(ir a urne -out see es amp to insure continued operation of the remaining lamps in a lamp housing. If load resistors are used, an~yycomponentslofathe lsio as to box. Anyaopenings wused u for aneeded ventilation shall be screened. ' 1,-V-3.4.15 Lam liousin Finish. All exterior and interior alu- m n-m sur aces s _a ` c pretreated with a chemical film in accor- dance with MIL-C-5541, Class IA. These surfaces shall be sprayed ' with one coat of zinc chromate primer in accordance with Federal Specification No. T*r-P-1757, composition L, color Y. L-V-3.4.15,1 Interior Finish. Interior surfaces which could ' cause un es ta'b3 o e ec moons shall be painted aviation black, lusterless, color No. 37038 in accordance with FED-STD-595. The paint shall meet the requirements of Federal Specification TT-E-527. ' Paint used on interior fiber glass surfaces shall be in accordance with MIL-C-22750. ' L-V-3.4.15.2 Exterior Finish. All exterior surfaces of the lamp 1! 1 ous ng, except t e rant an rear of the aperture and the reflec- tion/deflector. plate, shall be painted with not less than a body coat and two finish coats of alkyd baking enamel in accordance ' with Federal Specification TT-B-489, Class B, international orange, color No, 12197, of FED-STD-59S. The paint shall be applied to at least a 3-mil thickness, and the final painted surfaces shall ' be free of blotches, scratches, and runs. The front and rear of the aperture and the reflection/deflector plate, if used, shall meet the requirements of paragraph 3.4.151. For fiber glass ' surfaces, color shall be achieved as specified in paragraph 3.7.3. L-V-3.4.16 Photometrics. The light output from each lamp housing s a meet or exceed a isocandela values of figure 2, or figures ' 3 and 4 as applicable. 1,-V-3.5 Aiming Instrument Set. L-V-3.5.1 Aimin_S Bar. The aiming bar shall be an ,~ecurate align- ment instrument t-Fat can be operated by one constructed of aluminum and shall be alightweight, ruggedainstru- ' ment designed to permit adjustment of the optical centerline of the lamp housing to the desired vertical angle. The use of tinmerman nuts will not be allowed due to their lack of positive control. One end of the aiming bar shall rest on the upper ledge of the transition bar and the other end on the bottom surface of the aperture. Design and construction shall be such that, when the instrument is supported on the two surfaces indicated above, deviation from true position due to its own weight shall not exceed 3 minutes of arc. A dial shall be provided for setting 1 1 the desired angle and shall indicate from 1.5 to b degrees in increments of 0.10 degrees. The spacing between each degree mark shall be at least 1/2 inch (1.3 cm . A zero-degree setting shall be provided on the dial for calibration purposes. Alternate ' designs, us;ng a vernier dial, may be used where provided with equivalent gradations as specified for the direct reading dial. The bar shall be designed so that repeated changes of the dial setting will not cause excessive wear and deterioration of the instrument's accuracy. Aluminum and other soft metals shall not be used where subject to metal-to-metal rubbing. The aiming bar ' shall have provisions for firmly securing the dial setting after factory calibration but shall permit field adjustment to the zoro-degree position by the user when the need to do so is indi- cated by checking its accuracy on the calibration bar. The aim- ing bar shall utilize a 6-inch (15 cm) level having an accuracy of t2 minutes and shall be L.S. Starrett No. 98 or equivalent. The level shall be permanently mounted on the aimin? bar to permit fine adjustments in calibrating the instrument. The level shall have a protective device to minimize possible damage. Operating instructions shall be permanently provided on the bar. ' L-V-3.5.2 Calibration Bar. A calibration bar shall be provided with each aiming bar to permit field checking and calibration. The calibration bar shall be constructed of aluminum of a shape, size, and thickness to provide a rigid and accurate checking instrument. The calibration bar shall be designed for lying on a flat surface or in the carrying case (3.5.3) and shall have adjustment features to'permit its being leveled to a horizontal plane. A level, not attached to the bar, shall be provided with each calibration bar to permit leveling. The level shall be the ' same type as used on the aiming bar (3.5.1). The calibration bar shall have devices comparable to the transition bar and aperture of the lamp housing so that the aiming bar can be mounted thereon and accurately adjusted to the zero and 3-degree dial ' settings. Operating instructions shall be permanently provided on the bar. L-V-3.5.3 Carr in and Storage Case. A case shall be provided or carrying an storing the aiming bar, calibration bar, and level. It shall be constructed of a material suitable for the intended use and shall, with all parts inside, be light enough to be sasily carried by one person. The case shall have handles for carrying and suitable latches for securing in a closed position. The inside shall be designed to accommodate the instiuments so they ' will be held firmly in position. L-V-3.5.4 Aiming Instrument Set Finish. All aluminum surfaces o the aiming an calibration nst_ruments shall be finished in accordance with MIL-A-8625. I I ' L-V-3.6 Power and Control Assembly. L-V-3.6.1 General. The existing power and control assembly shall be mo ie to t e extent necessary, if any, to conform with the ' descriptions herein. It shall form one compact, self-cooled unit and shall have provisions for mounting on frangible supports or on a lamp housing. Units shall be available to power two, four, ' or six lamp housings. The operation of the power and control assembly shall be possible from a remote location. Detailed description of components and requirements are provided in the sub-paragraphs of 3.6.4. L-V-3.6.2 Power In ut Requirements. The power and control assemblies s a 11 e designed to operate on 240V. (480 V. ,ptional) ' for VASIIs and 120 V.. for SAVASIIs'.' The input poller shall connect to the internal circuitry through a circuit breal,er (paragraph 3.6.4.2). L-V-3.6.3 Control Cabinet. The control cabinet shall include all power an control components (3.6.4), including terminal blocks and protective devices. The cabinet shall be an outdoor, rain- tight (within the meaning of NEMA definition SC-5-1.018), aluminum, NEMA type enclosure of sufficient size. Proper high-temperature wire (3.7.6) shall be used throughout the cabinet. Knockouts are t not required; however, the cable entrance provided shall enabla a watertight connection to be made. Sufficient wiring space shall be provided in the bottom of the cabinet for all wiring (input, ' output, and internal) and for all terminal blocks. Access to the interior of the cabinet shall be provided through one hinged and gasketed door equipped with provision for padlocking. The padlock hasp shall have a 7/16 inch (1 cm) hole. The door shall be able to open a minimum of 110 degrees. The internal face portion of the door shall accommodate a moisture resistant wiring diagram with operating instructions for the control unit. An internal ' ground lug shall be provided in the cabinet for grounding, using a 06 AWG bare, solid copper wire. Electronic components, where used, shall' be mounted on printed wiring-boards (3.7.8). All adjustments ' located on printed wiring boards shall be lockable and readily accessible to the operator. Assembly of circuit components shall he made so as to facilitate component replacement without removing the main mounting plate. ' I,-V-3.6.4 Components. The following components shall be provided within the control cabinet. ' L-V-3.6.4.1 Terminal Blocks. Terminal blocks of the enclosed base type, with screw-pressure terminals for the smaller conductor sizes, shall be provided. The input positions shall be suitable for ' 04 AWG through IS AWG standard conductors. Positions, suitable ~AM for 08 AWG through 022 AWG standard conductors, shall be provided ' for connections of 120V accessories. Output positions, suitable for 08 AWG through 022 AWG standard conductors, shall be provided. Each pressure-type terminal shall be equipped with a pressure plate to prevent the tip of the screw turning diroctly on the wire. ' Separators are required between the terminals and shall be inter- grally molded with the base material. The separators shall be of :1dequate design to prevent current leakage due to humidity. Mark- ing shall be provided in accordance with paragraph 3.10.3. 1.4-3.6.4.2 Circuit Breaker. A 2-pole (single pole for SAVASI), mo a -case, t ermo-type circuit breaker shall be provided as the main circuit breaker and power switch. The circuit breaker shall have an arc-quenching chamber and shall be capable of 5000 amps MS interrupting capacity. L-V-3.6.4.3 Solid State Component Requirements. Solid-state `phase control evices s a be rate or twice their maximum normal t steady load current and at a minimum of 20 times normal for surge protection. They shall have suitable heatsinks to insure operation within the thermal constraints of the particular device selected. The equipment shall withstand, without operational interruption or malfunction and withcoit damage, a transient increase in the input line voltage of 204 of the peak value for as long as SO milliseconds. They shall not be damaged by the currents or voltage encountgred when lamp fails. L-V-3.6.4.4 Photoelectric Switch Device. A light-intensity % ev ce s ha e prov e A13 operating components, dll b. activate ' except the photosensing device itself, may be mounted on a printed wiring board mounted wiithin the cabinet. The applicable features shall provide rated lamp current/voltage when the illumination on a vertical surface facing north reaches SO to 60 footcandles (538 to 646 lux) and shall reduce power output to provide only 10t relative lamp intensity when the illumination falls to 25 ' to 35 footcandles (269 to 377 lux). A single electrical control shall be provided to adjust the "turn-off" value between 25 and 45 footcandles (269 to 484 lux). A symmetrical time delay of 9 ' to 30 seconds shall be provided to prevent the output current/voltage from changing due to transient light conditions. A fail-safe feature shall set the output power at the 104 lamp intensity level in the event the photosensing device fails in the open node. 1,-V-3.6.4.5 Photosensin Device. The photosensing device shall e mounte a ove the top sue ace of the cabinet and shall be ' able to rotate and lock in position. The device shall be hermet- ically sealed with a rated output higher than the operational demand. The device shall have a spectral response which peaks ' in the 5500-6000 angstroms region and shall activate the photo- electric switching device (3.6.4.4). The power supply shall provide the proper voltages and currents necessary to operate the 1 photoelectri.: switching device within the tolerances and conditions ' ' set forth in this specification. ' L-V-3.6.4.6 Power Control Device, A system device shall be provided to power t il amp ous ng units with appropriate voltages or currents at the individual lamp housings. Provide one set of variable controls for each output circuit; i,e., one set for e each two lamp housings to be connected. These controls shall have sufficient range to provide 35-1001 relative lamp intensity for day use and 1-351 for night use, as activated by the photocell. For series circuits, a true RMS indicating ammeter (paragraph 36.4.7) shall be furnished with all solid-state units so that field settings of 1001 and 101 relative lamp intensity can be made ' by matching preset marks on the meter. The control device shall limit the RMS value of the output current to no more than 31 above rated lamp current regardless of the output current and voltage wave form, input current and voltage tran:!ents, ±101 ' variation from nominal input voltage, lamp failure, or internal circuit failure. For multiple circuits, provide ;Weans in the device to compensate for 5 and 101 voltage dross; in the power ' input lines and 2-1/20 5, 7-1/~, and 101 losses in the output circuit lines. This will allow field connections to provide 95- 1001 relative lamp intensity for day use and 10=1St intensity for night use within a 31 voltage variation between lamp housings. All components shall be readily removable with standard tools without disconnecting field wiring. Small electronic components such as transistors, diodes, capacitors resistors, etc, Which ' are not easily ~eplaccable with standard electrician's f eld tools, shall be mounted on removable circuit boards. Devices such as SCR's, thyristors, etc., may be mounted on removable heat sinks, ' All interconnecting wires shall be terminated in either spade or slip-on terminals. L-V-3,6.4.7 RMS Ammeter. A panel-type iron-vane ammeter shall be ' prov dad-An constant current power and control units. The ampere rating of the lamp shall be indicated in the upper 601 of the meter scale. The meter shall have at least 21 accuracy, The meter scale shall be not less than 1200 with 0.2 ampere divisions. The ammeter shall measure the output current from the power and control assembly. A switch shall be provided to switch the meter to the different output circuits or to an off positioi. L-V-3.6,5 Transient Su ression, Trarsient suppression shall be provided per `ZIUU/lb, paragraph 1-3.1.4, with all solid state power and control units. In addition, transients caused by light- ning, induction, static, switching, electromagnetic interference etc,, shall be suppressed, As a minimum, the transient suppression shall be ca able of a 10 x 20 microsecond current surge of 15,000 amperes with the subsequent power-follow current and a voltage surge of 10KV/microsecond minimum. M L-V-3.6.6 Repairs. The design of the power and control assembly o.aITTe such a adjustment and repairs can be made in the field with commercially available simple tools. Spacial tools, if re- quired for servicing, shall be furnished by the manufacturer. 1 i4--V-3.6.7 Power and Control Assembl Finish. All aluminum ex- ' ~Pr or an nter or sur aces shall e pretreated with a chemical film per MIL-C-5541, Class 1A. All aluminum exyerior surfaces of the control cabinet shall be sprayed with one coat of zinc chromate primer per Federal SpcifiCation No. TT-P-1757, composi- 1 tiOn L, color Y. Following the application of the primer, the exterior surfaces of the control cabinet shall be painted with not less than a body coat and a finish coat of alkyd baking enam- ' of per Federal Specification TT-E-589, Class B, international orange, color No, 12197 of FED-STD-595 The paint. shall be applied to at least 3-mil thickness, and the final painted surfaces shall ' be free of blotches, scratches, and runs. L- 0 as V-3.7 Materials. Materials and equipment components shall spec designated shall beesuitabletforrthetintendedopurpose specifically lshall ' be in accordance with the best industrial standards and prac- tices. All fasteners, other than the screw type, shall be of corrosion- resistant material. Threaded fastener material shall bo in accordance with MIL -S-7720 (300 series) or QQ-B-626. ' L-11-3.7.1 Metals. Metals shall be either inherently corrosion resistant or su tably protected to resist corrosion or oxidation. Muse of dissimilar rietals shall be in accordance with MIL- STD-889A. Parts to be removed during servicing should be suit- ably coated to prev.-nt corrosion or seizing. L-V-3.7.2 Aluminum. Aluminum shall be in accordance with Fed- era Specs cations QQ-A-200/8 and 9 and with QQ-A-250. All alum- inum surfaces which are not required to be painted shall be anodized after fabrication in accordance with MIL-A-8625. L-V-3.7.3 Fiber Glass. All material used shall meet the follow- ng requ rements. a resin used in tha laminate preparation shall meet the requirements for Grade A, Class 0 resin in accor- dance with Military Specification MIL-R-7575. The reinforcing mat shall meet the requirements for type PR fiber glass as set forth in Military Specification MIL-M-15617. Glass reinforcing fabric shall meet the requirements of Military Specification MIL-C-9084. The eelcoat shall consist of polyester resin com- pounded for spray application. The formulation used shall pro- duce a tightly-adhering, nonbrittle, pit-free, glossy coating on the housing shell. It shall be the manufacturer's responsi-' bility to meet the requirements for formulation and application. Additive filler shall comply with paragraph 3.3 of Federal Specification L-P-383. The adhesive used in fabrication shall be a structural epoxy-type. Formulations containing metallic or carbon powders as bulking agents shall not be used, i L-V-3,7.3.1 Fabrication, The manufacturer shall select a fab- rication me o that will produce a laminate that meets the fol- 1 I lowing requirements. The laminate shall have 3S#S1 glass by 1 weight. The maximum permissible quantity of fillers used, based on weight percentage of resin, shall be 51 with cloth reinforcing and 301 with mat reinforcing. The interior surface shall be equivalent to a bag-molded surface, with a smooth exterior surface equivalent to that obtained by molding against a polished surface. A dye stabilizer, American Cyanamid Company's "Cyasorb UVG Light Absorber," or equal. shall be incorporated into the gelcoat in ' accordance with the manufacturer's instructions. A gelcoat of approximately 15 mils in thickness may be applied to obtain the required surface texture. The laminate s}:;:i be free of gaps, cracks, holes, blisters. resin pockets, excess surface resin, burning, areas lacking resin, tackiness. delamination, porosity, wrinkling, roughness, and warpage. All such defects may be reworked, except tackiness and serious warpage. Color shall be achieved by thoroughly mixing the pigment into the gelcoat prior to application. Lap widths shall be superimposed upon each other. L-V-3.7.4 Gasket Materials, Materials used for gaskets shall be Me o ru er• a compound suitable for the intended purpose, such as for door seal, dust cover gaskets. etc., and shall not include natural rubber or other materials which deteriorate rapidly. L-V-3.7.5 Grommets. Grommets shall meet the requirements of 1 ,.paragraph 1-3. 10.8. L-V-3.7.6 Cables and Wires. Cables and wires used for connection o the power an control wiring within the unit shall be as spec- ified under wiring, paragraph 3.10.2, or elsewhere in this spec- ifcation. L-V-3.7.7 Component Ratin s. When component ratings are not spec e , they Shall be selected to insure that the components are not operated in excess of 801 of their normally derated B maximum values for the temoeratures encountered under the spec- ified equipment environmen6l conditions. ' L-V-3.7.8 Printed Wiring Boards. Printed wiring boards shall conform to in ustry sta~ar`3s` suitable for this application. Use of copper-clad laminates with paper bases is prohibited. ' Connectors shall conform to the best industry standards. L-V-3.8 Workmanship. Tho equilment shall be fabricated in accor- ance w t the best ipdust;y practice. Welds, seams, corners, and edges shall be carolully constructed to eliminate sharp edges, unsightly protrusions, and when completed, present smooth, accurate bends and corners. All grease, oil wolding flux, and dirt shall be removed prior to painting. L-V-3.9 Nameplates. Provide a nameplate permanently and legibly 1 filled in with at least the following: L-V-3.9.1 Lamp }lousing. Identification: FAA-L-851, VASI. Manufacturer's part number, type, name, or trademark. L-V-3.9.2 Power and Control Unit. Identification: FAA-L-8511 VASI. ' Input Rating: volts, amperes, single phase 60 Hz. Manufacturer's part number, type, name, or trademark. L-V-3.9.3 Aiming Bar. Identification: FAA-L-851. Manufacturer's part number, type, name, or trademark. ' I.-V-3.9.4 Calibration Bar. Identification; FAA-L-851. J Manufacturer's part number., type, name, or trademark. ' L-V-3.9.5 Instruction Plate, The aiming and calibration bar carry ng case shall have an instruction plate installed on the the inside, of the cover in a location easily viewed b the user ' and shall contain all necessary instructions for calibration and use of the aiming instrument set. L-V-3.10 Assembly, Wiring, and Marking. ' L-V-3.10.1 Assembly. Assembly of all parts shall be in a per- manent manner with the components accessible for servicing and replacement. All bolts used shall be of sufficient length that at least three full threads will show over the nut after tighten- ing. Internal-tooth lockwashers shall be used on all bolts whore good electrical continuity is required for grounding. The chassis shall not be used as a current-carrying part of the electrical circuitry. ' L-V-3.10.2 Wiring. Connecting wires shall be of copper with proper n3 g`ula n cover and of adequate AWG size for the intended application in accordance with FAA-G-2100/lb, paragraph 1-3.10.1. ' Unless otherwise specified, the wires and wiring shall conform to the National Electrical Code for pamolboard wiring. Insulated conductors may be closely grouped together, the bundles secured 1 1 With flame-retardant lacing or wiring clips and properly trained and supported to avoid strain on the connections, hire bends with short radii will not be permitted. When removing insulation from the wire ends, care shall be taken to avoid nicking or cutting the conductors. ' L-V-3.10.3 Marking.. All circuit components shall be clearly onti e by nameplates or bold permanent-type stoncils. ' Identification markings shall agree with designations cn the wiring diagram and parts list. All control wires shall be provided with end identificaitoji in the form of a plastic band around the wire with identifying markings permanently stamped thereon or with the markings permaner.0%, stamped into the wire-itself or with color coded wire. All power conductors shall be similarly marked. except that a permanently stamped rigid laminate tag may be ' attached near the cable ends in lieu of the above. The terminating points for all wires and cables at terminal blocks shall be clearly identified with the circuit and terminal designations shown on ' the wiring diagram. L-V-3.11 Wiring Diagram. A complete wiring diagram of the elec- trical c rcu is shall be mounted on the inner face of the control cabinet. The diagram shall be moisture-resistant or encased in a moisture-resistant material. All leads and terminals shall be identified on the connection diagram. The diagram shall be , sufficiently large to be easily read. All circuit components are to be shown and properly identified; no "bleck boxes" are to be shown. ' L-V-3.12 Instruction Books. Two instruction books shall be urn s e with eac system ordered. Each book is to have a complete parts list, which includes the manufacturer's name and identifying part number, for each item listed, together with installation instructions for each installation. Also, provide a parts list and installation instructions with individual assemblies when shi for maintenance or replacement purposes. Furnish sufficient swings and instructions to indicate clearly the method of assembly and installation. Furnish sufficient ' schematic wiring diagrams and theory of operation to facilitate flold repairs to all systems components. L-V-4. QUALITY ASSURANCE PROVISIONS. ' L-V-4.1 Quality Control Provisions. The manufacturer shall prov a an maintain a quality control program in accordance with ' I~AA-STD-013a. L-V-4.2 Qualification Procedures. Manufacturers producing products, certified by tTie rAX as having met the requirements ' specified herein, will be listed as approved suppliers in Ad- 1 ' visory Circular 150/5345-1, Approved Airport Lighting Equipment. Requests for qualification should be submitted, in writing, to the Airports Engineering Division, AAP-5500 Office of Airports Prcgrams, FAA, Washington, D.C. 205910 at least two weeks prior to start of qualification tests. The request shall include; ' (1) A statement that the manufacturer agrees to comply with all provisions of this specification; (2) A copy of proposed test procedures and test data sheets; and (3) A preliminary copy of the instruction book with drawings, photographs, and installa- tion instructions to permit a preliminary analysis of the manu- facturer's design. Successful completion of all tests specified herein, approval of the instruction book, and written agreement by the manufacturer to comply with all provisions herein are required for qualification. All tests may be witnessed by an authorized FAA representative and may be conducted at the manufacturer's ' plant or at an independent testing laboratory acceptable to the FAA. The manufacturer shall supply all test equipment and bear all testing costs. A certified copy of the test results of all qqualification tests shall be submitted to the FAA. After success- ompletion of all tests, the manufacturer shall provide the ful completion' FAA, free of charge, 10 copies of the final approved version of the instruction book. A product, once listed in Advisory Circular 150/5345-1, may not be changed as to design, method of manufacture, quality or quantity of materials, or substitution of components without prior concurrence of the FAA. r L-V-4.3 Qualification Tests. All tests as specified in paragraphs t ru 4.5.11 shair-Ee conducted for qualification. L-V-4.4 Production tests. The tests specified in paragraphs an 4-.S8,1 shall be conducted, as a minimum, on all production units. 1,-V-4.5 Test Procedures. 1,-V-4.5,1 Visual Inspection. L-V-4.5.1.1 Qualification Unit. The unit for qualification shall be visua y inspected of`r conformance to the manufacturer's design ' and specification, including the adequacy of manufacturer-selected components and the establishment of agreement between the physical equipment, drawings, and parts list, The dimensions specified ' for the optical bench in the lamp housing assembly shall be checked for --onformance. L-V-4.5.1.2 Production Units. Each production unit shall be nspectedaaga nodefects workmanship and materials and for completeness and conformance with the design of the qualification unit. ' L-V-4.5.2 Salt Spray Test. Salt spray test shall be performed in r r - r accordance with MIL-STD-BLOB, Method 509. ' L-V-4.5.3 Rain Test. The manufacturer shall conduct such rain tests as eeme necessary to assure that equipment will operate properly without damage during conditions of severe thunderstorms. ' Rain test procedures will be subject to FAA approval. L-V-4.5.4 Rigidity Test. A uniformly distributed sand load of ' 15`psf cg m shall be applied over the entire top surface of the lamp housing. Before applying the load, the unit for qual- ification shall be set up as specified in paragraph 4.5.6, the lamps energized, and the light pattern dismayed on a vertical surface 20 feet (6 m) from the aperture. The top, bottom, and the sides of the beam pattern and the transition lines shall be marked on the wall. The load shall then be applied by letting the sand pour down on the center of the lamp housing, preventing suill- over on the edees. After loading the unit with the required amount of sand, the load shall be left on five minutes. Durine r the application of the load, upon full load, and upon removal of the load, the beam pattern &nd the transition lines shall re- main within 11/4 inch (0.6 cm) from the original markings. ' 1A.V-4.5.5 Operation Test. The lamp housing shall be connected i to is power source to test the lamp-out circuitry. The lamps shall be removed, one at a time, to check for pproper operation. The tests shall.be conducted for the day and nightime models of ' operation, For SAVASI and VASI-2 lamp housings, check the tilt switch system to determine compliance with paragraph 3.4.15. ' L-V-4.5.6 Calibration of Aiming Bar. The lamp housing shall be set up on our mounting egs an aimed to a zero-de;ree set- ting by use of a transit. The transit shall be locatea 100 feet ' (30.5 m) in front of the lamp housing and sighted to align the bottom surfaces of the transition bar and aperture in a horizontal plane. The production model aiming bur shall then be pla,:ed in r the lamp housing and its dial indicator set at zero degrees. The aiming bar level shall then be adjusted to center the bubble and the adjustment mechanism shall then be secured. The adjustment ' to the aiming bar shall not be changed during the subsequent tests. The lamp housing shall then be re-aimed to an angle of 2 degrees using the production model aiming bar previously calibrated. The angular setting of the lamp housing shall then be checked by use ' of the transit and shall be within 12 minutes of 2 degrees. The proceduro shall be repeated for angles of 3, 4, 5, and 6 degrees. The transit may be moved in 50 feet (15 m) for the Three higher angle tests. r 1 1 14-V-4. 5._6, 1 Production Unit Tests of Aiming Bars and Calibration Bars. The calibration bar used for qualification shall be set up and leveled. The atming bar, calibrated according to paragraph 4. 5. 6, shall be placed on the callbration bar with its dial set at zero degrees. Level the calibration bar so that the level bubble on the aiming bar is centered within 42 minutes. This calibration bar can then be used as the standard for calibrating the production tenit aiming bars. Production unit calibration bars shall be checked by repeat- ing the above procedure with the aiming bar used for qualification. Alterna- tive methods of checking the production unit aiming bars may be used where ' detailed procedures are submitted to and approved by the FAA. 1,• V-4, 5. 7 Dielectric Test. A dielectric test shall be made on all power and ' contras components and wiring of the qualification unit. The tests shall he made using 60 Hz AC voltage applied for I minute between insulated parts and ground. ' All power wiring 1.5 KV All control equipment and control wiring 0.5 KV ' L-V-4. 5.8 Performance Tests, The power and control assembly shall be connected to a toad consisting of one or three PAR-64 lamps (as applicable) in ' each of its output gIrcutts. The power and control assembly shall meet the performance requirements of paragraph 3.6.4.6 while the input voltage is ex- ternally adjusted through the range of plus or minus 1056 of its designed value. ' The photosensing device shall be electrically connected to the assembly, and operation, within the footcandle limits as set forth in paragraph 3.6,4,4 of this specification, shall be demonstrated using the standard procedures for setting photoelectric controls contained in NBSIR 74/603. L-V-4. 5.8. 1 Performance Tests, Production Units. Each production unit ' shall be connected to a rower source and to a load. The circuit breaker shall be used for "on-off" control, and the photoelectric switching device shall be employed to check operation of all components at the two required intensity levels. At full load, the output currents or voltages shall be checked to de- termine conformance with the specifications. L- V-4. 5, 9 High and Low Temperature Teat, With the design input voltage set and the high and low light output intensities calibrated and set at 100% and at 10%, the entire power and control assembly shall be placed In an environ- mental chamber. The chamber shall be provided with a viewing window and provisioned for bringing in power and load leads. Temperature readings shall be required on the top of the control cabinet. Humidity and altitude controlr ' are not required. The temperature within the chamber shall be raised to 550C, ± lu. After a period of not less than 2 hours at this temperature, the loa.ts t 811411 he connected and the power and control assembly shall be energized for a period of not less than 6 hours, The loads shall be operated at the high current stop during this test, except that periodically the photoelectric switching device ' shall be activated to prove continued operation of this device. Temperatures of the tup of the case shall be observed on an hourly basis. After completion of thth teat, the temperature of the chamber shall be lowered to 430C. +lo and after 4 hours or more at this temperature, the power ar,d contrci assembly shall again be energized for at leant 2 hours ar.d the photocell control unit activated to prove continued operation at low ambient temperatures. During the operating ' period of this test, the input voltage shall be regulated to within ±1% of design voltage. At no point shall the output current or voltage deviate more than ±1%. Tho movement of air through the environmental chamber shall not be greater than that necessary to maintain temperature, and at no time shall moving air be forced over the surface of the unit under test or over the photocell control unit controlling the power output level of the power and control assembly. The cur- rent through the loads shall be checked on an hourly basis and recorded on the lost data sheet. L'V-4 5. 10 T'ranslent Su rescion Test: The power and control assembly a hall be tested in accordance with method C506 of M114-STD-462, including Nottcos 1, 2, and 3, to demonstrate that the transient suppression meets the requirements of paragraph 3. 6, 5, on completion of the transient suppression test, the power and control assembly shall meet the performance test of paragraph 4. 5.8. L-V-4. 50 11 Photometric Tests. The lamp housing and optical leveled as outlined in paragraph 4.5.6. The distance between the t ns tionbe* e bar of the lamp housing and the detector, measuring the light intensity, shall be 100 feet (30. 5 m), The center of the detector shall be set level with the center of the lamp housing aperture. After the lamp housing is : onn,icted to ' its power source, adjustments shall be made to the power unit to provide exact rated voltage or current to the lamps. Photometric tests shall be run three times with a random selecti,in from the type of lamps specified for the unit. All tests shall meet the noinimum photometric requirements illustrated In figure or figures 3 and 4, as applicable, r L-V-4. 5. 12 Additional Testa Make additional inspections and tests as deemed necessary by the Federal Aviation Administration, Office of Airports Programs, Washington, D. C., to determine compliance with this specification. ' L-11-4.5j]3 Guarantee. Tha manufacturer shalt pr ovide each customer with at least the following minimum guarantees That the product has been manu- ' factured in accordance with, and will perform as required by, the governing specification and that any defect in material or workmanship which may develop 1 a during proper and normal use during a period of one year from date of Installs- ' Lion or a maximum of two years from date of shipment will be corrected by repair or replacement by the manufacturer f. o. b, factory. Construction Methods ' L. V-5. I Location of System Components. The lamp housings and the power and control unit shall be placed in the locations indicated on the drawings. ' L-V-5.2 ConcreteBases . Concrete bases shall be provided for the system ' components as indicated on the drawings, including steel reinforcing, and chamforing of the edges of the concrete which will remain exposed above finished grade. L-V-5.3 Adjusting and Testing. Placing the system in operation, and testing and adjusting it, shall be performed in accordance with the descriptions here- ' inbefore, and to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Method of Measurement L-V-b. 1. The quantity of VASI-4 systems to be paid for under this item shall be one, completed in place; in operation, and accepted by the Engineer. ' Basis of Payment L- V-7. I. Payment shall be made at the contract item price for the complete VASI-4 system installed in place and accepted by the Engineer. This price shall be full compensation for furnishing all materials; for all preparation, assembly, and installation of components and material; and for all labor, equipment, tools and incidentals necessary to complete this item, Payment will be made under; L-V installation of visual approach slope indicators and accessories. r